Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 2, 2017

Registration No. 333-216721

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 4

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3533   81-5223109

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 900

Houston, Texas 77024

(281) 501-3070

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Kyle S. Ramachandran

9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 900

Houston, Texas 77024

(281) 501-3070

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Douglas E. McWilliams

Julian J. Seiguer

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 758-2222

 

Ryan J. Maierson

Thomas G. Brandt

Latham & Watkins LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3700

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 546-5400

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     Accelerated filer       
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company      Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☒

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(2)
 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(3)

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  12,190,000   $18.00   $219,420,000.00   $25,431

 

 

(1)   Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes 1,590,000 additional shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(3)   The Registrant previously paid $11,590.00 of the total registration fee in connection with the previous filing of this Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 2, 2017

PROSPECTUS

10,600,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our Class A common stock. We are selling 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to be between $15.00 and $18.00 per share. We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SOI.”

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 1,590,000 shares from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, we have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Risk Factors” and “Summary—Our Emerging Growth Company Status.”

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 20.

 

      

Price to Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)

    

Proceeds to
Solaris Oilfield
Infrastructure,
Inc.(2)

Per Share

     $                            $                            $                      

Total

     $                            $                            $                      

 

(1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 127 of this Prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
(2) Before expenses.

Delivery of the shares of Class A common stock will be made on or about                 , 2017.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Credit Suisse   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

Morgan Stanley   Evercore ISI  

Simmons & Company International

Energy Specialists of Piper Jaffray      

 

Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co.   Wells Fargo Securities

 

Raymond James   Oppenheimer & Co.   Seaport Global Securities   Wunderlich

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2017.


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

S UMMARY

     1  

R ISK F ACTORS

     20  

C AUTIONARY S TATEMENT R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

     45  

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

     47  

D IVIDEND P OLICY

     49  

C APITALIZATION

     50  

D ILUTION

     52  

S ELECTED H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

     53  

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

     56  

I NDUSTRY O VERVIEW

     72  

B USINESS

     75  

M ANAGEMENT

     90  

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

     96  

C ORPORATE R EORGANIZATION

     102  

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

     105  

S ECURITY O WNERSHIP OF C ERTAIN B ENEFICIAL O WNERS AND M ANAGEMENT

     112  

D ESCRIPTION OF C APITAL S TOCK

     114  

S HARES E LIGIBLE FOR F UTURE S ALE

     119  

C ERTAIN E RISA C ONSIDERATIONS

     121  

M ATERIAL U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME AND E STATE T AX C ONSEQUENCES TO N ON -U.S. H OLDERS

     123  

U NDERWRITING

     127  

L EGAL M ATTERS

     133  

E XPERTS

     133  

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

     133  

I NDEX TO F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Through and including                     , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Industry and Market Data

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications and other published independent sources. The industry data sourced from Spears & Associates is from its “Hydraulic Fracturing Market 2005-2017” published in the fourth quarter 2016. The industry data sourced from Baker Hughes is from its “North America Rotary Rig Count” published on April 28, 2017. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable as of their respective dates, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

 

i


Table of Contents

Trademarks and Trade Names

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with us or an endorsement or sponsorship by or of us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary contains basic information about us and the offering. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read and carefully consider this entire prospectus before making an investment decision, especially the information presented under the heading “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Except as otherwise indicated or required by the context, all references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC (“Solaris LLC”) and its consolidated subsidiaries before the completion of our corporate reorganization in connection with this offering and Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc. (“Solaris Inc.”) and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the completion of our corporate reorganization and thereafter.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus (i) assumes an initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), (ii) assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and (iii) excludes Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our long-term incentive plan, including 623,827 restricted shares of our Class A common stock expected to be issued in connection with this offering under our long-term incentive plan and 591,261 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

Our Company

We manufacture and provide our patented mobile proppant management systems that unload, store and deliver proppant at oil and natural gas well sites. Our systems reduce our customers’ cost and time to complete wells by improving the efficiency of proppant logistics, in addition to enhancing well site safety. Our customers include oil and natural gas exploration and production (“E&P”) companies, such as EOG Resources, Inc., Devon Energy and Apache Corporation, as well as oilfield service companies, such as ProPetro Services, Inc. Our systems are deployed in many of the most active oil and natural gas basins in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, the Eagle Ford Shale and the SCOOP/STACK formation. Since commencing operations in April 2014, we have grown our fleet from two systems to 37 systems. Demand for our systems in the second half of 2016 was significantly higher than in the first half of 2016, and we expect demand for our systems in 2017 to continue the demand trends we experienced in the second half of 2016. We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our existing fleet, and we expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to customer demand.

Our mobile proppant system is designed to address the challenges associated with transferring large quantities of proppant to the well site, including the cost and management of last mile logistics, which we define as the transportation of proppant from transload terminal or regional proppant mine to the well site. Today’s horizontal well completion designs require between 400 and 1,000 truckloads of proppant delivered to the well site per well which creates bottlenecks in the storage, handling and delivery of proppant. Our patented systems typically provide 2.5 million pounds of proppant storage capacity in a footprint that is considerably smaller than traditional or competing well site proppant storage equipment. Our systems have the ability to unload up to 24 pneumatic proppant trailers simultaneously. Importantly, the proppant storage silos in our systems can be filled from trucks while simultaneously delivering proppant on-demand directly to the blender for hydraulic fracturing operations. Accordingly, our systems can maintain high rates of proppant delivery for extended periods of time, which helps achieve a greater number of frac stages per day, driving a reduction in our customers’ costs. Our systems also reduce the amount of truck demurrage, or wait time, at the well site which can result in significant cost savings for our customers.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Another benefit of our system is its ability to measure proppant inventory and delivery rates real-time through our proprietary inventory management system (the “PropView system”), which enables our customers to track inventory levels in, and delivery rates from, each silo in a system. Our PropView system provides critical information to our customers both directly in the well site data van and remotely through our mobile device application and website. Access to this data and the ability to integrate it into existing monitoring systems allows our customers to realize efficiencies throughout the proppant supply chain and across multiple well sites.

Our system improves well site safety by reducing respirable dust, decreasing the number of well site personnel and providing enhanced lighting. We believe we are among the safest well site equipment and service providers in the oil and natural gas industry, as evidenced by an achieved Total Recordable Incident Rate (“TRIR”), as defined by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, of zero for our field services activity for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

We manufacture our systems in our facility in Early, Texas, which is proximate to some of the most prolific oil and natural gas producing regions in the country. We are currently manufacturing more than two and one-half systems per month, and we believe that we have the capacity to manufacture up to four systems per month without expanding this facility. Our vertically integrated manufacturing capability allows us to better control our supply chain and incorporate improvements and additional features into our systems based on our experience and customer feedback. Additionally, we believe that controlling our manufacturing process provides us cost advantages that improve our returns on capital.

As illustrated in the following chart, we have increased our total system revenue days, defined as the combined number of days our systems earned revenues, in ten of the last eleven quarters, and we have increased our system revenue days by more than 1,400% from the second quarter of 2014 to the first quarter of 2017, representing a 168% compound annual growth rate. The increase in total system revenue days is attributable to both an increase in the number of systems available for rental and an increase in the rate at which our systems are utilized.

 

LOGO

Current Market Trends and Challenges

Over the past decade, E&P companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s oil and natural gas reservoirs by utilizing advanced drilling and completion techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. Though deteriorating industry conditions caused by the downturn in commodity prices in 2015 resulted in a significant decrease in U.S. demand for proppant in 2015 from 2014 record demand levels (and a further decrease in demand in 2016 from 2015 demand levels), oil prices have increased since the 12-year low recorded in February 2016, reaching a high of

 

 

2


Table of Contents

$54.01 in December 2016. Recently, there has been an increase in proppant demand as E&P companies have shifted toward:

 

    drilling more and longer horizontal wells;

 

    completing more hydraulic fracturing stages and utilizing more proppant per lateral foot;

 

    utilizing multi-well pads; and

 

    accelerating completion rates through “zipper fracs,” or the process of completing multiple adjacent wells simultaneously.

We believe the increase in completion activity levels and proppant demand per well, coupled with the complexities associated with the management of last mile proppant logistics, will place a strain on the industry’s logistics infrastructure. Additionally, increased focus on cost control and increased health, safety and environmental (“HS&E”) regulation has created numerous operational challenges that cannot be solved with labor intensive proppant storage equipment, such as those that utilize individual containers for on-site proppant storage and handling.

Our Solution

Our patented mobile proppant management system is a proven solution for unloading, storing and delivering proppant at the well site. Our system provides:

 

    Streamlined last mile logistics. Our system improves proppant supply chain management in several ways, including:

 

    Increased on-site storage capacity. Our systems provide triple the storage capacity as compared to traditional systems, such as trailer-mounted, hydraulically powered storage bins, in half the geographic footprint. Greater inventory at the well site provides a buffer for volatility in the proppant delivery supply chain, which can be caused by a number of factors, including congestion on roads or at transloads or mines, weather or equipment failure;

 

    Increased offloading capacity. Each system has 24 truck unloading positions, which provides capacity to unload up to 1.5 million pounds of proppant per hour. Our offloading capacity increases the efficiency of proppant hauling assets, including reducing truck demurrage and the fleet size required to deliver a given number of truckloads of proppant to a well site; and

 

    Real-time inventory and consumption monitoring. Our integrated PropView system delivers real-time proppant inventory and consumption levels, both in the well site data van and remotely through our mobile device application and website. This data can be used by our customers to better manage the delivery of proppant across different well sites and operating areas.

 

    Improved execution to meet today’s completion designs. Our system enables our customers to complete more fracturing stages per day and addresses the challenge of delivering increasing amounts of proppant per well by providing:

 

    On-demand inventory controlled from a single point. When filled to capacity, our typical system can deliver 2.5 million pounds of proppant on-demand from a single point of control. Our system is operated by one person at the well site. The operator uses a single touch screen control box to operate the entire system;

 

    Discrete and easily identifiable inventory. High volume stages require rapid delivery of proppant. Proppant types are identified by individual silo and labeled in the control box and in the PropView system. Accessing and delivering inventory does not require visually identifying and physically moving individual containers; and

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Simultaneous loading and unloading of proppant from each silo. Because each silo in a system has an enclosed loading process, our customers can simultaneously deliver proppant into the blender and re-fill the same silo, thereby enabling our customers to maintain adequate proppant inventory levels on site to meet their completion design needs.

We believe these operational efficiencies reduce completion costs for our E&P customers and increase revenue and fleet utilization for our pressure pumping customers, who typically earn revenue on a per-fracturing stage basis.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we will be able to successfully execute our business strategies because of the following competitive strengths:

 

    Innovative system that enhances completion efficiency while reducing cost of last mile logistics . Our patented mobile proppant management system is a proven solution for unloading, storing and delivering proppant at the well site, and we believe it solves many of the challenges the oil and gas industry faces today, including managing increasing completion activity, proppant demand and complex last mile logistics. Our systems reduce our customers’ cost and time to complete wells by improving the efficiency of proppant logistics, in addition to enhancing well site safety. Our systems also can maintain high rates of proppant delivery for extended periods of time, which helps achieve a greater number of frac stages per day, driving a further reduction in our customers’ costs.

 

    Blue-chip and growing customer base in active oil and gas basins in the United States . We believe that our customers are long-term participants in the development of resources in the U.S. that value safe and efficient operations and will seek to develop a long-term relationship with us. Our customers include some of the most active companies in the industry, including E&P operators, such as EOG Resources, Inc., Devon Energy and Apache Corporation, and oilfield service companies, such as ProPetro Services, Inc. We currently provide our equipment and services in many of the most active oil and gas basins in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, the Eagle Ford Shale, the SCOOP/STACK Formation and the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale. As of March 31, 2017, more than 80% of our current fleet was deployed to customers who are renting multiple systems.

 

    Scalable, vertically integrated manufacturing capability . Because we are a vertically integrated manufacturer, we have the flexibility to adjust our manufacturing operations to both meet customer demand and to react to market conditions. Our manufacturing facility in Early, Texas is currently producing more than two and one-half systems per month, and we believe that we have the capacity to manufacture up to four systems per month without expanding these existing facilities. We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our current fleet, and we expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to customer demand.

 

    Capital-efficient business model resulting in strong operational cash flow . Our internal manufacturing capacity helps us reduce and maintain control over the amount of capital required to expand our fleet. In addition, we have low operating costs and maintaining our systems requires minimal expenditures, which we expect will enable us to generate strong operational cash flow, though we incurred a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

   

Strong balance sheet and financial flexibility . We believe our balance sheet strength represents a significant competitive advantage, allowing us to proactively grow our fleet and weather industry cycles, while also pursuing initiatives to further grow and expand our product offerings with new and existing customers. Our customers seek to employ well-capitalized service providers that are in the best position to meet their service requirements and their financial obligations, and, as a result we intend to continue to

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

maintain a strong balance sheet. At the closing of this offering, we expect to have approximately $129.8 million in liquidity from $109.8 million of cash on hand and $20.0 million of available capacity under our credit facility, which we expect to amend in connection with this offering to, among other things, increase the aggregate commitments thereunder. Our liquidity will provide us with the means to manufacture additional systems, increase our service offerings and generally grow our operations.

 

    Track record of providing safe operations and equipment . We believe we are among the safest well site equipment and service providers in the oil and natural gas industry, as evidenced by an achieved TRIR of zero for our field services activity for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Our systems do not require well site personnel to visually identify inventory levels or operate ancillary handling machinery, such as forklifts, to transfer proppant from the storage area to the blender. As a result, we are able to provide a safer operating environment and reduce the number of required well site personnel. In addition, our system significantly reduces respirable silica dust levels traditionally associated with handling proppant and is compliant with standards recently implemented by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.

 

    Seasoned management team with extensive industry experience . The members of our management team are seasoned operating, financial and administrative executives with extensive experience in and knowledge of the energy industry and specifically, the oilfield services industry. Each member of our management team brings significant leadership and operational experience with long tenures in the industry at highly regarded companies, including Anadarko Petroleum, FTS International, Western Company, BJ Services, Baker Hughes, Hexion Inc., PPG and Citigroup. The members of our executive management team provide us with valuable insight into our industry and a thorough understanding of customer requirements.

Business Strategies

Our principal business objective is to increase shareholder value by profitably growing our business. We expect to achieve this objective through the following business strategies:

 

    Capitalize on favorable industry trends to expand our fleet and increase market penetration . We have increased our total system revenue days in ten of the last eleven quarters, and we have increased our system revenue days by more than 1,400% from the second quarter of 2014 to the first quarter of 2017. We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our current fleet. We expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to this demand and to expand our market penetration and increase our geographic presence.

 

    Develop and expand relationships with existing and new customers . We target well-capitalized customers that we believe will be long-term participants in the development of resources in the U.S., value safe and efficient operations, have the financial stability and flexibility to weather industry cycles and seek to develop a long-term relationship with us. We believe our unique service offering, high-quality assets, safety record and diverse geographic footprint with basin density in some of the most active basins position us well to expand and develop relationships with our existing and new customers. These qualities, combined with our track record of success, have resulted in the continued and new award of service work by our customers and by an expansion of the basins in which we operate for these customers. We believe these arrangements will provide us an attractive revenue stream while leaving us the ability to deploy additional systems as industry demand and pricing continue to recover.

 

   

Develop additional proppant logistics capabilities . We intend to develop additional logistical capabilities throughout the proppant supply chain organically and by formalizing alliances with product and service providers. We may also pursue greenfield development of transload facilities and evaluate opportunities to provide additional logistics related services to our customers. In addition, our research and

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

development team is currently developing a non-pneumatic well site loading option which will provide our customers with additional logistics flexibility.

 

    Identify and develop new product and service offerings . Our engineering team is focused on leveraging our patented system to expand our service and product capabilities. We believe our commitment to investing in research and development will result in the development of additional products and services, which could include management of liquids, such as chemicals and acid, and associated logistics.

 

    Pursue accretive acquisitions to add complementary services or products to our platform . We may pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions to add complementary products and services to our platform. Our management team has a strong track record of strategically targeting key product opportunities and completing accretive transactions. We plan to pursue a disciplined acquisition strategy that allows us to develop proprietary deal flow by identifying emerging industry trends and existing platforms positioned to capitalize on these trends.

Preliminary Estimate of Selected First Quarter 2017 Financial Results

While financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are not yet available, based on the information and data currently available, our management estimates, on a preliminary basis, that revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2017 is expected to be between $10.0 million and $10.4 million, compared to $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, operating income for the three months ended March 31, 2017 is expected to be between $4.6 million and $4.8 million, compared to an operating loss of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, net income is expected to be between $4.6 million and $4.8 million, compared to a net loss of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, and Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be between $5.7 million and $6.0 million compared to $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 (see below for a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of estimated Adjusted EBITDA to estimated net income, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure).

The estimated increase in our revenue, operating income, net income and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as compared to the prior year period is primarily attributable to an increase in revenue days. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, revenue days increased 138% to 2,627 from 1,104 days, respectively.

Our total capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are estimated to be between $7.0 million and $8.0 million. We expect to increase our quarterly capital expenditure amounts for the remainder of 2017 as we increase our system manufacturing rate.

We have prepared these estimates on a basis materially consistent with our historical financial results and with our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as presented in “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and in good faith based upon our internal reporting as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2017. These estimated ranges are preliminary and unaudited and are thus inherently uncertain and subject to change. Given the timing of these estimates, we have not completed our customary quarterly close and review procedures as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2017, and our actual results for this period may differ from these estimates. During the course of the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related notes as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2017, we may identify items that could cause our final reported results to be different from the preliminary financial estimates presented above. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from our preliminary estimates are set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

These estimates should not be viewed as a substitute for full interim financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these preliminary estimates for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are

 

 

6


Table of Contents

not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of 2017 or any future period. We do not expect our consolidated financial statements and related notes as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to be publicly announced or filed with the SEC until after this offering is completed.

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2016 along with the estimated range for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The line items in the table for the three months ended March 31, 2017 are estimates and subject to the qualifications set forth above:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2017
     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016
 
     Low Estimate      High Estimate     
    

(In millions)

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 4.6      $ 4.8      $ (0.1

Adjustments:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     1.1        1.2        0.9  

Interest expense

     0.0        0.0        0.0  

Income tax expense

     0.0        0.0        0.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 5.7      $ 6.0      $ 0.8  

Unit-based compensation expense

     0.0        0.0        0.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 5.7      $ 6.0      $ 0.8  

Our Corporate Structure

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in February 2017. Following this offering and the related transactions, we will be a holding company whose sole material asset will consist of membership interests in Solaris LLC. Solaris LLC owns all of the outstanding equity interest in the subsidiaries through which we operate our assets. After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, we will be the sole managing member of Solaris LLC and will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to Solaris LLC’s business and will consolidate financial results of Solaris LLC and its subsidiaries.

In connection with this offering, (a) all of the membership interests in Solaris LLC held by its existing owners, including those owned by certain investment funds managed by Yorktown Partners LLC (collectively, “Yorktown”), certain of our officers and directors and the other current members of Solaris LLC, including Loadcraft Site Services LLC (collectively, the “Existing Owners”), will be converted into (i) a single class of units in Solaris LLC, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Solaris LLC Units,” representing in the aggregate 31,624,320 Solaris LLC Units and (ii) the right to receive the distributions of cash and shares of Class B common stock described in clauses (c) and (d) below, (b) Solaris Inc. will issue and contribute 31,624,320 shares of its Class B common stock and all of the net proceeds of this offering to Solaris LLC in exchange for a number of Solaris LLC Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in the offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), (c) Solaris LLC will use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to distribute to the Existing Owners, on a pro rata basis, an aggregate amount of cash equal to 3,030,303 times the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock after underwriting discounts and commissions and (d) Solaris LLC will distribute to each of the Existing Owners one share of Class B common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit such Existing Owner holds. In the event that we increase or decrease the number of shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, (i) the number of Solaris LLC Units and shares of Class B common stock issued to our Existing Owners will correspondingly decrease or increase, respectively, and (ii) the amount of cash distributed to our Existing Owners on a pro rata basis will correspondingly increase or decrease, respectively.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

To the extent the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full or in part, Solaris Inc. will contribute the net proceeds therefrom to Solaris LLC in exchange for an additional number of Solaris LLC Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option. Solaris LLC will use any such net proceeds to redeem from the Existing Owners on a pro rata basis a number of Solaris LLC Units (together with an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock) equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

After giving effect to these transactions and the offering contemplated by this prospectus and assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised:

 

    the Existing Owners will own all of the Class B common stock, representing 74.9% of our capital stock (of which, (i) Yorktown will own approximately 46.4% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 34.3% of our capital stock and (ii) William A. Zartler, the Chairman of our board of directors, will beneficially own approximately 40.1% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 29.6% of our capital stock),

 

    Solaris Inc. will own an approximate 25.1% interest in Solaris LLC; and

 

    the Existing Owners will own an approximate 74.9% interest in Solaris LLC.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full:

 

    the Existing Owners will own Class B common stock, representing 71.1% of our capital stock (of which, (i) Yorktown will own approximately 46.4% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 32.6% of our capital stock and (ii) Mr. Zartler will beneficially own approximately 40.1% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 28.1% of our capital stock),

 

    Solaris Inc. will own an approximate 28.9% interest in Solaris LLC and

 

    the Existing Owners will own an approximate 71.1% interest in Solaris LLC.

The 12,676,659 shares of Class B common stock that are expected to be beneficially owned by Mr. Zartler following completion of the offering as discussed above includes 11,330,235 shares (or 10,760,576 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of Class B common stock, representing approximately 35.8% of our Class B common stock and 26.5% of our capital stock (or 35.8% of our Class B common stock and 25.1% of our capital stock, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) following completion of this offering, that are held by Loadcraft Site Services LLC (“LSS”), an entity that Mr. Zartler may be deemed to control. LSS has advised us that it intends, following completion of this offering, to make a pro rata distribution (the “LSS Distribution”) of all of the shares of Class B common stock and Solaris LLC Units it receives in connection with our Corporate Reorganization on a pro rata basis to its members. In connection with such distribution, it is anticipated that Solaris Energy Capital, LLC, a company controlled by Mr. Zartler (“Solaris Energy Capital”), will receive 5,584,401 shares (or 5,303,440 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of Class B common stock. Accordingly, following such distribution, it is expected that Mr. Zarter will beneficially own 6,930,825 shares (or 6,582,169 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of Class B common stock, representing approximately 21.9% of our Class B common stock and 16.2% of our capital stock (or 21.9% of our Class B common stock and 15.4% of our capital stock, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) following the completion of this offering and the distribution by LSS. The LSS Distribution will not impact Yorktown’s ownership in us. Additionally, following the distribution, we do not expect any of our Existing Owners other than Yorktown, Solaris Energy Capital and Mr. Zartler to own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Please see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Each share of Class B common stock has no economic rights but entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. We do not intend to list our Class B common stock on any exchange.

Following this offering, under the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Solaris LLC (the “Solaris LLC Agreement”), each Existing Owner will, subject to certain limitations, have the right (the “Redemption Right”) to cause Solaris LLC to acquire all or a portion of its Solaris LLC Units for, at Solaris LLC’s election, (x) shares of our Class A common stock at a redemption ratio of one share of Class A common stock for each Solaris Unit redeemed, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification and other similar transactions, or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. Alternatively, upon the exercise of the Redemption Right, Solaris Inc. (instead of Solaris LLC) will have the right (the “Call Right”) to acquire each tendered Solaris LLC Unit directly from the exchanging Existing Owner for, at Solaris Inc.’s election, (x) one share of Class A common stock or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. In addition, upon a change of control of Solaris Inc., Solaris Inc. has the right to require each holder of Solaris LLC Units (other than Solaris Inc.) to exercise its Redemption Right with respect to some or all of such unitholder’s Solaris LLC Units. In connection with any redemption of Solaris LLC Units pursuant to the Redemption Right or our Call Right, the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Solaris LLC Agreement.” The Existing Owners will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register the offer and resale of their shares of Class A common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Solaris Inc.’s acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Solaris LLC Units in connection with this offering or pursuant to an exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right are expected to result in adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Solaris LLC and such adjustments will be allocated to Solaris Inc. These adjustments would not have been available to Solaris Inc. absent its acquisition or deemed acquisition of Solaris LLC Units and are expected to reduce the amount of cash tax that Solaris Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) with the Existing Owners and permitted transferees (each such person, a “TRA Holder,” and together, the “TRA Holders”) at the closing of this offering. The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement. It is expected that payments will continue to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement for more than 20 to 25 years. The Tax Receivable Agreement will generally provide for the payment by Solaris Inc. to each TRA Holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax and franchise tax that Solaris Inc. actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of (i) certain increases in tax basis that occur as a result of Solaris Inc.’s acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of all or a portion of such TRA Holder’s Solaris LLC Units in connection with this offering or pursuant to the exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by Solaris Inc. as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments Solaris Inc. makes under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Solaris Inc. will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. For additional information regarding the Tax Receivable Agreement, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of Solaris LLC to make distributions to us in an amount

 

 

9


Table of Contents

sufficient to cover our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—We are a holding company. Our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interest in Solaris LLC and we will be accordingly dependent upon distributions from Solaris LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and cover our corporate and other overhead expenses.” If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach), we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. Please see the pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following diagram indicates our simplified ownership structure immediately following this offering and the transactions related thereto (assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised):

 

LOGO

 

(1) Includes Yorktown, Loadcraft Site Services LLC, certain of our officers and directors and the other current members of Solaris LLC. See “Corporate Reorganization.”

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

Our principal executive offices are located at 9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 900, Houston, Texas 77024, and our telephone number is (281) 501-3070. Our website is at www.solarisoilfield.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Our Principal Stockholders

Upon completion of this offering, the Existing Owners will initially own 31,624,320 Solaris LLC Units and 31,624,320 shares of Class B common stock, representing approximately 74.9% of the voting power of Solaris Inc. For more information on our reorganization and the ownership of our common stock by our principal stockholders, see “Corporate Reorganization” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

We have a valuable relationship with Yorktown Partners LLC, a private investment firm investing exclusively in the energy industry with an emphasis on North American oil and gas production and midstream and oilfield service businesses. Yorktown Partners LLC has raised 11 private equity funds with aggregate partner commitments totaling over $8 billion. Yorktown Partners LLC’s investors include university endowments, foundations, families, insurance companies, and other institutional investors. The firm is headquartered in New York.

Risk Factors

An investment in our Class A common stock involves risks that include the demand for proppants used in the hydraulic fracturing of oil and natural gas wells and other risks. You should carefully consider the risks described under the “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus before investing in our Class A common stock.

Our Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may, for up to five years, take advantage of specified exemptions from reporting and other regulatory requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These exemptions include:

 

    the presentation of only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

    deferral of the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

    exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;

 

    exemption from compliance with any new requirements if adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer; and

 

    reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, which will occur on the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

We have elected to take advantage of all of the applicable JOBS Act provisions, except that we will elect to opt out of the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards (this election is irrevocable).

Accordingly, the information that we provide you may be different than what you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

10,600,000 shares (12,190,000 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

10,600,000 shares (12,190,000 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

31,624,320 shares (30,034,320 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), or one share for each Solaris LLC Unit held by the Existing Owners immediately following this offering. Class B shares are non-economic. When a Solaris LLC Unit is redeemed for a share of Class A common stock, a corresponding share of Class B common stock will be cancelled.

 

Voting power of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering

25.1% (or (i) 28.9% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full and (ii) 100% if all outstanding Solaris LLC Units held by the Existing Owners are redeemed (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power of Class B common stock after giving effect to this offering

74.9% (or (i) 71.1% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full and (ii) 0% if all outstanding Solaris LLC Units held by the Existing Owners are redeemed (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting rights

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or by our certificate of incorporation. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive approximately $161.3 million of net proceeds from the sale of Class A common stock offered by us after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

We intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering received by us to Solaris LLC in exchange for Solaris LLC Units.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

Solaris LLC will use the net proceeds (i) to fully repay our existing balance of approximately $5.5 million under our credit facility, (ii) to pay $5.0 million in cash bonuses to certain employees and consultants, (iii) to distribute approximately $47.0 million to Existing Owners as part of the corporate reorganization being undertaken in connection with this offering and (iv) for general corporate purposes, including to fund our 2017 capital program. Please see “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We currently anticipate that we will retain all future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, statutory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

Redemption Rights of Existing Owners

Under the Solaris LLC Agreement, each Existing Owner will, subject to certain limitations, have the right, pursuant to the Redemption Right, to cause Solaris LLC to acquire all or a portion of its Solaris LLC Units for, at Solaris LLC’s election, (x) shares of our Class A common stock at a redemption ratio of one share of Class A common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit redeemed, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification and other similar transactions, or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. Alternatively, upon the exercise of the Redemption Right, Solaris Inc. (instead of Solaris LLC) will have the right, pursuant to the Call Right, to acquire each tendered Solaris LLC Unit directly from the redeeming Existing Owner for, at Solaris Inc.’s election, (x) one share of Class A common stock or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. In addition, upon a change of control of Solaris Inc., Solaris Inc. has the right to require each holder of Solaris LLC Units (other than Solaris Inc.) to exercise its Redemption Right with respect to some or all of such unitholder’s Solaris LLC Units. In connection with any redemption of Solaris LLC Units pursuant to the Redemption Right or our Call Right, the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Solaris LLC Agreement.”

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

Solaris Inc.’s acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Solaris LLC Units in connection with this offering or pursuant to an exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right are expected to result in adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Solaris LLC and such adjustments will be allocated to Solaris Inc. These adjustments would not have been available to Solaris Inc. absent its acquisition or deemed acquisition of Solaris LLC Units and are expected to reduce the

 

 

14


Table of Contents
 

amount of cash tax that Solaris Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

 

  In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Holders which will generally provide for the payment by Solaris Inc. to each TRA Holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax and franchise tax that Solaris Inc. actually realizes or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of certain tax basis increases and certain tax benefits attributable to imputed interest. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and our Class A Common Stock” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Directed Share Program

The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus (excluding the shares of Class A common stock that may be issued upon the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional Class A common stock) for sale to our employees, executive officers, directors, business associates and related persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing Class A common stock in the offering. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Please read “Underwriting” beginning on page 127.

Listing symbol

We have been approved to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “SOI.”

 

Risk Factors

You should carefully read and consider the information beginning on page 20 of this prospectus set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

The information above does not include 4,992,066 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to our long-term incentive plan, including (i) the 623,827 restricted shares of our Class A common stock expected to be issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants in connection with this offering and (ii) 591,261 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options held by certain of our employees, executive officers and directors, all of which are exercisable immediately following the completion of this offering, and which were granted in 2015 pursuant to the Solaris LLC 2015 Membership Unit Option Plan. In connection with the consummation of this offering, these options will be converted into options under our long-term incentive plan. The options granted under the Solaris LLC 2015 Membership Unit Option Plan had an exercise price of $135.00 per unit, which exercise price will be proportionately adjusted in connection with the Corporate Reorganization to an exercise price of $2.87 per share.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Solaris Inc. was formed in February 2017 and does not have historical financial operating results. The following table shows summary historical consolidated financial data of our accounting predecessor, Solaris LLC. Solaris LLC was formed in July 2014. Due to the factors described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results,” our future results of operations may not be comparable to the historical results of our predecessor.

The following table summarizes our historical consolidated financial data and should be read together with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Corporate Reorganization”, our consolidated financial statements and related notes included and our unaudited pro forma financial statements and related notes elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of our predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2016        2015  
     (in thousands, except per share
and operating data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

       

Revenue

       

Proppant system rental

   $ 14,594        $ 8,296  

Proppant system services

     3,563          3,167  

Proppant system sale

     —            2,742  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

     18,157          14,205  

Operating expenses

       

Cost of proppant system rental (excluding $3,352 and $2,000 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     1,431          994  

Cost of proppant system services (excluding $160 and $119 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     4,916          3,847  

Cost of proppant system sale

     —            1,948  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,792          2,395  

Salaries, benefits and payroll taxes

     3,061          3,571  

Selling, general and administrative (excluding $280 and $276 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     2,096          2,663  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     15,296          15,418  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     2,861          (1,213

Other income (expense):

       

Interest expense, net

     (23        (22

Other income (expense)

     8          (71
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (15        (93
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents
     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2016        2015  
     (in thousands, except per share
and operating data)
 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     2,846          (1,306
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     43          67  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,803        $ (1,373
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Pro forma information(1):

       

Pro forma net loss(2)

   $ (1,072     

Pro forma non-controlling interest(3)

     (1,959     
  

 

 

      

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders(2)

   $ (3,031     
  

 

 

      

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(4)

       

Basic

   $ (0.29     

Diluted

   $ (0.29     

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares(4)

       

Basic

     10,600,000       

Diluted

     10,600,000       

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

       

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 54,350        $ 46,846  

Total assets

     77,236          70,553  

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     3,041          529  

Total liabilities

     5,890          3,085  

Total members’ equity

     71,346          67,468  

Cash Flow Statement Data:

       

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 4,521        $ 2,156  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,935        (27,859

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,059          7,878  

Other Data:

       

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

   $ 6,788        $ 1,659  

Revenue days(6)

     5,745          2,579  

 

(1) For additional information regarding our pro forma information, please see the pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Pro forma net loss reflects a pro forma income tax benefit of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, of which $1.7 million is associated with the income tax effects of the corporate reorganization described under “—Corporate Reorganization” and this offering. Solaris Inc. is a corporation and is subject to U.S. federal and State of Texas income tax. Our predecessor, Solaris LLC, was not subject to U.S. federal income tax at an entity level. As a result, the consolidated net loss in our historical financial statements does not reflect the tax expense we would have incurred if we were subject to U.S. federal income tax at an entity level during such periods.
(3) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to non-controlling interest and net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders to reflect the ownership of Solaris LLC Units by each of the Existing Owners.
(4)

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and weighted average shares outstanding reflect the estimated number of shares of Class A common stock we expect to have outstanding upon the completion of our corporate reorganization described under “—Corporate Reorganization.” Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 excludes 326,858 shares of weighted average restricted Class A common stock expected to be issued in connection with this offering under our long-term incentive plan, 488,399 shares of Class A

 

 

17


Table of Contents
 

common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and 31,624,320 Class B Common Stock, as these shares would be antidilutive. The Company uses the “if-converted” method to determine the potential dilutive effect of its Class B Common Stock. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2016, Class B Common Stock was not recognized in dilutive earnings per share calculations as they would have been antidilutive.

(5) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(6) Revenue days is defined as the combined number of days our systems earned revenues in a period.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of net income as determined by GAAP. We define EBITDA as our net income (loss) plus (i) depreciation and amortization expense, (ii) interest expense and (iii) income tax expense, including franchise taxes. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus (i) unit-based compensation expense and (ii) certain non-cash charges and unusual or non-recurring charges.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used as a supplemental financial measures by management and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors and commercial banks, to assess:

 

    the financial performance of our assets without regard to the impact of financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis of our assets;

 

    the viability of capital expenditure projects and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities;

 

    our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures;

 

    the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to make debt payments and to make distributions; and

 

    our operating performance as compared to those of other companies in our industry without regard to the impact of financing methods and capital structure.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

We believe that our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Net income is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to net income presented in accordance with GAAP. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,803      $ (1,373

Depreciation and amortization

     3,792        2,395  

Interest expense, net

     23        22  

Income taxes(1)

     43        67  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     6,661        1,111  

Sand mining and terminal business development costs(2)

            446  

Non-recurring supplier settlement(3)

            38  

Unit-based compensation expense(4)

     127        64  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 6,788      $ 1,659  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Income taxes include add-back for franchise tax.
(2) Represents salaries and related expenses, professional fees, transactional costs, rent and travel expenses incurred in the development of sand mining and terminal assets, which expenses did not recur in 2016.
(3) Represents reserve for deposits made to a supplier, the majority of which was recovered.
(4) Represents non-cash compensation costs related to employee options.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the information in this prospectus, including the matters addressed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and the following risks before making an investment decision. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business depends on domestic capital spending by the oil and natural gas industry, and reductions in capital spending could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is directly affected by capital spending to explore for, develop and produce oil and natural gas in the United States. The significant decline in oil and natural gas prices that began in late 2014 caused a reduction in the exploration, development and production activities of most of our customers. In response, we reduced the prices we charge for our systems. If prices remain low, certain of our customers could become unable to pay their vendors and service providers, including us, as a result of the decline in commodity prices. Reduced discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves in our areas of operation as a result of decreased capital spending may also have a negative long-term impact on our business, even in an environment of stronger oil and natural gas prices. Any of these conditions or events could adversely affect our operating results. If the recent recovery does not continue or our customers fail to further increase their capital spending, it could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

Industry conditions are influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control, including:

 

    expected economic returns to E&P companies of new well completions;

 

    domestic and foreign economic conditions and supply of and demand for oil and natural gas;

 

    the level of prices, and expectations about future prices, of oil and natural gas;

 

    the level of global oil and natural gas exploration and production;

 

    the level of domestic and global oil and natural gas inventories;

 

    the supply of and demand for hydraulic fracturing and equipment in the United States;

 

    federal, state and local regulation of hydraulic fracturing activities, as well as exploration and production activities, including public pressure on governmental bodies and regulatory agencies to regulate our industry;

 

    U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. governmental regulations and taxes, including the policies of governments regarding the exploration for and production and development of their oil and natural gas reserves;

 

    technical difficulties or failures;

 

    changes in the price and availability of transportation;

 

    late deliveries of supplies;

 

    political and economic conditions in oil and natural gas producing countries;

 

    actions by the members of Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries with respect to oil production levels and announcements of potential changes in such levels, including the failure of such countries to comply with production cuts announced in November 2016;

 

    global weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

20


Table of Contents
    worldwide political, military and economic conditions;

 

    the cost of producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

 

    lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products and availability of qualified personnel;

 

    the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

 

    shareholder activism or activities by non-governmental organizations to restrict the exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas;

 

    the availability of water resources, suitable proppant and chemicals in sufficient quantities for use in hydraulic fracturing fluids;

 

    advances in exploration, development and production technologies or in technologies affecting energy consumption;

 

    the potential acceleration of development of alternative fuels; and

 

    uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas companies to raise equity capital and debt financing.

The volatility of oil and natural gas prices may adversely affect the demand for our systems and negatively impact our results of operations.

The demand for our systems is primarily determined by current and anticipated oil and natural gas prices and the related levels of capital spending and drilling activity in the areas in which we have operations. Volatility or weakness in oil prices or natural gas prices (or the perception that oil prices or natural gas prices will decrease) affects the spending patterns of our customers and may result in the drilling of fewer new wells. As a result, demand for proppants may decrease, which could, in turn, lead to lower demand for our systems and may cause lower prices and lower utilization of our assets. We have, and may in the future, experience significant fluctuations in operating results as a result of the reactions of our customers to changes in oil and natural gas prices. For example, prolonged low commodity prices experienced by the oil and natural gas industry beginning in late 2014 and uncertainty about future prices even when prices increased, combined with adverse changes in the capital and credit markets, caused many E&P companies to significantly reduce their capital budgets and drilling activity. This resulted in a significant decline in demand for oilfield services and adversely impacted the prices oilfield services companies could charge for their services.

Prices for oil and natural gas historically have been extremely volatile and are expected to continue to be volatile. During the past three years, the posted West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”) price for oil has ranged from a low of $26.21 per barrel (“Bbl”) in February 2016 to a high of $107.26 per Bbl in June 2014. During 2016, WTI prices ranged from $26.21 to $54.06 per Bbl. If the prices of oil and natural gas continue to be volatile, reverse their recent increases or decline, our operations, financial condition, cash flows and level of expenditures may be materially and adversely affected.

We face significant competition that may impede our ability to gain market share or cause us to lose market share.

The market for mobile proppant management systems is becoming increasingly competitive. We face competition from proppant producers, pressure pumping companies and proppant transporters who also offer solutions for unloading, storing and delivering proppant at well sites and also from competitors who, like us, are exclusively focused on developing more efficient last mile logistics management systems. Some of these solutions utilize containers for on-site proppant storage, handling delivery and others use silo-based storage as we do. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do and may develop technology superior to ours or more cost-effective than ours. Competition in our industry is thus based on price, consistency and quality of products, distribution capability, customer service, reliability of supply, breadth of product

 

21


Table of Contents

offering and technical support. If our competitors are able to respond to industry conditions or trends more rapidly or effectively or resort to price competition, we may be unable to gain or maintain our market share or may lose market share, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Technological advancements in well service technologies, including those that reduce the amount of proppant required for hydraulic fracturing operations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our industry is characterized by rapid and significant technological advancements and introductions of new products and services using new technologies. As competitors and others use or develop new technologies or technologies comparable to ours in the future, we may lose market share or be placed at a competitive disadvantage. Further, we may face competitive pressure to implement or acquire certain new technologies at a substantial cost. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical and personnel resources than we do, which may allow them to gain technological advantages or implement new technologies before we can. Additionally, we may be unable to implement new technologies or services at all, on a timely basis or at an acceptable cost. New technology or changes in our customers’ well completion designs could also reduce the demand for proppant or the amount of proppant required for hydraulic fracturing activities, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for our systems. Limits on our ability to effectively use, implement or adapt to new technologies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by uncertainty in the global financial markets and the deterioration of the financial condition of our customers.

Our future results may be impacted by the uncertainty caused by an economic downturn, volatility or deterioration in the debt and equity capital markets, inflation, deflation or other adverse economic conditions that may negatively affect us or parties with whom we do business resulting in a reduction in our customers’ spending and their non-payment or inability to perform obligations owed to us, such as the failure of customers to honor their commitments or the failure of major suppliers to complete orders. Additionally, during times when the natural gas or crude oil markets weaken, our customers are more likely to experience financial difficulties, including being unable to access debt or equity financing, which could result in a reduction in our customers’ spending for our systems. In addition, in the course of our business we hold accounts receivable from our customers. In the event of the financial distress or bankruptcy of a customer, we could lose all or a portion of such outstanding accounts receivable associated with that customer. Further, if a customer was to enter into bankruptcy, it could also result in the cancellation of all or a portion of our service contracts with such customer at significant expense or loss of expected revenues to us.

Reliance upon a few large customers may adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

Our top three customers collectively represented approximately 58.1% and 53.2% of our consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. It is likely that we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from a relatively small number of customers in the future. If a major customer fails to pay us, revenue would be impacted and our operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed. Additionally, we typically do not enter into long-term contractual agreements with our customers and if we were to lose any material customer, we may not be able to redeploy our equipment at similar utilization or pricing levels or within a short period of time and such loss could have a material adverse effect on our business until the equipment is redeployed at similar utilization or pricing levels.

We are exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers could adversely affect our financial results.

We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or nonperformance by our customers, many of whose operations are concentrated solely in the domestic E&P industry which, as described above, is subject to

 

22


Table of Contents

volatility and, therefore, credit risk. Our credit procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully reduce customer credit risk. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2016, we had approximately $0.1 million of bad debts on which we do not expect to collect due to the bankruptcy of a customer. If we are unable to adequately assess the creditworthiness of existing or future customers or unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and our inability to re-market or otherwise use our equipment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations.

If we are unable to fully protect our intellectual property rights, we may suffer a loss in our competitive advantage or market share.

Our commercial success depends on our patented and proprietary information and technologies, know-how and other intellectual property. Because of the technical nature of our business, we rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property. In particular, as of December 31, 2016, we had one patent issued with respect to our mobile proppant management system design and one patent issued with respect to the lifting and lowering mechanism utilized by our systems to erect and lower their silos. We customarily enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants and corporate partners and control access to and distribution of our design information, documentation and other patented and proprietary information. In addition, in the future we may acquire additional patents or patent portfolios, which could require significant cash expenditures. However, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our patent or other proprietary rights, third parties may challenge patents or proprietary rights held by us, and pending and future trademark and patent applications may not be approved. Failure to protect, monitor and control the use of our existing intellectual property rights could cause us to lose our competitive advantage and incur significant expenses. It is possible that our competitors or others could independently develop the same or similar technologies or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technologies. In such case, our trade secrets would not prevent third parties from competing with us. Consequently, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Furthermore, third parties or our employees may infringe or misappropriate our patented or proprietary technologies or other intellectual property rights, which could also harm our business and results of operations. Policing unauthorized use of intellectual property rights can be difficult and expensive, and adequate remedies may not be available.

We may be adversely affected by disputes regarding intellectual property rights of third parties.

Third parties from time to time may initiate litigation against us by asserting that the conduct of our business infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates intellectual property rights. We may not prevail in any such legal proceedings related to such claims, and our systems may be found to infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. If we are sued for infringement and lose, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or be enjoined from using or selling the infringing products or technology. Any legal proceeding concerning intellectual property could be protracted and costly regardless of the merits of any claim and is inherently unpredictable and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, regardless of its outcome.

If we were to discover that our technologies or products infringe valid intellectual property rights of third parties, we may need to obtain licenses from these parties or substantially re-engineer our products in order to avoid infringement. We may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to re-engineer our products successfully. If our inability to obtain required licenses for our technologies or products prevents us from selling our products, that could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, we currently license certain third party intellectual property in connection with our business, and the loss of any such license could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our operations are subject to inherent risks, some of which are beyond our control. These risks may be self-insured, or may not be fully covered under our insurance policies.

Our assets may be affected by natural or man-made disasters and other external events that may disrupt our manufacturing operations. These hazards can also cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage, and suspension of operations. In addition, our operations are subject to, and exposed to, employee/employer liabilities and risks such as wrongful termination, discrimination, labor organizing, retaliation claims and general human resource related matters.

The occurrence of a significant event or adverse claim in excess of the insurance coverage that we maintain or that is not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition. Claims for loss of oil and natural gas production and damage to formations can occur in our industry. Litigation arising from a catastrophic occurrence at a location where our systems are deployed may result in our being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims.

We do not have insurance against all foreseeable risks, either because insurance is not available or because of the high premium costs. The occurrence of an event not fully insured against or the failure of an insurer to meet its insurance obligations could result in substantial losses. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable. Insurance may not be available to cover any or all of the risks to which we are subject, or, even if available, it may be inadequate, or insurance premiums or other costs could rise significantly in the future so as to make such insurance prohibitively expensive.

Our assets require capital for maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment and may require significant capital expenditures for new equipment.

Our systems require capital investment in maintenance, upgrades and refurbishment to maintain their competitiveness. The costs of components and labor have increased in the past and may increase in the future with increases in demand, which will require us to incur additional costs to upgrade any systems we may manufacture in the future. Any maintenance, upgrade or refurbishment project for our assets could increase our indebtedness or reduce cash available for other opportunities. Furthermore, such projects may require proportionally greater capital investments as a percentage of total asset value, which may make such projects difficult to finance on acceptable terms. To the extent we are unable to fund such projects, we may have less equipment available for service or our equipment may not be attractive to potential or current customers. Additionally, competition or advances in technology within our industry may require us to update or replace existing systems or build or acquire new systems. Such demands on our capital or reductions in demand for our systems and the increase in cost of labor necessary for such maintenance and improvement, in each case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity position, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and may increase our costs.

We rely on a limited number of third party manufacturers to supplement our internal production capacity during periods of peak demand, and delays in deliveries of any outsourced components or increases in the cost of such outsourced components could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have established relationships with a limited number of manufacturers that fabricate certain components of our systems during periods of peak demand to supplement our internal production capacity. Should any of these third-party manufacturers be unable to provide or otherwise fail to deliver such components in a timely manner and in the quantities required, any resulting delays in the provision of such components could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, increasing costs of manufacturing such outsourced components may negatively impact demand for our systems or the profitability of our business operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

We currently rely on a limited number of suppliers for certain equipment to build our systems, and our reliance on a limited number of suppliers for such equipment exposes us to risks including price and timing of delivery.

We currently rely on a limited number of suppliers for certain equipment to build our systems. If demand for our systems or the components necessary to build such systems increases or our suppliers for our equipment face financial distress or bankruptcy, our suppliers may not be able to provide such equipment on schedule or at the current price. In particular, steel is the principal raw material used in the manufacture of our systems, and the price of steel has historically fluctuated on a cyclical basis and has often depended on a variety of factors over which we have no control. Additionally, we depend on one supplier for the motors that we use in our systems, which are a critical component. If our suppliers are unable to provide the raw materials and components needed to build our systems on schedule or at the current price, we could be required to seek other suppliers for the raw materials and components needed to build and operate our systems, which may adversely affect our revenues or increase our costs.

Our business depends on our customers having access to an adequate supply of proppant to meet their needs.

Although there have been historical shortages of proppant during various periods, including between 2011 and 2014, increased proppant mining, among other trends, has resulted in production of proppant that we believe exceeds current demand. Because our business depends upon the availability of proppant to our customers, any future proppant shortages could decrease the demand for our systems and have a material adverse effect on our operations, prospects and financial condition.

Fluctuations in transportation costs or the availability or reliability of transportation to supply our proppant systems could impair the ability of our customers to take delivery of proppant and thereby adversely impact our business.

Disruption of proppant transportation services due to shortages of rail cars, pneumatic trucks, weather-related problems, flooding, drought, accidents, mechanical difficulties, strikes, lockouts, bottlenecks or other events could temporarily impair the ability of our customers to take delivery of proppant at the well site. Accordingly, if there are disruptions of the services utilized by our customers (whether these services are provided by us or a third party), and they are unable to find alternative transportation providers to transport proppants to the well site, our business could be adversely affected.

A number of our customers operate in urban areas, which could increase the costs of deploying our systems and/or decrease the demand for our systems.

A number of our current and potential customers operate in urban areas, which could disproportionately expose them to operational and regulatory risk in that area. For example, operations within the city limits of various municipalities in northeastern Colorado may involve additional expenses, including expenses relating to mitigation of noise, odor and light that may be emitted in the deployment of our systems, expenses related to the appearance of our systems and limitations regarding when and how our customers can operate our systems. In addition, we and our customers may experience a higher rate of litigation or increased insurance and other costs related to the deployment of our systems in such highly populated areas.

We may have difficulty managing growth of our business, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

As a recently formed company, growth of our business could place a significant strain on our financial, technical, operational and management resources. As we expand the scope of our activities and our geographic coverage through organic growth, there will be additional demands on our financial, technical, operational and

 

25


Table of Contents

management resources. The failure to continue to upgrade our technical, administrative, operating and financial control systems or the occurrences of unexpected expansion difficulties, including the failure to recruit and retain experienced managers, engineers and other professionals in the oilfield services industry, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to successfully or timely execute our business plan.

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing as well as governmental reviews of such activities may serve to limit future oil and natural gas exploration and production activities and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and business .

We do not conduct hydraulic fracturing but as our primary line of business, we do rent our systems and unload, store and deliver the proppants used in such systems for our customers, who rely on hydraulic fracturing to stimulate production of natural gas and/or oil from dense subsurface rock formations. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that is typically regulated by state oil and gas commissions or similar agencies.

However, several federal agencies have asserted regulatory authority or pursued investigations over certain aspects of the hydraulic fracturing process. For example, in February 2014, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) asserted regulatory authority pursuant to the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act’s (“SDWA”) Underground Injection Control (“UIC”) program over hydraulic fracturing activities involving the use of diesel and issued guidance covering such activities. Also, beginning in 2012, the EPA issued a series of regulations under the federal Clean Air Act (“CAA”) that include New Source Performance Standards (“NSPS”) for completions of hydraulically fractured natural gas wells and certain other plants and equipment and, more recently, in June 2016, new emissions standards for methane and additional standards for volatile organic compounds (“VOCs”) from certain new, modified and reconstructed equipment and processes in the oil and natural gas source category. The federal Bureau of Land Management (“BLM”) published a final rule in March 2015 that established new or more stringent standards relating to hydraulic fracturing on federal and American Indian lands, which rule was struck down by a federal judge in June 2016 but that decision is currently being appealed by the federal government. Also, in December 2016, the EPA released its final report on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources, concluding that “water cycle” activities associated with hydraulic fracturing may impact drinking water resources under certain circumstances.

From time to time, legislation has been introduced in Congress to provide for federal regulation of hydraulic fracturing and to require disclosure of the chemicals used in the hydraulic fracturing process but, to date, such legislation has not been adopted. Also, some states and local governments have adopted, and other governmental entities are considering adopting, regulations that could impose more stringent permitting, disclosure and well-construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations, including states where we or our customers operate.

Moreover, our customers typically dispose of flowback and produced water or certain other oilfield fluids gathered from oil and natural gas producing operations in underground disposal wells. This disposal process has been linked to increased induced seismicity events in certain areas of the country, particularly in Oklahoma, Texas, Colorado, Kansas, New Mexico and Arkansas. These and other states have begun to consider or adopt laws and regulations that may restrict or otherwise prohibit oilfield fluid disposal in certain areas or underground disposal wells, and state agencies implementing these requirements may issue orders directing certain wells where seismic incidents have occurred to restrict or suspend disposal well operations or impose standards related to disposal well construction and monitoring. Any one or more of these developments may result in our customers having to limit disposal well volumes, disposal rates or locations, or require our customers or third party disposal well operators that are used by our customers to cease disposal well activities, which developments could adversely affect our customers’ business and result in a corresponding decrease in the need for our systems, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

26


Table of Contents

Increased regulation and attention given to the hydraulic fracturing process and associated processes could lead to greater opposition to, and litigation concerning, oil and natural gas production activities using hydraulic fracturing techniques. Additional legislation or regulation could also lead to operational delays for our customers or increased operating costs in the production of oil and natural gas, including from the developing shale plays, or could make it more difficult for our customers to perform hydraulic fracturing. The adoption of any federal, state or local laws or the implementation of regulations regarding hydraulic fracturing could potentially cause a decrease in the completion of new oil and natural gas wells and an associated decrease in demand for our systems and increased compliance costs and time, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition.

Finally, water is an essential component of shale oil and natural gas production during both the drilling and hydraulic fracturing processes. Our customers’ access to water to be used in these processes may be adversely affected due to reasons such as periods of extended drought, private, third party competition for water in localized areas or the implementation of local or state governmental programs to monitor or restrict the beneficial use of water subject to their jurisdiction for hydraulic fracturing to assure adequate local water supplies. Our customers’ inability to locate or contractually acquire and sustain the receipt of sufficient amounts of water could adversely impact their exploration and production operations and have a corresponding adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in transportation regulations may increase our costs and negatively impact our results of operations.

We are subject to various transportation regulations including as a motor carrier by the U.S. Department of Transportation and by various federal, state and tribal agencies, whose regulations include certain permit requirements of highway and safety authorities. These regulatory authorities exercise broad powers over our trucking operations, generally governing such matters as the authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, safety, equipment testing, driver requirements and specifications and insurance requirements. The trucking industry is subject to possible regulatory and legislative changes that may impact our operations, such as changes in fuel emissions limits, hours of service regulations that govern the amount of time a driver may drive or work in any specific period and limits on vehicle weight and size. As the federal government continues to develop and propose regulations relating to fuel quality, engine efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions, we may experience an increase in costs related to truck purchases and maintenance, impairment of equipment productivity, a decrease in the residual value of vehicles, unpredictable fluctuations in fuel prices and an increase in operating expenses. Increased truck traffic may contribute to deteriorating road conditions in some areas where our operations are performed. Our operations, including routing and weight restrictions, could be affected by road construction, road repairs, detours and state and local regulations and ordinances restricting access to certain roads. Proposals to increase federal, state or local taxes, including taxes on motor fuels, are also made from time to time, and any such increase would increase our operating costs. Also, state and local regulation of permitted routes and times on specific roadways could adversely affect our operations. We cannot predict whether, or in what form, any legislative or regulatory changes or municipal ordinances applicable to our logistics operations will be enacted and to what extent any such legislation or regulations could increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business or operations.

We are subject to environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

Our operations and the operations of our customers are subject to numerous federal, regional, state and local laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety, protection of natural resources and the environment, and waste management, including the transportation and disposal of wastes and other materials. Numerous governmental entities, including the EPA and analogous state agencies have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and regulations and the permits issued under them, often requiring difficult and costly actions. These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations on our operations and the operations of our

 

27


Table of Contents

customers, including the acquisition of permits to conduct regulated activities, the imposition of restrictions on the types, quantities and concentrations of various substances that can be released into the environment or injected in formations in connection with oil and natural gas drilling and production activities, the incurrence of capital expenditures to mitigate or prevent releases of materials from our equipment, facilities or from customer locations where we are deploying our systems, the imposition of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations, and the application of specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection. Any failure on our part or the part of our customers to comply with these laws and regulations could result in prohibitions or restrictions on operations, assessment of sanctions including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, issuance of corrective action orders requiring the performance of investigatory, remedial or curative activities or enjoining performance of some or all of our operations in a particular area. In particular, under certain circumstances, environmental agencies may delay or refuse to grant required approvals or cancel or amend existing permits or leases that may relate to our customers’ operations, in which event such operations may be interrupted or suspended for varying lengths of time, causing a reduced demand for our systems, an associated loss of revenue to us and adversely affecting our results of operations in support of those customers.

Our business activities present risks of incurring significant environmental costs and liabilities, including costs and liabilities resulting from our handling of regulated materials, such as oilfield and other wastes, because of air emissions and wastewater discharges related to our operations, and due to historical oilfield industry operations and waste disposal practices. In addition, private parties, including the owners of properties upon which we deploy our systems and facilities where our wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal, also may have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance as well as to seek damages for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property or natural resource damages. Some environmental laws and regulations may impose strict liability, which means that in some situations we could be exposed to liability as a result of our conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions caused by, prior operators or other third parties. Remedial costs and other damages arising as a result of environmental laws and costs associated with changes in environmental laws and regulations could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

Laws and regulations protecting the environment generally have become more stringent in recent years and are expected to continue to do so, which could lead to material increases in costs for future environmental compliance and remediation. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or the adoption of new laws or regulations, could delay or curtail exploratory or developmental drilling for oil and natural gas and could have a corresponding adverse effect on us by reducing the demand for our systems. We may not be able to recover some or any of our costs of compliance with these laws and regulations from insurance.

Silica-related legislation, health issues and litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation or results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to human exposure to crystalline silica. In March 2016, OSHA amended its legal requirements, publishing a final rule that established a more stringent permissible exposure limit for exposure to respirable crystalline silica and provided other provisions to protect employees, such as requirements for exposure assessment, methods for controlling exposure, respiratory protection, medical surveillance, hazard communication, and recordkeeping. This final rule became effective in June 2016. However, several industry groups have filed suit in the D.C. Circuit to halt implementation of the rule. Historically, our environmental compliance costs with respect to existing crystalline silica requirements have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations; however, federal and state regulatory authorities, including OSHA, may continue to propose changes in their regulations regarding workplace exposure to crystalline silica, such as permissible exposure limits and required controls and personal protective equipment and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to comply with any future laws and regulations relating to exposure to crystalline silica that are adopted, or that the costs of complying with such future laws and regulations would not have a material adverse effect on our operating results by requiring us to modify or cease our operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, the inhalation of respirable crystalline silica is associated with the lung disease silicosis. There is recent evidence of an association between crystalline silica exposure or silicosis and lung cancer and a possible association with other diseases, including immune system disorders such as scleroderma. These health risks have been, and may continue to be, a significant issue confronting the hydraulic fracturing industry. Concerns over silicosis and other potential adverse health effects, as well as concerns regarding potential liability from the use of hydraulic fracture sand, may have the effect of discouraging our customers’ use of hydraulic fracture sand. The actual or perceived health risks of handling hydraulic fracture sand could materially and adversely affect hydraulic fracturing service providers, including us, through reduced use of hydraulic fracture sand, the threat of product liability or employee lawsuits, increased scrutiny by federal, state and local regulatory authorities of us and our customers or reduced financing sources available to the hydraulic fracturing industry.

Anti-indemnity provisions enacted by many states may restrict or prohibit a party’s indemnification of us.

We typically enter into agreements with our customers governing the use and operation of our systems, which usually include certain indemnification provisions for losses resulting from operations. Such agreements may require each party to indemnify the other against certain claims regardless of the negligence or other fault of the indemnified party; however, many states place limitations on contractual indemnity agreements, particularly agreements that indemnify a party against the consequences of its own negligence. Furthermore, certain states, including Louisiana, New Mexico, Texas and Wyoming have enacted statutes generally referred to as “oilfield anti-indemnity acts” expressly prohibiting certain indemnity agreements contained in or related to oilfield services agreements. Such anti-indemnity acts may restrict or void a party’s indemnification of us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Fuel conservation measures could reduce demand for oil and natural gas which would in turn reduce the demand for our systems.

Fuel conservation measures, alternative fuel requirements and increasing consumer demand for alternatives to oil and natural gas could reduce demand for oil and natural gas. The impact of the changing demand for oil and natural gas may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, the increased competitiveness of alternative energy sources (such as wind, solar geothermal, tidal, and biofuels) could reduce demand for hydrocarbons and therefore for our systems, which would lead to a reduction in our revenues.

Unsatisfactory safety performance may negatively affect our customer relationships and, to the extent we fail to retain existing customers or attract new customers, adversely impact our revenues.

Our ability to retain existing customers and attract new business is dependent on many factors, including our ability to demonstrate that we can reliably and safely operate our business in a manner that is consistent with applicable laws, rules and permits, which legal requirements are subject to change. Existing and potential customers consider the safety record of their third-party service providers to be of high importance in their decision to engage such providers. If one or more accidents were to occur in connection with the use of our systems, the affected customer may seek to terminate or cancel its use of our services and may be less likely to continue to use our systems, which could cause us to lose substantial revenues. Furthermore, our ability to attract new customers may be impaired if they elect not to engage us because they view our safety record as unacceptable. In addition, it is possible that we will experience multiple or particularly severe accidents in the future, causing our safety record to deteriorate. This may be more likely as we continue to grow, if we experience high employee turnover or labor shortage, or hire inexperienced personnel to bolster our staffing needs.

Climate change legislation and regulations restricting or regulating emissions of greenhouse gases could result in increased operating and capital costs for our customers and reduced demand for our systems.

Climate change continues to attract considerable public and scientific attention. As a result, numerous proposals have been made and are likely to continue to be made at the international, national, regional and state

 

29


Table of Contents

levels of government to monitor and limit emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHGs”). While no comprehensive climate change legislation has been implemented at the federal level, the EPA and states or groupings of states have pursued legal initiatives in recent years that seek to reduce GHG emissions through efforts that include consideration of cap-and-trade programs, carbon taxes, GHG reporting and tracking programs and regulations that directly limit GHG emissions from certain sources. In particular, the EPA has adopted rules under authority of the CAA that, among other things, establish certain permit reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources, which reviews could require securing permits at covered facilities emitting GHGs and meeting defined technological standards for those GHG emissions. The EPA has also adopted rules requiring the monitoring and annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain petroleum and natural gas system sources in the United States, including, among others, onshore production.

Federal agencies also have begun directly regulating emissions of methane, a GHG, from oil and natural gas operations. In June 2016, the EPA published regulations requiring certain new, modified or reconstructed facilities in the oil and natural gas sector to reduce these methane gas and VOC emissions. Several states and industry groups have filed suit before the D.C. Circuit challenging the EPA’s implementation of the methane rule and legal authority to issue the methane rules. In November 2016, the EPA began seeking additional information on methane emissions from certain existing facilities and operations in the oil and natural gas sector as necessary to eventually expand the methane rules to include existing equipment and processes, but on March 3, 2017, the EPA announced that it was withdrawing the ICR so that the agency may further assess the need for the information that it was collecting through the request. Additionally, in December 2015, the United States joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France that prepared an agreement requiring member countries to review and “represent a progression” in their intended nationally determined contributions, which set GHG emission reduction goals every five years beginning in 2020. This “Paris agreement” was signed by the United States in April 2016 and entered into force in November 2016; however, this agreement does not create any binding obligations for nations to limit their GHG emissions, but rather includes pledges to voluntarily limit or reduce future emissions.

The adoption and implementation of any international, federal or state legislation or regulations that require reporting of GHGs or otherwise restrict emissions of GHGs could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, demand for our systems, results of operations, and cash flows.

Finally, increasing concentrations of GHG in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, floods and other climatic events. If any such climate changes were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the financial condition and operations of our customers.

Any future indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

Although we will have no indebtedness outstanding under our Credit Facility (as defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Debt Agreements”) at the closing of this offering, we will be able to borrow up to $20.0 million under our Credit Facility after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of this offering and anticipated amendment of our Credit Facility.

In addition, subject to the limits contained in our Credit Facility, we may incur substantial additional debt from time to time. Any borrowings we may incur in the future would have several important consequences for our future operations, including that:

 

    covenants contained in the documents governing such indebtedness may require us to meet or maintain certain financial tests, which may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our industry, such as being able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities when they arise;

 

30


Table of Contents
    our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes may be limited;

 

    we may be competitively disadvantaged to our competitors that are less leveraged or have greater access to capital resources; and

 

    we may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions.

If we incur indebtedness in the future, we may have significant principal payments due at specified future dates under the documents governing such indebtedness. Our ability to meet such principal obligations will be dependent upon future performance, which in turn will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to repay any incurred indebtedness. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we may be required to sell assets, to refinance all or a portion of such indebtedness or to obtain additional financing.

Our Credit Facility subjects us to various financial and other restrictive covenants. These restrictions may limit our operational or financial flexibility and could subject us to potential defaults under our Credit Facility.

Our Credit Facility subjects us to significant financial and other restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on incurring additional debt and certain distributions. Our ability to comply with these financial condition tests can be affected by events beyond our control and we may not be able to do so.

Our Credit Facility contains certain financial covenants, including a certain leverage ratio and a certain minimum fixed charge coverage ratio we must maintain. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Debt Agreements.”

If we are unable to remain in compliance with the financial covenants of our Credit Facility, then amounts outstanding thereunder may be accelerated and become due immediately. Any such acceleration could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in interest rates could adversely impact the price of our shares, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes.

Interest rates on future borrowings, credit facilities and debt offerings could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. Changes in interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who invest in our shares, and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on the price of our shares, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes.

Our business is difficult to evaluate because we have a limited operating history.

We were formed in February 2017 and do not have historical financial operating results. For purposes of this prospectus, our accounting predecessor is Solaris LLC, which was formed in July 2014. Except as expressly noted otherwise, our historical financial information and operational data described in this prospectus is that of Solaris LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. As a result, there is only limited historical financial and operating information available upon which to base your evaluation of our performance.

We rely on a few key employees whose absence or loss could adversely affect our business.

Many key responsibilities within our business have been assigned to a small number of employees. The loss of their services could adversely affect our business. In particular, the loss of the services of one or more

 

31


Table of Contents

members of our executive team, including our chief executive officer or chief financial officer, could disrupt our operations. We do not have any written employment agreement with our executives at this time. Further, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies on any of our employees. As a result, we are not insured against any losses resulting from the death of our key employees.

If we are unable to access the services of a sufficient number of skilled and qualified workers, our capacity and profitability could be diminished and our growth potential could be impaired .

The manufacture and delivery of our products requires skilled and qualified workers with specialized skills and experience who can perform physically demanding work. As a result of the volatility of the oilfield services industry and the demanding nature of the work, workers may choose to pursue employment in fields that offer a more desirable work environment at wage rates that are competitive. Our ability to be productive and profitable will depend upon our ability to have access to the services of skilled workers. In addition, our ability to expand our operations depends in part on our ability to increase the size of our skilled labor force. The demand for skilled workers is high, and the supply is limited. As a result, competition for experienced personnel is intense, and a significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could result in a reduction of our skilled labor force, increases in the rates that we must pay, or both. If either of these events were to occur, our capacity and profitability could be diminished and our growth potential could be impaired.

We may be subject to risks in connection with acquisitions.

We have completed and may, in the future, pursue asset acquisitions or acquisitions of businesses. The process of upgrading acquired assets to our specifications and integrating acquired assets or businesses may involve unforeseen costs and delays or other operational, technical and financial difficulties and may require a significant amount time and resources. Our failure to incorporate acquired assets or businesses into our existing operations successfully or to minimize any unforeseen operational difficulties could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Such events could also mean an acquisition that we expected to be accretive is not accretive and, in extreme cases, the asset is idle.

Our industry overall has experienced a high rate of employee turnover. Any difficulty we experience replacing or adding personnel could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent upon the available labor pool of skilled employees and may not be able to find enough skilled labor to meet our needs, which could have a negative effect on our growth. We are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act, which governs such matters as minimum wage, overtime and other working conditions. Our systems require skilled workers who can perform physically demanding work. As a result of our industry volatility, including the recent and pronounced decline in drilling activity, as well as the demanding nature of the work, many workers in our industry have left to pursue employment in different fields. Though our historical turnover rates have been significantly lower than those of our competitors, if we are unable to retain or meet growing demand for skilled technical personnel, our operating results and our ability to execute our growth strategies may be adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims for personal injury and property damage, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Our systems are subject to inherent risks that can cause personal injury or loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, equipment or the environment or the suspension of our operations. Litigation arising from operations where our systems are deployed, may cause us to be named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims including claims for exemplary damages. We maintain what we believe is customary and reasonable insurance to protect our business against these potential losses, but such insurance may not be adequate to cover our liabilities, and we are not fully insured against all risks.

 

32


Table of Contents

In addition, our customer assumes responsibility for, including control and removal of, all other pollution or contamination which may occur during operations, including that which may result from seepage or any other uncontrolled flow of drilling and completion fluids. We may have liability in such cases if we are negligent or commit willful acts. Our customers generally agree to indemnify us against claims arising from their employees’ personal injury or death to the extent that, in the case of our well site services, their employees are injured or their properties are damaged by such services, unless resulting from our gross negligence or willful misconduct. Our customers also generally agree to indemnify us for loss or destruction of customer-owned property or equipment. In turn, we agree to indemnify our customers for loss or destruction of property or equipment we own and for liabilities arising from personal injury to or death of any of our employees, unless resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct of the customer. However, we might not succeed in enforcing such contractual allocation or might incur an unforeseen liability falling outside the scope of such allocation. As a result, we may incur substantial losses which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.

Seasonal weather conditions and natural disasters could severely disrupt normal operations and harm our business.

Our operations are located in different regions of the United States, some of which are prone to periods of heavy snow, ice or rain and others of which may be prone to certain natural disasters such as tornadoes. The occurrence of any such severe weather conditions or natural disasters could cause our E&P customers to suspend operations, thereby reducing the demand for our systems and our ability to generate revenues. The exploration activities of our customers may also be affected during such periods of adverse weather conditions. Additionally, extended drought conditions in our operating regions could impact our ability or our customers’ ability to source sufficient water or increase the cost for such water. As a result, a natural disaster or inclement weather conditions could severely disrupt the normal operation of our business and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to interruptions or failures in our information technology systems.

We rely on sophisticated information technology systems and infrastructure to support our business, including process control technology. Any of these systems may be susceptible to outages due to fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, usage errors by employees, computer viruses, cyber-attacks or other security breaches, or similar events. The failure of any of our information technology systems may cause disruptions in our operations, which could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

We are subject to cyber security risks. A cyber incident could occur and result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

The oil and natural gas industry has become increasingly dependent on digital technologies to conduct certain processing activities. For example, we depend on digital technologies to deliver our systems and perform many of our services and to process and record financial and operating data. At the same time, cyber incidents, including deliberate attacks, have increased. The U.S. government has issued public warnings that indicate that energy assets might be specific targets of cyber security threats. Our technologies, systems and networks, and those of our vendors, suppliers and other business partners, may become the target of cyberattacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of proprietary and other information, or other disruption of business operations. In addition, certain cyber incidents, such as surveillance, may remain undetected for an extended period. Our systems for protecting against cyber security risks may not be sufficient. As cyber incidents continue to evolve, we will likely be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to cyber incidents.

 

33


Table of Contents

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

The occurrence or threat of terrorist attacks in the United States or other countries, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States or other countries, including continued hostilities in the Middle East, may adversely affect the United States and global economies and could prevent us from meeting our financial and other obligations. If any of these events occur, the resulting political instability and societal disruption could reduce overall demand for oil and natural gas, potentially putting downward pressure on demand for our systems and causing a reduction in our revenues. Oil and natural gas related facilities could be direct targets of terrorist attacks, and our operations could be adversely impacted if infrastructure integral to our customers’ operations is destroyed or damaged. Costs for insurance and other security may increase as a result of these threats, and some insurance coverage may become more difficult to obtain, if available at all.

We engage in transactions with related parties and such transactions present possible conflicts of interest that could have an adverse effect on us.

We have entered into a significant number of transactions with related parties. The details of certain of these transactions are set forth in the section “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Related party transactions create the possibility of conflicts of interest with regard to our management or directors. Such a conflict could cause an individual in our management or on our board of directors to seek to advance his or her economic interests above ours. Further, the appearance of conflicts of interest created by related party transactions could impair the confidence of our investors. Our board of directors regularly reviews these transactions. Notwithstanding this, it is possible that a conflict of interest could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.

Our historical financial statements may not be indicative of future performance.

Due to our limited operating history, comparisons of our current and future operating results with prior periods are difficult. As a result, our limited historical financial performance as the owner of the acquired assets may make it difficult for stockholders to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and to assess our future prospects and viability.

We may record losses or impairment charges related to idle assets or assets that we sell.

Prolonged periods of low utilization, changes in technology or the sale of assets below their carrying value may cause us to experience losses. These events could result in the recognition of impairment charges that negatively impact our financial results. Significant impairment charges as a result of a decline in market conditions or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock

We are a holding company. Our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interest in Solaris LLC and we will be accordingly dependent upon distributions from Solaris LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and cover our corporate and other overhead expenses.

We are a holding company and will have no material assets other than our equity interest in Solaris LLC. Please see “Corporate Reorganization.” We will have no independent means of generating revenue. To the extent Solaris LLC has available cash, we intend to cause Solaris LLC to make (i) generally pro rata distributions to its unitholders, including us, in an amount at least sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement we will enter into with the TRA Holders and any subsequent tax receivable agreements that we may enter into in connection with future acquisitions and (ii) non-pro rata payments to us to reimburse us for our corporate and other overhead expenses. To the extent that we need funds and Solaris LLC or

 

34


Table of Contents

its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions or payments under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of any future financing arrangements, or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Moreover, because we will have no independent means of generating revenue, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of Solaris LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. This ability, in turn, may depend on the ability of Solaris LLC’s subsidiaries to make distributions to it. The ability of Solaris LLC, its subsidiaries and other entities in which it directly or indirectly holds an equity interest to make such distributions will be subject to, among other things, (i) the applicable provisions of Delaware law (or other applicable jurisdiction) that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution and (ii) restrictions in relevant debt instruments issued by Solaris LLC or its subsidiaries and/other entities in which it directly or indirectly holds an equity interest. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related regulations of the SEC and the requirements of the NYSE, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time of our board of directors and management and will significantly increase our costs and expenses. We will need to:

 

    institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

 

    comply with rules promulgated by the NYSE;

 

    continue to prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

    establish new internal policies, such as those relating to insider trading; and

 

    involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities.

Furthermore, while we generally must comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, we are not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act. Accordingly, we may not be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until as late as our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. Once it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed. Compliance with these requirements may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

In addition, we expect that being a public company subject to these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

35


Table of Contents

If we fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent fraud and operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. We cannot be certain that our efforts to develop and maintain our internal controls will be successful, that we will be able to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future or that we will be able to comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Any failure to develop or maintain effective internal controls, or difficulties encountered in implementing or improving our internal controls, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. In addition, an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be maintained, and our stock price may be volatile.

Prior to this offering, our Class A common stock was not traded on any market. An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be maintained after this offering. Active, liquid and orderly trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors’ purchase and sale orders. The market price of our Class A common stock could vary significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In the event of a drop in the market price of our Class A common stock, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors which we discuss in “Underwriting,” and may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering.

The following factors could affect our stock price:

 

    quarterly variations in our financial and operating results;

 

    the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

    strategic actions by our competitors;

 

    changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;

 

    speculation in the press or investment community;

 

    the failure of research analysts to cover our Class A common stock;

 

    sales of our Class A common stock by us or other stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

 

    changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations or standards;

 

    additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

    actions by our stockholders;

 

    general market conditions, including fluctuations in commodity prices;

 

    domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; and

 

    the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section.

 

36


Table of Contents

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our principal stockholders will collectively hold a substantial majority of the voting power of our common stock.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate of incorporation. Upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), the Existing Owners will own 100.0% of our Class B common stock and a 74.9% interest in Solaris LLC (representing 74.9% of our combined economic interest and voting power) of which, (i) Yorktown will own approximately 46.4% of our Class B common stock and an approximate 34.3% interest in Solaris LLC (representing approximately 34.3% of our combined economic interest and voting power) and (ii) William A. Zartler, the Chairman of our board of directors, will beneficially own approximately 40.1% of our Class B common stock and an approximate 29.6% interest in Solaris LLC (representing approximately 29.6% of our capital stock). Following the LSS Distribution, it is expected that Mr. Zarter will beneficially own approximately 21.9% of our Class B common stock and an approximate 16.2% interest in Solaris LLC (representing approximately 16.2% of our capital stock).

Although the Existing Owners are entitled to act separately in their own respective interests with respect to their ownership in us, if the Existing Owners choose to act in concert, they will together have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs. In addition, they will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and will be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company. The existence of significant stockholders may also have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our company.

So long as the Existing Owners continue to control a significant amount of our common stock, each will continue to be able to strongly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that a potential transaction is in their own best interests. In any of these matters, the interests of the Existing Owners may differ or conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. In addition, certain of our Existing Owners, including Yorktown, and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. Such Existing Owners and their respective affiliates may acquire or seek to acquire assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue. Moreover, this concentration of stock ownership may also adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock to the extent investors perceive a disadvantage in owning stock of a company with a controlling stockholder.

Certain of our directors have significant duties with, and spend significant time serving, entities that may compete with us in seeking acquisitions and business opportunities and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating time or pursuing business opportunities.

Certain of our directors hold positions of responsibility with other entities (including affiliated entities) that are in the oil and natural gas industry. These directors may become aware of business opportunities that may be

 

37


Table of Contents

appropriate for presentation to us as well as to the other entities with which they are or may become affiliated. Due to these existing and potential future affiliations, they may present potential business opportunities to other entities prior to presenting them to us, which could cause additional conflicts of interest. They may also decide that certain opportunities are more appropriate for other entities with which they are affiliated, and as a result, they may elect not to present those opportunities to us. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor. For additional discussion of our directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest of which our stockholders should be aware, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Certain Designated Parties are not limited in their ability to compete with us, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could enable such Designated Parties and their respective affiliates to benefit from corporate opportunities that might otherwise be available to us.

Our governing documents will provide that Yorktown, Wells Fargo Central Pacific Holdings, Inc. and our directors who are not also our officers, including William A. Zartler, the Chairman of our board of directors, who upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), will beneficially own approximately 40.1% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 29.6% of our capital stock, and their respective portfolio investments and affiliates (collectively, the “Designated Parties”) are not restricted from owning assets or engaging in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Following the LSS Distribution, it is expected that Mr. Zarter will beneficially own approximately 21.9% of our Class B common stock and an approximate 16.2% interest in Solaris LLC (representing approximately 16.2% of our capital stock).

In particular, subject to the limitations of applicable law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, among other things:

 

    permit such Designated Parties to conduct business that competes with us and to make investments in any kind of property in which we may make investments; and

 

    provide that if such Designated Parties, or any employee, partner, member, manager, officer or director of such Designated Parties who is also one of our directors, becomes aware of a potential business opportunity, transaction or other matter, they will have no duty to communicate or offer that opportunity to us.

The Designated Parties may become aware, from time to time, of certain business opportunities (such as acquisition opportunities) and may direct such opportunities to other businesses in which they have invested, in which case we may not become aware of or otherwise have the ability to pursue such opportunity. Furthermore, such businesses may choose to compete with us for these opportunities, possibly causing these opportunities to not be available to us or causing them to be more expensive for us to pursue. In addition, the Designated Parties may dispose of oil and natural gas service assets in the future, without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase any of those assets. As a result, our renouncing our interest and expectancy in any business opportunity that may be from time to time presented to the Designated Parties could adversely impact our business or prospects if attractive business opportunities are procured by such parties for their own benefit rather than for ours. Please read “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as Delaware law, will contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval in one or more series, designate the number of shares constituting any series, and fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights

 

38


Table of Contents

and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices and liquidation preferences of such series. If our board of directors elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:

 

    dividing our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class serving staggered three-year terms;

 

    providing that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law or, if applicable, the rights of holders of a series of preferred stock, only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum (prior to such time, vacancies may also be filled by stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares);

 

    permitting any action by stockholders to be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting rather than by a written consent of the stockholders, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock with respect to such rights;

 

    permitting special meetings of our stockholders to be called only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships;

 

    requiring the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% in voting power of all then outstanding common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, to remove any or all of the directors from office at any time, and directors will be removable only for “cause”;

 

    prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

    establishing advance notice provisions for stockholder proposals and nominations for elections to the board of directors to be acted upon at meetings of stockholders; and

 

    providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, or to alter or repeal our bylaws.

In addition, certain change of control events have the effect of accelerating the payment due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which could be substantial and accordingly serve as a disincentive to a potential acquirer of our company. Please see “—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may

 

39


Table of Contents

limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $3.16 per share.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $3.16 per share in the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock from the initial public offering price, and our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 after giving effect to this offering would be $4.84 per share. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. See “Dilution.”

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our Class A common stock appreciates.

We do not plan to declare cash dividends on shares of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us will be if you sell your Class A common stock at a price greater than you paid for it. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price that you pay in this offering.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

We may sell additional shares of our Class A common stock in subsequent offerings. In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, the Existing Owners may redeem their Solaris LLC Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock (on a one-for-one basis, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification and other similar transactions) and then sell those shares of Class A common stock. After the completion of this offering, we will have 10,600,000 outstanding shares of Class A common stock and 31,624,320 outstanding shares of Class B common stock. This number includes 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering but does not include the 1,590,000 shares of Class A common stock that we may sell in this offering if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, which may be resold immediately in the public market. Following the completion of this offering, the Existing Owners will own 31,624,320 shares of Class B common stock, representing approximately 74.9% (or 71.1% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our total outstanding common stock. All such shares are restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws and are subject to the lock-up agreements between such parties and the underwriters described in “Underwriting,” but may be sold into the market in the future. We expect that certain of the Existing Owners will be party to a registration rights agreement with us that will require us to effect the registration of their shares in certain circumstances no earlier than the expiration of the lock-up period contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with this offering. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

In connection with this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of 4,992,066 shares of our Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our long term incentive plan. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions, the expiration of lock-up

 

40


Table of Contents

agreements and the requirements of Rule 144, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 may be made available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into Class A common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A common stock will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock.

The underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock.

We, all of our directors and executive officers, and certain of the Existing Owners have entered or will enter into lock-up agreements pursuant to which we and they will be subject to certain restrictions with respect to the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters, at any time and without notice, may release all or any portion of the Class A common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. See “Underwriting” for more information on these agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then the Class A common stock, subject to compliance with the Securities Act or exceptions therefrom, will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital.

A portion of the proceeds from this offering will be used to make a distribution to the Existing Owners and to grant certain employees cash bonuses and will not be available to fund our operations.

As described in “Use of Proceeds,” Solaris LLC intends to use approximately $47.0 million of the proceeds from this offering to make a distribution to the Existing Owners and approximately $5.0 million of the proceeds from this offering to grant cash bonuses to certain employees and consultants. Consequently, such portion of the proceeds from this offering will not be available to fund our operations, capital expenditures or acquisition opportunities. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Solaris Inc. will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for certain tax benefits that it may claim, and the amounts of such payments could be significant.

In connection with the closing of this offering, Solaris Inc. will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Holders. This agreement will generally provide for the payment by Solaris Inc. to each TRA Holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax and franchise tax that Solaris Inc. actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of certain increases in tax basis and certain benefits attributable to imputed interest. Solaris Inc. will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings.

The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement (or the Tax Receivable Agreement is terminated due to other circumstances, including our breach of a material obligation thereunder or certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination or other changes of control), and we make the termination payment specified in the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be increased by any interest accrued from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return.

The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are Solaris Inc.’s obligations and not obligations of Solaris LLC, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make under the Tax

 

41


Table of Contents

Receivable Agreement will be substantial. Estimating the amount and timing of payments that may become due under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, cash savings in tax generally are calculated by comparing our actual tax liability (determined by using the actual applicable U.S. federal income tax rate and an assumed combined state and local income and franchise tax rate) to the amount we would have been required to pay had we not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of any redemption of Solaris LLC Units, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each redemption, the extent to which such redemptions are taxable transactions, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, the U.S. federal income tax rates then applicable, and the portion of our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable or amortizable tax basis.

The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not be conditioned upon a holder of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement having a continued ownership interest in us. For additional information regarding the Tax Receivable Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach), we would be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. This payment would equal the present value of hypothetical future payments that could be required to be paid under the Tax Receivable Agreement (determined by applying a discount rate of one-year London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 100 basis points). The calculation of hypothetical future payments will be based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including (i) we have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement (including having sufficient taxable income to currently utilize any accumulated net operating loss carryforwards) and (ii) any Solaris LLC Units (other than those held by Solaris Inc.) outstanding on the termination date are deemed to be redeemed on the termination date. Any early termination payment may be made significantly in advance of, and may materially exceed, the actual realization, if any, of the future tax benefits to which the termination payment relates.

If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement) or the Tax Receivable Agreement otherwise terminates early, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales or other forms of business combinations or changes of control. For example, if the Tax Receivable Agreement were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated termination payments would, in the aggregate, be approximately $169.1 million (calculated using a discount rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 100 basis points, applied against an undiscounted liability of $225.9 million). The foregoing number is merely an estimate and the actual payment could differ materially. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

42


Table of Contents

In the event that our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are accelerated upon certain mergers, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the consideration payable to holders of our Class A common stock could be substantially reduced.

If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) Solaris Inc. would be obligated to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment, and such payment may be significantly in advance of, and may materially exceed, the actual realization, if any, of the future tax benefits to which the payment relates. As a result of this payment obligation, holders of our Class A common stock could receive substantially less consideration in connection with a change of control transaction than they would receive in the absence of such obligation. Further, our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not be conditioned upon the TRA Holders’ having a continued interest in us or Solaris LLC. Accordingly, the TRA Holders’ interests may conflict with those of the holders of our Class A common stock. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize, if any, in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We will not be reimbursed for any payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits are subsequently disallowed.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. The TRA Holders will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if any tax benefits that have given rise to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any TRA Holder will be netted against payments that would otherwise be made to such TRA Holder, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments that are greater than our actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

Sales or redemptions of 50% or more of the Solaris LLC Common Units during any twelve-month period will result in a termination of Solaris LLC for federal income tax purposes.

Solaris LLC will be considered to have constructively terminated for U.S. federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or redemption of 50% or more of the capital and profits of the company within a twelve-month period. A constructive termination of Solaris LLC could result in a significant deferral of depreciation deductions allocable to us in computing our taxable income.

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our Class A common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our Class A common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the Class A common stock.

 

43


Table of Contents

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

We are classified as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things: (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (ii) comply with any new requirements if adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer; (iii) provide certain disclosures regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies; or (iv) hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we will lose that status sooner if we have more than $1.0 billion of revenues in a fiscal year, have more than $700.0 million in market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

To the extent that we rely on any of the exemptions available to emerging growth companies, you will receive less information about our executive compensation and internal control over financial reporting than issuers that are not emerging growth companies. If some investors find our Class A common stock to be less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our Class A common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions or that include the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate” and other expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and trends and that do not relate to historical matters identify forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include statements about our business strategy, our industry, our future profitability, our expected capital expenditures and the impact of such expenditures on our performance, the costs of being a publicly traded corporation and our capital programs.

A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. We believe that we have chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

 

    the level of domestic capital spending by the oil and natural gas industry;

 

    natural or man-made disasters and other external events that may disrupt our manufacturing operations;

 

    volatility of oil and natural gas prices;

 

    changes in general economic and geopolitical conditions;

 

    large or multiple customer defaults, including defaults resulting from actual or potential insolvencies;

 

    technological advancements in well service technologies;

 

    competitive conditions in our industry;

 

    inability to fully protect our intellectual property rights;

 

    changes in the long-term supply of and demand for oil and natural gas;

 

    actions taken by our customers, competitors and third-party operators;

 

    fluctuations in transportation costs or the availability or reliability of transportation to supply our proppant systems;

 

    changes in the availability and cost of capital;

 

    our ability to successfully implement our business plan;

 

    our ability to complete growth projects on time and on budget;

 

    the price and availability of debt and equity financing (including changes in interest rates);

 

    changes in our tax status;

 

    our ability to successfully develop our research and technology capabilities and implement technological developments and enhancements;

 

    the effects of existing and future laws and governmental regulations (or the interpretation thereof);

 

    failure to secure or maintain contracts with our largest customers;

 

    the effects of future litigation; and

 

    other factors discussed in this prospectus.

You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Although forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs at the time they are made, forward-looking statements involve known

 

45


Table of Contents

and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the factors described under “Risk Factors,” which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise, unless required by law.

 

46


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $161.3 million (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering received by us to Solaris LLC in exchange for Solaris LLC Units. Solaris LLC will use the net proceeds as follows:

 

Sources of Funds

    

Use of Funds

 
     (In millions)              

Net proceeds from this offering

   $ 161.3     

Repayment of our Credit Facility

   $ 5.5  
     

Payment of cash bonuses to certain employees and consultants(1)

     5.0  
     

Distribution to Existing Owners(2)

     47.0  
     

General corporate purposes, including capital expenditures

     103.8  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total sources of funds

   $ 161.3     

Total uses of funds

   $ 161.3  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents cash bonuses payable to certain employees and consultants upon consummation of this offering. The ultimate amount of the bonus is based on the initial public offering price to the public. The amount set forth in the table assumes an initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, the aggregate cash bonus amount by approximately $0.3 million. See “Executive Compensation.”
(2) Represents a pro rata distribution of cash to the Existing Owners equal to the product of 3,030,303 times the assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock after underwriting discounts and commissions. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, the cash distribution to the Existing Owners by approximately $2.8 million.

We intend to fund our $40.0 million to $55.0 million 2017 capital program with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, along with cash flows from operations. We have not yet made final decisions with respect to our use of the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes, though we may use such proceeds to develop additional proppant logistics capabilities, identify and develop new product and service offerings or pursue acquisitions. We cannot currently allocate specific percentages of the net proceeds that we may use for such purposes. Until we use our net proceeds of the offering, we intend to invest the funds in United States government securities and other short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments or high-grade corporate notes.

The revolving credit commitments under our Credit Facility (the “Revolving Facility”) have a scheduled maturity date of December 1, 2018 and the advance loan commitments under our Credit Facility (the “Advance Loan Facility”) have a scheduled maturity date of December 1, 2021. As of December 31, 2016, the Credit Facility had an outstanding balance of approximately $2.5 million and bore interest at a weighted average interest rate of 5.3%. The borrowings to be repaid, which currently consist of $1.0 million under the Revolving Facility and $4.5 million under the Advance Loan Facility, were incurred primarily to fund capital expenditures and the growth of our business. While we currently do not have plans to immediately borrow additional amounts under our Credit Facility, we may at any time reborrow amounts repaid under the Revolving Facility and we may do so to fund our capital program and for other general corporate purposes. In connection with this offering, we expect to amend our Credit Facility to, among other things, terminate the Advance Loan Facility and extend the maturity date of the Revolving Facility to on or around the fourth anniversary of the consummation of this offering.

 

47


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, received by us to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $10.0 million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same. Any change in proceeds retained by Solaris LLC as a result of any change in the initial public offering price after giving effect to any impact such change would have on the cash bonuses and the cash distribution payable to the Existing Owners would impact the amount of proceeds that we could use for our general corporate purposes.

To the extent the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised, Solaris Inc. will contribute the net proceeds therefrom to Solaris LLC in exchange for an additional number of Solaris LLC Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option. Solaris LLC will use any such net proceeds to redeem from the Existing Owners on a pro rata basis a number of Solaris LLC Units (together with an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock) equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

48


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth of our business. Our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, statutory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our Credit Facility restricts our ability to pay cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2016:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to (i) the transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization,” (ii) the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and (iii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and our unaudited pro forma financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of
December 31, 2016
 
     Actual      As Adjusted  
    

(in thousands, except
share counts and
par value)

(unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,568      $ 115,340  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, including current maturities

     

Credit Facility(1)(2)

   $ 2,500      $ —    

Notes payable

     451        451  

Capital leases

     239        239  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Debt

   $ 3,190      $ 690  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Members’/Stockholders’ equity

     

Members’ equity

   $ 71,346      $ —    

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (Actual); 600,000,000 shares authorized, 10,600,000 shares issued and outstanding (As Adjusted)

     —          106  

Class B common stock, zero par value, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (Actual); 180,000,000 shares authorized, 31,624,320 shares issued and outstanding (As Adjusted)

     —          —    

Preferred stock, $0.01 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding (Actual), 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding (As Adjusted)

     —          —    

Additional paid-in capital

     —          81,832  

Accumulated deficit

     —          (3,300
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

   $ 71,346      $ 78,638  

Noncontrolling interest

     —          138,984  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 74,536      $ 218,312  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes debt issuance costs. Our senior secured credit facility and the related debt issuance costs are reflected in our financial statements. See Note 9, “Senior Secured Credit Facility” to our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.
(2)

As of December 31, 2016, our senior secured credit facility consisted of up to $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of advance term loan commitments and up to $1.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments. We anticipate that the amendment to our credit facility we expect to enter into in connection with this offering will provide for up to $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments. As of April 28, 2017, we had $5.5 million of outstanding borrowings under

 

50


Table of Contents
 

our senior secured credit facility. After giving effect to the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, the application of the anticipated net proceeds therefrom and the anticipated amendment of our credit facility in connection therewith, we expect to have $20.0 million of available borrowing capacity under our credit facility.

The information presented above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The table does not reflect shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our long-term incentive plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering, including 623,827 restricted shares of our Class A common stock expected to be issued in connection with this offering and 591,261 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

 

51


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Purchasers of the Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of the Class A common stock for accounting purposes. Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $58.3 million, or $1.68 per share of Class A common stock. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the total number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering (assuming that 100% of our Class B common stock has been exchanged for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis). After giving effect to the transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization” and the sale of the shares in this offering and further assuming the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 would have been approximately $204.5 million, or $4.84 per share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $3.16 per share to our Existing Owners and an immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $11.66 per share. The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering (assuming that 100% of our Class B common stock has been redeemed for Class A common stock):

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $ 16.50  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2016 (after giving effect to our corporate reorganization)

   $ 1.68     

Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     3.16     
  

 

 

    

As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving further effect to this offering

        4.84  
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering(1)

      $ 11.66  
     

 

 

 

 

(1) If the initial public offering price were to increase or decrease by $1.00 per share, then dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would equal $12.59 or $10.71, respectively.

The following table summarizes, on an adjusted pro forma basis as of December 31, 2016, the total number of shares of Class A common stock owned by our Existing Owners (assuming that 100% of our Class B common stock has been redeemed for Class A common stock) and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our Existing Owners and to be paid by new investors in this offering at $16.50, calculated before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

     Shares Acquired     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
     (in thousands)  

Existing Owners

     31,624,320        74.9   $ 73,686,207        29.6   $ 2.33  

New investors in this offering

     10,600,000        25.1       174,900,000        70.4       16.50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     42,224,320        100.0   $ 248,586,207        100.0   $ 5.89  

The data in the table excludes 4,992,066 shares of Class A common stock initially reserved for issuance under our long-term incentive plan, including (i) the 623,827 restricted shares of our Class A common stock expected to be issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants in connection with this offering and (ii) 591,261 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to 12,190,000, or approximately 28.9% of the total number of shares of Class A and Class B common stock.

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Solaris Inc. was formed in February 2017 and does not have historical financial operating results. The following table shows selected historical consolidated financial data of our accounting predecessor, Solaris LLC. Solaris LLC was formed in July 2014. Due to the factors described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results,” our future results of operations may not be comparable to the historical results of our predecessor.

The following table summarizes our historical consolidated financial data and should be read together with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Corporate Reorganization”, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and our unaudited pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of our predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  
     (in thousands, except
per share and
operating data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

    

Revenue

    

Proppant system rental

   $ 14,594     $ 8,296  

Proppant system services

     3,563       3,167  

Proppant system sale

     —         2,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     18,157       14,205  

Operating expenses

    

Cost of proppant system rental (excluding $3,352 and $2,000 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     1,431       994  

Cost of proppant system services (excluding $160 and $119 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     4,916       3,847  

Cost of proppant system sale

     —         1,948  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,792       2,395  

Salaries, benefits and payroll taxes

     3,061       3,571  

Selling, general and administrative (excluding $280 and $276 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     2,096       2,663  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     15,296       15,418  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     2,861       (1,213

Other income (expense)

    

Interest expense, net

     (23     (22

Other income (expense)

     8       (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (15     (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     2,846       (1,306
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     43       67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,803     $ (1,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents
     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  
     (in thousands, except per
share and operating data)
 

Pro forma information(1):

    

Pro forma net loss(2)

   $ (1,072  

Pro forma non-controlling interest(3)

     (1,959  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders(2)

   $ (3,031  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(4)

    

Basic

   $ (0.29  

Diluted

   $ (0.29  

Pro forma weighted-average number of shares(4)

    

Basic

     10,600,000    

Diluted

     10,600,000    

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

    

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 54,350     $ 46,846  

Total assets

     77,236       70,553  

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     3,041       529  

Total liabilities

     5,890       3,085  

Total members’ equity

     71,346       67,468  

Cash Flow Statement Data:

    

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 4,521     $ 2,156  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,935     (27,859

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,059       7,878  

Other Data:

    

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

   $ 6,788     $ 1,659  

Revenue days(6)

     5,745       2,579  

 

(1) For additional information regarding our pro forma information, please see the pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Pro forma net loss reflects a pro forma income tax benefit of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, of which $1.7 million is associated with the income tax effects of the corporate reorganization described under “—Corporate Reorganization” and this offering. Solaris Inc. is a corporation and is subject to U.S. federal and State of Texas income tax. Our predecessor, Solaris LLC, was not subject to U.S. federal income tax at an entity level. As a result, the consolidated net loss in our historical financial statements does not reflect the tax expense we would have incurred if we were subject to U.S. federal income tax at an entity level during such periods.
(3) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to non-controlling interest and net income attributable to common stockholders to reflect the ownership of Solaris LLC Units by each of the Existing Owners.
(4) Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and weighted average shares outstanding reflect the estimated number of shares of Class A common stock we expect to have outstanding upon the completion of our corporate reorganization described under “Corporate Reorganization.” Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding used to compute pro forma earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 excludes 326,858 shares of weighted average restricted Class A common stock expected to be issued in connection with this offering under our long-term incentive plan, 488,399 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and 31,624,320 Class B Common Stock, as these shares would be antidilutive. The Company uses the “if-converted” method to determine the potential dilutive effect of its Class B Common Stock. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2016, Class B Common Stock was not recognized in dilutive earnings per share calculations as they would have been antidilutive.

 

54


Table of Contents
(5) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(6) Revenue days is defined as the combined number of days our systems earned revenues in a period.

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains “forward-looking statements” that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of risks and uncertainties, including those described in this prospectus under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Our Predecessor and Solaris Inc.

We were formed in February 2017 and do not have historical financial operating results. For purposes of this prospectus, our accounting predecessor is Solaris LLC. Solaris LLC was formed in July 2014. Following this offering and the transactions related thereto, Solaris Inc. will become a holding company whose sole material asset will consist of Solaris LLC Units. After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, Solaris Inc. will be the managing member of Solaris LLC and will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to Solaris LLC’s business and will consolidate the financial results of Solaris LLC and its subsidiaries.

Overview

We manufacture and provide our patented mobile proppant management systems that unload, store and deliver proppant at oil and natural gas well sites. Our systems reduce our customers’ cost and time to complete wells by improving the efficiency of proppant logistics, in addition to enhancing well site safety. Our customers include oil and natural gas exploration and production (“E&P”) companies, such as EOG Resources, Inc., Devon Energy and Apache Corporation, as well as oilfield service companies, such as ProPetro Services, Inc. Our systems are deployed in many of the most active oil and natural gas basins in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, the Eagle Ford Shale and the SCOOP/STACK formation. Since commencing operations in April 2014, we have grown our fleet from two systems to 37 systems. Demand for our systems in the second half of 2016 was significantly higher than in the first half of 2016, and we expect demand for our systems in 2017 to continue the demand trends we experienced in the second half of 2016. We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our existing fleet, and we expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to customer demand.

Our mobile proppant system is designed to address the challenges associated with transferring large quantities of proppant to the well site, including the cost and management of last mile logistics, which we define as the transportation of proppant from transload terminal or regional proppant mine to the well site. Today’s horizontal well completion designs require between 400 and 1,000 truckloads of proppant delivered to the well site per well which creates bottlenecks in the storage, handling and delivery of proppant. Our patented systems typically provide 2.5 million pounds of proppant storage capacity in a footprint that is considerably smaller than traditional or competing well site proppant storage equipment. Our systems have the ability to unload up to 24 pneumatic proppant trailers simultaneously. Importantly, the proppant storage silos in our systems can be filled from trucks while simultaneously delivering proppant on-demand directly to the blender for hydraulic fracturing operations. Accordingly, our systems can maintain high rates of proppant delivery for extended periods of time, which helps achieve a greater number of frac stages per day, driving a reduction in our customers’ costs. Our systems also reduce the amount of truck demurrage, or wait time, at the well site which can result in significant cost savings for our customers.

 

56


Table of Contents

Recent Trends and Outlook

Demand for our systems is predominantly influenced by the level of drilling and completion by E&P companies, which, in turn, depends largely on the current and anticipated profitability of developing oil and natural gas reserves. More specifically, demand for our systems is driven by demand for proppant, which, in turn, is primarily driven by advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing, which have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop.

While overall drilling and completion activities have declined in North America from their highs in late 2014 as a result of the downturn in hydrocarbon prices, the industry has witnessed an increase in such activity in the third and fourth quarters of 2016 as hydrocarbon prices have recovered. Recently, there has been an increase in proppant demand as E&P companies have shifted toward:

 

    drilling more and longer horizontal wells;

 

    completing more hydraulic fracturing stages and utilizing more proppant per lateral foot;

 

    utilizing multi-well pads; and

 

    accelerating completion rates through “zipper fracs,” or the process of completing multiple adjacent wells simultaneously.

We believe that the demand for proppant will increase over the medium and long term as commodity prices rise from their recent lows, which will lead producers to resume completion of their inventory of drilled but uncompleted wells and undertake new drilling activities. Further, recent agreements by OPEC and non-OPEC members to reduce their oil production quotas have also provided upward momentum for WTI prices, which have increased to $49.00 per Bbl as of April 28, 2017, up from a low of $26.21 per Bbl in February 2016.

While we do not currently anticipate any shortages in the supply of the proppant used in hydraulic fracturing operations, supplies of high-quality raw frac sand, the most prevalent proppant used, are limited to select areas, predominantly in western Wisconsin and limited areas of Minnesota and Illinois. Accordingly, transportation costs often represent a significant portion of our customer’s overall product cost, and transferring large quantities of proppant to the well site presents a number of challenges, including the cost and management of last mile logistics. In particular, today’s horizontal well completion designs require between 400 and 1,000 truckloads of proppant delivered to the well site per well which creates bottlenecks in the storage, handling and delivery of proppant. Additionally, increased focus on cost control and increased HS&E regulation has created numerous operational challenges that cannot be solved with labor intensive proppant storage equipment, such as those that utilize individual containers for on-site proppant storage and handling.

These supply and demand trends have contributed to our significant growth since our formation in 2014. We have increased our total system revenue days, defined as the combined number of days our systems earned revenues, in ten of the last eleven quarters beginning in the first quarter of 2014. Since commencing operations in April 2014, we have also grown our fleet from two systems to 37 systems. The increase in total system revenue days is attributable to both an increase in the number of systems available for rental and an increase in the rate at which our systems are utilized. Our total system revenue days increased from 2,579 in 2015 to 5,745 in 2016, an increase of approximately 123%. The number of systems in our fleet increased from an average of 13.9 during 2015 to an average of 24.0 during 2016, an increase of approximately 73%. In addition, our utilization rate increased from 51% in 2015 to 65% in 2016, an increase of approximately 27%. During 2014, we had 907 revenue days, an average of 2.8 systems in our fleet and a utilization rate of 90%. The high utilization rate in 2014 was partially due to the limited number of systems in our fleet.

For the purposes of the above paragraph, the following terms are defined as:

 

    Utilization: the number of total system revenue days in a period divided by the number of available days in a period;

 

57


Table of Contents
    Available days: the total number of days our systems are available to generate revenue in a period, which takes into account the date on which new systems are added to the fleet. If a system is added to the fleet during a period, the remaining days in the period are considered available days; and

 

    Available systems: available days in a period divided by the actual number of days in a period.

We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our current fleet, and we expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to customer demand.

How We Generate Revenue

We currently generate revenue primarily through the rental of our systems and related services, including transportation of our systems and field supervision and support. The system rentals and provision of related services are performed under a variety of contract structures, primarily master service agreements as supplemented by individual work orders detailing statements of work, pricing agreements and specific quotes. The master service agreements generally establish terms and conditions for the provision of our systems and service on a well site, indemnification, damages, confidentiality, intellectual property protection and payment terms and provisions. The services are generally priced based on prevailing market conditions at the time the services are provided, giving consideration to the specific requirements and activity levels of the customer. We typically rent our systems on a monthly basis. In addition from time-to-time, we have evaluated and completed individual system sales on a case-by-case basis.

Costs of Conducting Our Business

The principal costs associated with operating our business are:

 

    Costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization);

 

    Depreciation and amortization associated with the costs to build our systems;

 

    Salaries, benefits and payroll taxes; and

 

    Selling, general and administrative expenses.

The principal expenses comprising our costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization) are (i) direct labor costs, and related travel and lodging expenses, (ii) system transportation costs and (iii) the costs of maintaining our equipment. Direct labor and related travel costs, transportation costs and equipment maintenance expenses comprised 54%, 22% and 18% of our total costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization) for the year ended December 31, 2016. A large portion of our costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization) are variable based on the number of systems deployed with customers.

Our depreciation and amortization expense primarily consists of the depreciation expense related to our systems. The costs to build our systems, including any upgrades, are capitalized and depreciated over a 15-year life.

Our salaries, benefits and payroll taxes are comprised of the salaries and related benefits for several functional areas of our organization, including sales and commercial, research and development, manufacturing administrative, accounting and corporate administrative.

Our selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised primarily of office rent, marketing and third-party professional service providers.

How We Evaluate Our Operations

We use a variety of qualitative, operational and financial metrics to assess our performance. Among other measures, management considers revenue, revenue days, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

 

58


Table of Contents

Revenue

We analyze our revenue by comparing actual monthly revenue to our internal projections for a given period and to prior periods to assess our performance. We also assess our revenue in relation to the number of proppant systems we have deployed to customers from period to period.

Revenue Days

We view revenue days as an important indicator of our performance. We calculate revenue days as the combined number of days our systems earn revenue in a period. We assess our revenue days from period to period in relation to the number of proppant systems we have available in our fleet.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

We view EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as important indicators of performance. We define EBITDA as net income (loss), plus (i) depreciation and amortization expense, (ii) interest expense and (iii) income tax expense, including franchise taxes. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus (i) unit-based compensation expense and (ii) certain non-cash charges and unusual or non-recurring charges. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information and a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Net income (loss) is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Each of these non-GAAP financial measures has important limitations as analytical tools because they exclude some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. You should not consider EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as substitutes for an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Factors Impacting Comparability of Our Financial Results

Our future results of operations may not be comparable to the historical results of operations of our predecessor for the periods presented, primarily for the reasons described below.

Corporate Reorganization

The historical consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus are based on the financial statements of our accounting predecessor, Solaris LLC, prior to our corporate reorganization. As a result, the historical consolidated financial data may not give you an accurate indication of what our actual results would have been if the corporate reorganization had been completed at the beginning of the periods presented or of what our future results of operations are likely to be. Following this offering and the transactions related thereto, Solaris Inc. will become a holding company whose sole material asset will consist of Solaris LLC Units. After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, Solaris Inc. will be the managing member of Solaris LLC and will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to Solaris LLC’s business and will consolidate the financial results of Solaris LLC and its subsidiaries.

 

59


Table of Contents

In addition, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Holders. This agreement generally will provide for the payment by us to a TRA Holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in certain circumstances) in periods after this offering as a result of (i) certain increases in tax basis that occur as a result of Solaris Inc.’s acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of all or a portion of such TRA Holder’s Solaris LLC Units in connection with this offering or pursuant to the exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by Solaris Inc. as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments Solaris Inc. makes under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.

We anticipate that we will account for the effects of these increases in tax basis and associated payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement arising from the corporate reorganization transaction occurring in connection with this offering and any future redemptions (including pursuant to any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and any subsequent redemption of Solaris LLC Units from our Existing Owners) or exchanges as follows:

 

    we will record an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in tax basis based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the redemption or exchange;

 

    to the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis that will consider, among other things, our expectation of future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance; and

 

    we will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit as an increase to our payables pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement associated with the future payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the remaining 15% of the estimated realizable tax benefit as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the exchange will be included in net income for the period in which those changes occur. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income for the period in which the change occurs. For more information on the Tax Receivable Agreement, including a discussion of the range of aggregated payments to be made, the timing of such payments, and how we intend to fund such payments, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and the pro forma consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Fleet Growth

We have experienced significant growth over the past two years. Since commencing operations in April 2014, we have grown our fleet from two systems to 37 systems and the number of major oil and gas basins in which our systems are deployed has increased from two as of April 2014 to five as of December 31, 2016. Since the first quarter of 2014, we have increased our total system revenue days, defined as the combined number of days our systems earned revenues, in ten of the last eleven quarters. We have increased our system revenue days by more than 1,400% from the second quarter of 2014 to the first quarter of 2017, representing a 168% compound annual growth rate. The increase in total system revenue days is attributable to both an increase in the number of systems available for rental and an increase in the rate at which our systems are utilized. We expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to customer demand.

Public Company Expenses

Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur direct, incremental general and administrative (“G&A”) expenses as a result of being a publicly traded company, including, but not limited to, costs associated with hiring new personnel, implementation of compensation programs that are competitive with our public

 

60


Table of Contents

company peer group, annual and quarterly reports to stockholders, tax return preparation, independent auditor fees, investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and incremental independent director compensation. These direct, incremental G&A expenses are not included in our historical results of operations.

Income Taxes

Solaris Inc. is a corporation and as a result, will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. Although Solaris LLC is subject to franchise tax in the State of Texas (at less than 1% of modified pre-tax earnings) it passes through its taxable income to its owners, including Solaris Inc., for U.S. federal and other state and local income tax purposes and thus is not subject to U.S. federal income taxes or other state or local income taxes. Accordingly, the financial data attributable to Solaris LLC contains no provision for U.S. federal income taxes or income taxes in any state or locality other than franchise tax in the State of Texas. We estimate that Solaris Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes at a blended statutory rate of 38.1% of pre-tax earnings and would have incurred pro forma income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2016 of approximately $1.7 million.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2016, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2016     2015    
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

      

Proppant system rental

   $ 14,594     $ 8,296     $ 6,298  

Proppant system services

     3,563       3,167       396  

Proppant system sale

     —         2,742       (2,742
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     18,157       14,205       3,952  

Operating expenses

      

Cost of proppant system rental (excluding $3,352 and $2,000 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     1,431       994       437  

Cost of proppant system services (excluding $160 and $119 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     4,916       3,847       1,069  

Cost of proppant system sale

     —         1,948       (1,948

Depreciation and amortization

     3,792       2,395       1,397  

Salaries, benefits and payroll taxes

     3,061       3,571       (510

Selling, general and administrative (excluding $280 and $276 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     2,096       2,663       (567
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     15,296       15,418       (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income(loss)

     2,861       (1,213     4,074  

Other income (expense)

      

Interest expense, net

     (23     (22     (1

Other income (expense)

     8       (71     79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (15     (93     78  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     2,846       (1,306     4,152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     43       67       (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,803     $ (1,373   $ 4,176  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Revenue

Proppant System Rental Revenue. Our proppant system rental revenue increased $6.3 million, or 76%, to $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to a 123% increase in the number of revenue days, or 3,166 days, that resulted in $8.0 million of increased revenue that was partially offset by a 21% decrease in our average system rental rate, or $1.7 million, due to deteriorating industry conditions in hydraulic fracturing operations during 2016 due to low commodity prices.

Proppant System Services Revenue. Our proppant system services revenue increased $0.4 million, or 13%, to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Proppant system services revenue from the provision of field technicians increased by $0.8 million, or 46%, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as a result of the increase in revenue days as noted above. This was partially offset by a decrease in transportation service revenue of $0.3 million, or 21%, to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as there were fewer equipment transportation requests from customers.

Proppant System Sale Revenue. Our proppant system sale revenue decreased $2.7 million, or 100%, to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This decline was attributable to the sale of a proppant system that closed in January 2015 for $2.7 million (the “System Sale”). In late 2014, we altered our strategy to focus solely on renting rather than selling proppant systems. We have not sold a system since the System Sale. The System Sale was recognized in 2015 due to the customer making a final payment and taking title to the system in January 2015.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $15.3 million and $15.4 million, which represented 84% and 109% of total revenue, respectively. Although total operating expenses remained relatively flat year-over-year, the cost of proppant system rental, which includes maintenance costs, and the cost of proppant system services, which includes direct labor and related costs, increased primarily due to the increase in revenue days discussed above. As mentioned above, we are solely focused on renting rather than selling proppant systems. Because there were no proppant system sales in 2016, we did not recognize any cost of proppant system sale in 2016. Depreciation and amortization expense also increased, primarily due to the addition of new systems that were manufactured and added to our fleet in 2016. The aforementioned increases in operating expenses were partially offset by lower salaries, benefits and payroll taxes for indirect personnel and selling, general and administrative expenses as cost reduction measures were taken. Additional details regarding the changes in operating expenses are presented below.

Cost of Proppant System Rental. Cost of proppant system rental increased $0.4 million, or 44%, to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase in equipment maintenance cost of $0.4 million, or 53%, that was driven by an increase in revenue days during the year ended December 31, 2016. Cost of proppant system rental as a percentage of proppant system rental revenue was 10% and 12% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Cost of proppant system rental including depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.8 million, or 60%, to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily attributable to the factors mentioned above, as well as an increase in depreciation expense related to additional systems that were manufactured and added to our fleet.

Cost of Proppant System Services. Cost of proppant system services increased $1.1 million, or 28%, to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31,

 

62


Table of Contents

2015. This increase was primarily due to an increase in labor and related costs of $0.8 million, or 50%, and travel and lodging costs of $0.4 million, or 71%, both of which were driven by an increase in the number of field technicians required to support the increased revenue days during the year ended December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the cost of proppant system services as a percentage of proppant system services revenue increased to 138% compared to 121% as of December 31, 2015. During 2016, in response to reduced overall industry activity levels and at the request of some of our customers, we reduced the amount that we charged for proppant system services to our proppant system rental customers while providing similar coverage. As a result, cost of proppant system services as a percentage of proppant system services revenue increased in 2016 compared to 2015.

Cost of proppant system services including depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.1 million, or 28%, to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily attributable to the factors mentioned above, as well as an increase in depreciation expense related to additional light-duty trucks that were purchased to support our increased activity.

Cost of Proppant System Sale. Cost of proppant system sale decreased $1.9 million, or 100%, to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as there were no system sales during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased $1.4 million, or 58%, to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily attributable to additional depreciation expense related to additional systems that were manufactured and added to our fleet.

Salaries, Benefits and Payroll Taxes. Salaries, benefits and payroll taxes decreased $0.5 million, or 14%, to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in corporate and manufacturing administrative personnel and cost reduction measures taken in response to the reduction in industry activity.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.6 million, or 21%, to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to a $0.6 million reduction in professional fees and employee recruiting fees and a $0.2 million reduction in travel expenses, offset by an increase in research and development expense of $0.3 million.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) increased $0.1 million to $8,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $(71,000) for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily related to the write-off of a $0.1 million deposit to purchase new railcars during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense decreased $24,000, or 36%, to $43,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $67,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to lower franchise tax expense.

Net Income (loss)

Net income increased $4.2 million to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $(1.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to the change in revenues and expenses discussed above.

 

63


Table of Contents

Comparison of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We view EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as important indicators of performance. We define EBITDA as net income (loss), plus (i) depreciation and amortization expense, (ii) interest expense and (iii) income tax expense, including franchise taxes. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA plus (i) unit-based compensation expense and (ii) certain non-cash charges and unusual or non-recurring charges.

We believe that our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Net income is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to net income presented in accordance with GAAP. Because EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2016      2015    
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,803      $ (1,373   $ 4,176  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,792        2,395       1,397  

Interest expense, net

     23        22       1  

Income taxes(1)

     43        67       (24
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 6,661      $ 1,111     $ 5,550  

Sand mining and terminal business development costs(2)

     —          446       (446

Non-recurring supplier settlement(3)

     —          38       (38

Unit-based compensation expense(4)

     127        64       63  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 6,788      $ 1,659     $ 5,129  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Income taxes include add-back for franchise tax.
(2) Represents salaries and related expenses, professional fees, transactional costs, rent and travel expenses incurred in the development of sand mining and terminal assets, which expenses did not recur in 2016.
(3) Represents reserve for deposits made to a supplier, the majority of which was recovered.
(4) Represents non-cash compensation costs related to employee options.

Year Ended December 31, 2016, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015: EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA increased $5.6 million and $5.1 million, or 500% and 309%, to $6.7 million and $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively, compared to $1.1 million and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. The increases were primarily due to an increase in the number of revenue days, which was partially offset by lower average rental rates and the impact of the System Sale during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary sources of liquidity to date have been capital contributions from our owners, cash flows from operations and borrowings under our Credit Facility. Our primary uses of capital have been capital expenditures to support organic growth and the acquisition of our manufacturing facility and intellectual property. We strive to

 

64


Table of Contents

maintain financial flexibility and proactively monitor potential capital sources, including equity and debt financing, to meet our investment and target liquidity requirements and to permit us to manage the cyclicality associated with our business.

As described in “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to contribute all of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to Solaris LLC in exchange for Solaris LLC Units. Solaris LLC will use the net proceeds it receives to (i) fully repay the existing balance of approximately $5.5 million under our Credit Facility, (ii) to pay $5.0 million in cash bonuses to certain employees and consultants, (iii) to distribute approximately $47.0 million to Existing Owners as part of the corporate reorganization being undertaken in connection with this offering and (iv) for general corporate purposes, including to fund our 2017 capital program. Please see “Use of Proceeds.” Following this offering, we intend to finance most of our capital expenditures, contractual obligations and working capital needs with cash generated from operations, proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our Credit Facility. We currently estimate that our capital expenditures for 2017 will range from $40.0 million to $55.0 million, the majority of which we expect will be used to manufacture additional systems for our fleet. We continuously evaluate our capital expenditures and the amount we ultimately spend will depend on a number of factors, including expected industry activity levels and company initiatives. We believe that our operating cash flow, proceeds from this offering and available borrowings under our Credit Facility will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months.

At December 31, 2016, cash and cash equivalents totaled $3.6 million.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2016     2015    
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 4,521     $ 2,156     $ 2,365  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,935     (27,859     16,924  

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,059       7,878       (4,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

   $ (3,355   $ (17,825   $ 14,470  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Analysis of Cash Flow Changes Between the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in operating cash flow was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of revenue days, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable as a result of higher rental revenue.

Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $27.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to a reduction in the manufacturing rate of new proppant systems. During the year ended December 31, 2016, $9.5 million of capital expenditures were related to manufacturing new proppant systems, and $1.2 million of capital expenditures were related to capital improvements in our manufacturing facility. During the year ended December 31, 2015, $27.3 million of capital expenditures were related to manufacturing new proppant systems, and $0.6 million of capital expenditures were related to capital improvements in our manufacturing facility.

Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we borrowed $2.5 million under our Credit Facility and an existing member paid off its applicable promissory note and interest for $0.9 million in cash. During the year ended December 31, 2015, our members made capital contributions of $8.2 million.

 

65


Table of Contents

Debt Agreements

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On December 1, 2016, we entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) by and among us, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Woodforest National Bank, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), providing for $11.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured credit facilities (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility consists of (i) up to $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of advance term loan commitments (the “Advance Loan Facility”) available for borrowing until December 1, 2017 and (ii) up to $1.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments (the “Revolving Facility”) available for borrowing until December 1, 2018. The Revolving Facility permits extensions of credit up to the lesser of $1.0 million and a borrowing base that is calculated by us based upon a percentage of the value of our’ eligible accounts receivable and eligible inventory and equipment, and approved by the Administrative Agent. The borrowing base is calculated on a monthly basis pursuant to a borrowing base certificate delivered by us to the Administrative Agent. As of December 31, 2016, the borrowing base certificate delivered by us under the Revolving Credit Facility reflected a borrowing base as of such date of $1.0 million. At any time prior to December 1, 2018, and so long as no default or event of default shall have occurred which is continuing under the Credit Facility, we may elect to increase the aggregate revolving credit commitments to an amount not exceeding $2.0 million; provided no lender has any obligations to increase its own revolving credit commitment. We anticipate that the amendment to the Credit Facility we expect to enter into in connection with this offering (the “First Amendment”) will provide for up to $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments and will include all other changes that are necessary to permit this offering under the Credit Agreement. Additionally, we anticipate that the First Amendment will increase the Credit Facility’s accordion feature from $1.0 million to $10.0 million, which may be elected by us at any time prior to the scheduled maturity date of the Revolving Facility so long as no default or event of default shall have occurred.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin and interest shall be payable monthly. The applicable margin ranges from 3.50% to 5.00% depending on our fixed charge coverage ratio, which we anticipate the First Amendment will adjust to 3.00% to 4.00% depending on our leverage ratio. During the continuance of an event of default, overdue amounts under the Senior Secured Credit Facility will bear interest at 5.00% plus the otherwise applicable interest rate. The Revolving Credit Facility has a scheduled maturity date of December 1, 2018 and the Advance Loan Facility has a scheduled maturity date of December 1, 2021. We expect to terminate the Advance Loan Facility and extend the scheduled maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility to on or around the fourth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, pursuant to the anticipated amendment thereof in connection with this offering.

The principal amount of the Advance Loan Facility is payable in monthly installments of 1/48 th of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of advance loans under the Advance Loan Facility as of December 1, 2017. No amortization is required with respect to the principal amount of the revolving facility. All outstanding amounts under the Advance Loan Facility will be due on the Advance Loan Facility maturity date and all outstanding amounts under the Revolving Facility will be due on, and the letter of credit commitments will terminate on, the Revolving Facility maturity date or upon earlier prepayment or acceleration.

We may voluntarily prepay the Credit Facility in whole or in part at any time; provided that any prepayments of any portion of Advance Loan Facility prior to December 1, 2018 will incur a prepayment premium of 0.50% of the amount of the Advance Loan Facility prepaid.

The Credit Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants that are customary for similar credit arrangements, including, among other things, covenants relating to (i) financial reporting and notification, (ii) payment of obligations, (iii) compliance with applicable laws, (iv) notification of certain events and (v) solvency.

 

66


Table of Contents

The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, restrictions and events of default including, but not limited to, a change of control restriction and limitations on our ability to (i) incur indebtedness, (ii) issue preferred equity, (iii) pay dividends or make other distributions, (iv) prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt, (v) make loans and investments, (vi) sell assets, (vii) acquire assets, (viii) incur liens, (ix) enter into transactions with affiliates, (x) consolidate or merge and (xi) enter into hedging transactions.

The Credit Agreement requires that we maintain, at all times, a ratio of total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not more than 2.00 to 1.00 and a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to fixed charges of not less than 1.50 to 1.00, and we were in compliance with all such ratios as of December 31, 2016. We anticipate that the First Amendment will require that we maintain, at all time, a ratio of net funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not more than 2.50 to 1.00, subject to certain cash adjustments, and a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to fixed charges of not less than 1.25 to 1.00. Additionally, we anticipate that our capacity to make capital expenditures will be capped under the First Amendment at $80.0 million for each fiscal year, subject to certain exceptions.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $1.5 million in borrowings under the Advance Loan Facility outstanding with $8.5 million in advance loan commitments available and $1.0 million in borrowings under the Revolving Facility outstanding with $0.0 million in revolving commitments available.

Contractual Obligations

The table below provides estimates of the timing of future payments that we are contractually obligated to make based on agreements in place at December 31, 2016.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     (in thousands)  
     Less than 1
year
     1 – 3 years      4 – 5 years      Thereafter      Total  

Notes Payable(1)

   $ 169      $ 274      $ 8      $ —        $ 451  

Estimated interest payments (2)

     150        179        38        —          367  

Capital lease obligations(3)

     33        67        67        105        272  

Operating lease obligations(4)

     48        58        12        —          118  

Senior secured credit facility(5)

     31        1,750        719        —          2,500  

Purchase commitments(6)

     835        —          —          —          835  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,266      $ 2,328      $ 844      $ 105      $ 4,543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Notes payable excludes interest payments and consists of financed insurance policies and vehicle purchases.
(2) Estimated interest payments are based on debt balances outstanding as of December 31, 2016. Interest rates range from 0% to 6.6%.
(3) Capital lease obligation is related to our capital lease of a building at our Early, Texas manufacturing facility with the City of Early.
(4) Operating lease obligations are related to our office rent and various equipment leases.
(5) Represents our obligations under our senior secured credit facility. We anticipate that we will amend our credit facility in connection with this offering to, among other things, increase the borrowing base and aggregate commitments thereunder.
(6) Purchase commitments primarily relate to our agreement with our suppliers for material and parts purchases to be used in the manufacturing of our Proppant Systems. The purchase commitments represent open purchase orders to our suppliers.

 

67


Table of Contents

Tax Receivable Agreement

With respect to obligations we expect to incur under our Tax Receivable Agreement (except in cases where we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, the Tax Receivable Agreement is terminated early due to certain mergers or other changes of control or we have available cash but fail to make payments when due), generally we may elect to defer payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement if we do not have available cash to satisfy our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement or if our contractual obligations limit our ability to make these payments. Any such deferred payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will accrue interest. For further discussion regarding such an acceleration and its potential impact, please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.” For additional information regarding the Tax Receivable Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Currently, our market risks relate to potential changes in the fair value of our long-term debt due to fluctuations in applicable market interest rates. Going forward our market risk exposure generally will be limited to those risks that arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative, non-operating transactions, nor do we utilize financial instruments or derivative instruments for trading purposes.

Commodity Price Risk

The market for our services is indirectly exposed to fluctuations in the prices of crude oil and natural gas to the extent such fluctuations impact drilling and completion activity levels and thus impact the activity levels of our customers in the exploration and production and oilfield services industries. We do not currently intend to hedge our indirect exposure to commodity price risk.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2016, we did not have any variable rate long-term debt outstanding, though we currently are subject to interest rate risk on a portion of our long-term debt under the Credit Facility entered into on December 1, 2016.

Credit Risk

The majority of our accounts receivables have payment terms of 60 days or less. As of December 31, 2016 the top three accounts receivable balances represented 23%, 9% and 7% respectively, of total accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2015, the top three trade receivable balances represented 27%, 19% and 17%, respectively, of total accounts receivable. We mitigate the associated credit risk by performing credit evaluations and monitoring the payment patterns of its customers.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires the use of judgments and estimates. Our critical accounting policies are described below to provide a better understanding of how we develop our assumptions and judgments about future events and related estimates and how they can impact our financial statements. A critical accounting estimate is one that requires our most difficult, subjective or complex estimates and assessments and is fundamental to our results of operations.

 

68


Table of Contents

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable according to the current facts and circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We believe the following are the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our combined financial statements, as well as the significant estimates and judgments affecting the application of these policies. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this report.

Revenue Recognition

We currently generate revenue primarily through the rental of our systems and related services, including transportation of our systems and field supervision and support. The system rentals and provision of related services are performed under a variety of contract structures, primarily master service agreements as supplemented by individual work orders detailing statements of work, pricing agreements and specific quotes. The master service agreements generally establish terms and conditions for the provision of our systems and service on a well site, indemnification, damages, confidentiality, intellectual property protection and payment terms and provisions. The services are generally priced based on prevailing market conditions at the time the services are provided, giving consideration to the specific requirements and activity levels of the customer.

All revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is complete, the amount is determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized as services are performed.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables recorded at the invoice amount, plus accrued revenue that is earned, but not yet billed less an estimated allowance for doubtful accounts (if any). Accounts receivable are generally due within 60 days or less, or in accordance with terms agreed with customers, and are stated at amounts due from customers net of any allowance for doubtful accounts. We consider accounts outstanding longer than the payment terms past due. We determine the allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. Accounts receivable are written off when they are deemed uncollectible, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts. However, it is reasonably possible that the estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts will change and that losses ultimately incurred could differ materially from the amounts estimated in determining the allowance. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had $0.1 million and $0 of allowance for doubtful accounts, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories consists of materials used in the manufacturing of the proppant systems, which include raw materials and purchased parts. Inventory purchases are recorded initially at cost and issued at weighted average cost when consumed.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, or fair value for assets acquired, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful service lives of the assets. Systems that are in the process of being manufactured are considered property, plant and equipment. However, the systems in process do not depreciate until they are fully completed. Systems in process are a culmination of material, labor and overhead.

The costs of ordinary repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred, while significant enhancements, including upgrades or overhauls, are capitalized. These enhancements include upgrades to various

 

69


Table of Contents

components of the system and to equipment at our Early manufacturing facility that will either extend the life or improve the utility and efficiency of the systems, plant and equipment. These enhancements include:

 

    Generation two to three control system upgrades that allow for customization and automation of system controls. This improves the operational capabilities of our systems by allowing automated shutdown logic and a wide range of customer driven customizations. These include seamless integrated controls on various configuration of our systems (three, six or twelve silo configuration), as well as proppant and admixture blending capabilities. This upgrade is added to and depreciated over the remaining life of the system.

 

    The PropView inventory management system enables our customers to track inventory levels in, and delivery rates from, each silo in a system. This upgrade improves our customers’ operational efficiencies and reduces operating and supply chain costs by allowing the customer to better manage proppant inventory levels both onsite and remotely. This upgrade is added to and depreciated over the remaining life of the system.

 

    Interchangeable discharge heads for the conveyor belt that serves the various needs of our customers. This upgrade allows us to better meet the needs of our customers by fitting to a wide range of blender configurations at the well site. This is depreciated over a 15-year life.

 

    Plant improvements include upgrades to overhead cranes and the addition of new column bays and trunions that improve the manufacturing flow, as well as improvements in the paint booths. These improvements increase productivity by reducing labor hours, while improving safety. These upgrades are depreciated over their useful lives (range of 2-10 years).

The determination of whether an expenditure should be capitalized or expensed requires management judgment in the application of how the costs benefit future periods, relative to our capitalization policy. Costs that increase the value or materially extend the life of the asset are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. When property and equipment are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived and Other Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed using undiscounted future net cash flows of assets grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. When alternative courses of action to recover the carrying amount of the asset group are under consideration, estimates of future undiscounted cash flows take into account possible outcomes and probabilities of their occurrence, which require us to apply judgment. If the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable based on its estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount by which its carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value. The inputs used to determine such fair value are primarily based upon internally developed cash flow models. Our cash flow models are based on a number of estimates regarding future operations that are subject to change. There was no impairment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquisitions, or fair value of contributed assets, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and consists of synergies in combining operations and other intangible assets which do not qualify for separate recognition. We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually, as of October 31, or more often as facts and circumstances warrant. The recoverability of the carrying value is assessed based on expected future profitability and undiscounted future cash flows of the acquisitions and their

 

70


Table of Contents

contribution to our overall operations. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require us to make judgments and assumptions regarding future profitability, industry factors, planned strategic initiatives, discount rates and other factors. There was no impairment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Unit-Based Awards

We follow the fair value recognition provisions in accordance with GAAP. Under the fair value recognition provisions, unit-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is amortized to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting period, which is generally the requisite service period. Since we have not historically been publicly traded we do not have a listed price with which to calculate fair value. We have historically and consistently calculated fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This valuation approach involves significant judgments and estimates, including estimates regarding our future operations, price variation and the appropriate risk-free rate of return.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies —Recently Accounting Pronouncements” to our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

Under the JOBS Act, we expect that we will meet the definition of an “emerging growth company,” which would allow us to have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, however we plan to elect to opt out of such exemption (this election is irrevocable).

Internal Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act.

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. See “Summary—Our Emerging Growth Company Status.”

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no material off balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such financing arrangements.

 

71


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Unless otherwise indicated, the information set forth in this “Industry Overview,” including all statistical data and related forecasts, is derived from Spears & Associates’ “Hydraulic Fracturing Market 2005-2017” published in the fourth quarter 2016, and Baker Hughes’ “North America Rotary Rig Count” published on April 28, 2017. We believe that the third-party sources are reliable and that the third-party information included in this prospectus is accurate and complete. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We manufacture and provide patented mobile proppant management systems that enhance the delivery of proppant used in the hydraulic fracturing of oil and natural gas wells. Hydraulic fracturing is the most widely used method for stimulating increased production from wells. The process consists of pumping fluids, mixed with granular proppants, into the geologic formation at pressures sufficient to create fractures in the hydrocarbon-bearing rock. Proppant-filled fractures create conductive channels through which the hydrocarbons can flow more freely from the formation into the wellbore and then to the surface. Among oilfield service subsectors, recent developments in drilling and completion techniques have had a disproportionately positive impact on demand for hydraulic fracturing and related services, including the demand for proppant solutions.

Proppant Supply

Raw frac sand, the most prevalent proppant used in hydraulic fracturing operations, is a naturally occurring mineral that is mined and processed. After processing, most frac sand is shipped in bulk from the processing facility to customers by rail, barge or truck. Rail is the predominant method of long distance sand shipment to applicable basins. Once proppant reaches the basin it serves, truck transportation is the primary method of transportation to a customer’s well site.

While we do not currently anticipate any shortages in the supply of the raw frac sand used in hydraulic fracturing operations, supplies of high-quality raw frac sand are limited to select areas, predominantly in western Wisconsin and limited areas of Minnesota and Illinois. Accordingly, transportation costs often represent a significant portion of the customer’s overall product cost, and transferring large quantities of proppant to the well site presents a number of challenges, including the cost and management of last mile logistics. In particular, today’s horizontal well completion designs require between 400 and 1,000 truckloads of proppant delivered to the well site per well, which creates bottlenecks in the storage, handling and delivery of proppant. Additionally, increased focus on cost control and increased HS&E regulation has created numerous operational challenges that cannot be solved with labor intensive proppant storage equipment, such as those that utilize individual containers for on-site proppant storage and handling. We believe our systems enhance the management and delivery of proppant from mines or transload facilities to well sites.

Demand Trends and Outlook

Demand for proppant logistic systems and services is predominantly influenced by the level of drilling and completion by E&P companies, which, in turn, depends largely on the current and anticipated profitability of developing oil and natural gas reserves. More specifically, demand for our systems and services is driven by several factors including rig count, well count, service intensity, well design (lateral length), completion design (number of fracturing stages and proppant per lateral foot) and the timing of well completions.

Oil and natural gas production from an individual well will generally exhibit its highest production level in the months immediately following its completion, and production will decline over time thereafter. Producers

 

72


Table of Contents

must continuously drill new wells to offset production declines and maintain overall production levels. Tight oil and shale gas wells typically experience faster production declines during their first few years of production than conventional wells. Spears projects that the number of horizontal wells drilled in North America will increase from 8,169 in 2016 to 16,860 in 2020, a compound annual growth rate of 19.9%. Additionally, operators are beginning to perform secondary hydraulic fracturing of existing wells in order to maintain and increase overall production levels. We believe these efforts to offset steep production declines in unconventional oil and natural gas reservoirs will be a strong driver of future proppant and hydraulic fracturing services demand growth.

According to Spears, the U.S. proppant market, including raw frac sand, ceramic and resin-coated proppant, was approximately 54 million tons in 2015. Market demand in 2015 dropped by approximately 27% from 2014 record demand levels (and a further estimated decrease of 33% in 2016 from 2015) due to the downturn in commodity prices since late 2014, which led to a corresponding decline in oil and natural gas drilling and production activity. However, oil prices have increased since the 12-year low recorded in February 2016, reaching $54.01 in December 2016. In response to the improved expected financial returns generated by these increases in hydrocarbon prices, exploration & production companies have increased their capital spending on drilling and completion services in the second half of 2016, and as a result, demand for oilfield services activities has improved. According to Baker Hughes’ North American Rig Count, the number of active total drilling rigs in the United States increased from a low of 404 rigs, as reported on May 27, 2016, to 870 active drilling rigs as reported on April 28, 2017. Spears estimates that from 2016 through 2020 proppant demand will grow by 36.5% per year, from 36 million tons per year to 125 million tons per year, representing an increase of approximately 89 million tons in annual proppant demand over that time period.

 

LOGO

Derived from Spears & Associates’ “Hydraulic Fracturing Market, 2005-2017”, published Fourth Quarter 2016

Demand growth for proppants and, in turn, our systems is primarily driven by advancements in oil and natural gas drilling and well completion technology and techniques, including (i) increases in the percentage of rigs that are drilling horizontal wells, (ii) increases in pad drilling and simultaneous fracturing/wireline operations, (iii) increases in the length of the typical horizontal wellbore, (iv) increases in the number of fracture stages in a typical horizontal wellbore, (v) increase in the amount of proppant loaded per lateral foot and (vi) increases in the enforcement of existing HS&E regulations and the issuance of additional HS&E regulations. These advancements have made the extraction of oil and natural gas increasingly cost-effective in formations that historically would have been uneconomic to develop. The percentage of active drilling rigs used to drill horizontal wells, which require greater volumes of proppant than vertical wells, has increased from 42.2% in 2009 to 78.6% in 2016, and as of April 28, 2017, the percentage of rigs drilling horizontal wells is 83.9% according to the Baker Hughes Rig Count. Moreover, the increase of pad drilling has led to a more efficient use

 

73


Table of Contents

of rigs, allowing more wells to be drilled per rig. As a result of these factors, well count, and hence proppant demand, has grown at a greater rate than overall rig count. Spears estimates that in 2018, proppant demand will exceed the 2014 peak (of approximately 74 million tons) and reach 85 million tons even though the projection assumes approximately 11,000 fewer wells will be drilled. Spears estimates that average proppant usage per well will be approximately 7,400 tons per well by 2020.

The following table illustrates the steadily increasing intensity of proppant use in horizontal wells.

 

LOGO

Derived from Spears & Associates’ “Hydraulic Fracturing Market, 2005-2017”, published Fourth Quarter 2016

Supply and Demand Dynamics in the Proppant Systems and Services Market

The increase in proppant demand per well, coupled with increasing completion activity levels is expected to place a strain on the industry’s proppant logistics infrastructure, including in-basin proppant terminals and last-mile proppant transportation assets. As the market for proppant logistics services tightens, we believe this may lead to a general increase in demand and pricing for our systems. With demand for our systems in excess of current supply and the ability of our systems to handle the most complex, highest intensity proppant logistics jobs, we are optimally positioned to benefit from increasing pricing trends.

 

74


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We manufacture and provide our patented mobile proppant management systems that unload, store and deliver proppant at oil and natural gas well sites. Our systems reduce our customers’ cost and time to complete wells by improving the efficiency of proppant logistics, in addition to enhancing well site safety. Our customers include oil and natural gas E&P companies, such as EOG Resources, Inc., Devon Energy and Apache Corporation, as well as oilfield service companies, such as ProPetro Services, Inc. Our systems are deployed in many of the most active oil and natural gas basins in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, the Eagle Ford Shale and the SCOOP/STACK formation. Since commencing operations in April 2014, we have grown our fleet from two systems to 37 systems. Demand for our systems in the second half of 2016 was significantly higher than in the first half of 2016, and we expect demand for our systems in 2017 to continue the demand trends we experienced in the second half of 2016. We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our existing fleet, and we expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to customer demand.

Our mobile proppant system is designed to address the challenges associated with transferring large quantities of proppant to the well site, including the cost and management of last mile logistics. Today’s horizontal well completion designs require between 400 and 1,000 truckloads of proppant delivered to the well site per well which creates bottlenecks in the storage, handling and delivery of proppant. Our patented systems typically provide 2.5 million pounds of proppant storage capacity in a footprint that is considerably smaller than traditional or competing well site proppant storage equipment. Our systems have the ability to unload up to 24 pneumatic proppant trailers simultaneously. Importantly, the proppant storage silos in our systems can be filled from trucks while simultaneously delivering proppant on-demand directly to the blender for hydraulic fracturing operations. Accordingly, our systems can maintain high rates of proppant delivery for extended periods of time, which helps achieve a greater number of frac stages per day, driving a reduction in our customers’ costs. Our systems also reduce the amount of truck demurrage, or wait time, at the well site which can result in significant cost savings for our customers.

Another benefit of our system is its ability to measure proppant inventory and delivery rates real-time through our proprietary PropView system, which enables our customers to track inventory levels in, and delivery rates from, each silo in a system. Our PropView system provides critical information to our customers both directly in the well site data van and remotely through our mobile device application and website. Access to this data and the ability to integrate it into existing monitoring systems allows our customers to realize efficiencies throughout the proppant supply chain and across multiple well sites.

Our system improves well site safety by reducing respirable dust, decreasing the number of well site personnel and providing enhanced lighting. We believe we are among the safest well site equipment and service providers in the oil and natural gas industry, as evidenced by an achieved TRIR of zero for our field services activity for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

We manufacture our systems in our facility in Early, Texas, which is proximate to some of the most prolific oil and natural gas producing regions in the country. We are currently manufacturing more than two and one-half systems per month, and we believe that we have the capacity to manufacture up to four systems per month without expanding this facility. Our vertically integrated manufacturing capability allows us to better control our supply chain and incorporate improvements and additional features into our systems based on our experience and customer feedback. Additionally, we believe that controlling our manufacturing process provides us cost advantages that improve our returns on capital.

As illustrated in the following chart, we have increased our total system revenue days, defined as the combined number of days our systems earned revenues, in ten of the last eleven quarters, and we have increased

 

75


Table of Contents

our system revenue days by more than 1,400% from the second quarter of 2014 to the first quarter of 2017, representing a 168% compound annual growth rate. The increase in total system revenue days is attributable to both an increase in the number of systems available for rental and an increase in the rate at which our systems are utilized.

 

LOGO

Current Market Trends and Challenges

Over the past decade, E&P companies have increasingly focused on exploiting the vast hydrocarbon reserves contained in North America’s oil and natural gas reservoirs by utilizing advanced drilling and completion techniques, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing. Though deteriorating industry conditions caused by the downturn in commodity prices in 2015 resulted in a significant decrease in U.S. demand for proppant in 2015 from 2014 record demand levels (and a further decrease in demand in 2016 from 2015 demand levels), oil prices have increased since the 12-year low recorded in February 2016, reaching a high of $54.01 in December 2016. Recently, there has been an increase in proppant demand as E&P companies have shifted toward:

 

    drilling more and longer horizontal wells;

 

    completing more hydraulic fracturing stages and utilizing more proppant per lateral foot;

 

    utilizing multi-well pads; and

 

    accelerating completion rates through “zipper fracs,” or the process of completing multiple adjacent wells simultaneously.

We believe the increase in completion activity levels and proppant demand per well, coupled with the complexities associated with the management of last-mile proppant logistics, will place a strain on the industry’s logistics infrastructure. Additionally, increased focus on cost control and increased HS&E regulation has created numerous operational challenges that cannot be solved with labor intensive proppant storage equipment, such as those that utilize individual containers for on-site proppant storage and handling.

Our Solution

Our patented mobile proppant management system is a proven solution for unloading, storing and delivering proppant at the well site. Our system provides:

 

    Streamlined last mile logistics . Our system improves proppant supply chain management in several ways, including:

 

   

Increased on-site storage capacity . Our systems provide triple the storage capacity as compared to traditional systems, such as trailer-mounted, hydraulically powered storage bins, in half the geographic

 

76


Table of Contents
 

footprint. Greater inventory at the well site provides a buffer for volatility in the proppant delivery supply chain, which can be caused by a number of factors, including congestion on roads or at transloads or mines, weather or equipment failure;

 

    Increased offloading capacity . Each system has 24 truck unloading positions, which provides capacity to unload up to 1.5 million pounds of proppant per hour. Our offloading capacity increases the efficiency of proppant hauling assets, including reducing truck demurrage and the fleet size required to deliver a given number of truckloads of proppant to a well site; and

 

    Real-time inventory and consumption monitoring . Our integrated PropView TM system delivers real-time proppant inventory and consumption levels, both in the well site data van and remotely through our mobile device application and website. This data can be used by our customers to better manage the delivery of proppant across different well sites and operating areas.

 

    Improved execution to meet today’s completion designs . Our system enables our customers to complete more fracturing stages per day and addresses the challenge of delivering increasing amounts of proppant per well by providing:

 

    On-demand inventory controlled from a single point . When filled to capacity, our typical system can deliver 2.5 million pounds of proppant on-demand from a single point of control. Our system is operated by one person at the well site. The operator uses a single touch screen control box to operate the entire system;

 

    Discrete and easily identifiable inventory . High volume stages require rapid delivery of proppant. Proppant types are identified by individual silo and labeled in the control box and in the PropView TM system. Accessing and delivering inventory does not require visually identifying and physically moving individual containers; and

 

    Simultaneous loading and unloading of proppant from each silo . Because each silo in a system has an enclosed loading process, our customers can simultaneously deliver proppant into the blender and re-fill the same silo, thereby enabling our customers to maintain adequate proppant inventory levels on site to meet their completion design needs.

We believe these operational efficiencies reduce completion costs for our E&P customers and increase revenue and fleet utilization for our pressure pumping customers, who typically earn revenue on a per-fracturing stage basis.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we will be able to successfully execute our business strategies because of the following competitive strengths:

 

    Innovative system that enhances completion efficiency while reducing cost of last mile logistics . Our patented mobile proppant management system is a proven solution for unloading, storing and delivering proppant at the well site, and we believe it solves many of the challenges the oil and gas industry faces today, including managing increasing completion activity, proppant demand and complex last mile logistics. Our systems reduce our customers’ cost and time to complete wells by improving the efficiency of proppant logistics, in addition to enhancing well site safety. Our systems also can maintain high rates of proppant delivery for extended periods of time, which helps achieve a greater number of frac stages per day, driving a further reduction in our customers’ costs.

 

   

Blue-chip and growing customer base in active oil and gas basins in the United States . We believe that our customers are long-term participants in the development of resources in the U.S. that value safe and efficient operations and will seek to develop a long-term relationship with us. Our customers include some of the most active companies in the industry, including E&P operators, such as EOG Resources,

 

77


Table of Contents
 

Inc., Devon Energy and Apache Corporation, and oilfield service companies, such as ProPetro Services, Inc. We currently provide our equipment and services in many of the most active oil and gas basins in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, the Eagle Ford Shale, the SCOOP/STACK Formation and the Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale. As of March 31, 2017, more than 80% of our current fleet was deployed to customers who are renting multiple systems.

 

    Scalable, vertically integrated manufacturing capability . Because we are a vertically integrated manufacturer, we have the flexibility to adjust our manufacturing operations to both meet customer demand and to react to market conditions. Our manufacturing facility in Early, Texas is currently producing more than two and one-half systems per month, and we believe that we have the capacity to manufacture up to four systems per month without expanding these existing facilities. We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our current fleet, and we expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to customer demand.

 

    Capital-efficient business model resulting in strong operational cash flow . Our internal manufacturing capacity helps us reduce and maintain control over the amount of capital required to expand our fleet. In addition, we have low operating costs and maintaining our systems requires minimal expenditures, which we expect will enable us to generate strong operational cash flow, though we incurred a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

    Strong balance sheet and financial flexibility . We believe our balance sheet strength represents a significant competitive advantage, allowing us to proactively grow our fleet and weather industry cycles, while also pursuing initiatives to further grow and expand our product offerings with new and existing customers. Our customers seek to employ well-capitalized service providers that are in the best position to meet their service requirements and their financial obligations, and, as a result we intend to continue to maintain a strong balance sheet. At the closing of this offering, we expect to have approximately $129.8 million in liquidity from $109.8 million of cash on hand and $20.0 million of available capacity under our credit facility, which we expect to amend in connection with this offering to among other things, increase the aggregate commitment thereunder. Our liquidity will provide us with the means to manufacture additional systems, increase our service offerings and generally grow our operations.

 

    Track record of providing safe operations and equipment . We believe we are among the safest well site equipment and service providers in the oil and natural gas industry, as evidenced by an achieved TRIR of zero for our field services activity for the twelve month periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Our systems do not require well site personnel to visually identify inventory levels or operate ancillary handling machinery, such as forklifts, to transfer proppant from the storage area to the blender. As a result, we are able to provide a safer operating environment and reduce the number of required well site personnel. In addition, our system significantly reduces respirable silica dust levels traditionally associated with handling proppant and is compliant with standards recently implemented by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.

 

    Seasoned management team with extensive industry experience . The members of our management team are seasoned operating, financial and administrative executives with extensive experience in and knowledge of the energy industry and specifically, the oilfield services industry. Each member of our management team brings significant leadership and operational experience with long tenures in the industry at highly regarded companies, including Anadarko Petroleum, FTS International, Western Company, BJ Services, Baker Hughes, Hexion Inc., PPG and Citigroup. The members of our executive management team provide us with valuable insight into our industry and a thorough understanding of customer requirements.

 

78


Table of Contents

Business Strategies

Our principal business objective is to increase shareholder value by profitably growing our business. We expect to achieve this objective through the following business strategies:

 

    Capitalize on favorable industry trends to expand our fleet and increase market penetration . We have increased our total system revenue days in ten of the last eleven quarters, and we have increased our system revenue days by more than 1,400% from the second quarter of 2014 to the first quarter of 2017. We currently have more demand for our systems than we can satisfy with our current fleet. We expect to increase our fleet to between 60 and 64 systems by the end of 2017 in response to this demand and to expand our market penetration and increase our geographic presence.

 

    Develop and expand relationships with existing and new customers . We target well-capitalized customers that we believe will be long-term participants in the development of resources in the U.S., value safe and efficient operations, have the financial stability and flexibility to weather industry cycles and seek to develop a long-term relationship with us. We believe our unique service offering, high-quality assets, safety record and diverse geographic footprint with basin density in some of the most active basins position us well to expand and develop relationships with our existing and new customers. These qualities, combined with our track record of success, have resulted in the continued and new award of service work by our customers and by an expansion of the basins in which we operate for these customers. We believe these arrangements will provide us an attractive revenue stream while leaving us the ability to deploy additional systems as industry demand and pricing continue to recover.

 

    Develop additional proppant logistics capabilities . We intend to develop additional logistical capabilities throughout the proppant supply chain organically and by formalizing alliances with product and service providers. We may also pursue greenfield development of transload facilities and evaluate opportunities to provide additional logistics related services to our customers. In addition, our research and development team is currently developing a non-pneumatic well site loading option which will provide our customers with additional logistics flexibility.

 

    Identify and develop new product and service offerings . Our engineering team is focused on leveraging our patented system to expand our service and product capabilities. We believe our commitment to investing in research and development will result in the development of additional products and services, which could include management of liquids, such as chemicals and acid and associated logistics.

 

    Pursue accretive acquisitions to add complementary services or products to our platform . We may pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions to add complementary products and services to our platform. Our management team has a strong track record of strategically targeting key product opportunities and completing accretive transactions. We plan to pursue a disciplined acquisition strategy that allows us to develop proprietary deal flow by identifying emerging industry trends and existing platforms positioned to capitalize on these trends.

Our History

We were formed in 2014 in connection with the purchase of two proppant systems from Loadcraft Industries, Ltd., the original manufacturer of the systems, under an exclusive marketing arrangement. In September 2014, we acquired Loadcraft Industries’ proppant system manufacturing business, including a manufacturing facility located in Early, Texas, and commenced our manufacturing operations.

Since 2014, we have grown our fleet of proppant systems from two systems to 37 systems, improved the capabilities of our systems and developed additional potential product offerings. Such improvements and offerings include:

 

    Development of our third generation and current control system, which uses Rockwell Automation and Allen-Bradley components, has a program logic control based monitoring and operating platform, and is operated by a single technician from a single point;

 

79


Table of Contents
    Development of our proprietary PropView TM system, which supplements our control system by measuring real time proppant inventory levels and delivery rates both in the well site data van and remotely through our mobile device application and website;

 

    Design and construction of alternative conveyor belt discharge heads that we believe can be integrated with the vast majority of frac blender designs; and

 

    Design and construction of custom bolt-on tarps to reduce the amount of time proppant is exposed to the open air which we believe reduces silica dust that can occur in the handling of proppant.

We currently own 37 six-silo systems across the U.S., and we currently use 71 silo transportation trailers to manage transportation of our systems. The following table provides locations of our fleet as of April 28, 2017:

 

Location

   Number of
Systems
 

Permian Basin

     22  

Eagle Ford Shale

     9  

STACK/SCOOP Formation

     3  

Haynesville Shale

     2  

Marcellus Shale/Utica Shale

     1  

System Design

Our patented mobile proppant management systems typically contain six silos, two base units, one central conveyor, and one PropView TM system. Each of the six silos has the capacity to store up to 420,000 pounds of proppant (4,200 cubic feet). Three silos are positioned on each base and the central conveyor is positioned between the two base units. A six-silo configuration includes twenty-four unloading points. The six-silo configuration also provides increased inventory capacity compared to other systems, which reduces the amount of truck demurrage, or wait time, at the well site.

Our systems are powered with a single diesel generator. Hydraulic power is not required to operate our system; instead, the systems’ motors are electrically driven and operate at variable speeds. Electricity is provided by one of two diesel generators that are standard on the systems while the other serves as a backup for redundancy purposes. The flow of proppant into the well site blender is controlled by the speed of the system’s conveyors, which reduces the amount of proppant spillage and silica dust typically associated with labor-intensive, gate-controlled handling equipment. In addition, each silo contains a dust collection system that can handle up to 4,300 cubic feet per minute of proppant flow, which is the equivalent of unloading four pneumatic trucks simultaneously. Each system is also equipped with industrial-grade LED lighting located approximately 55 feet above the well site that provides 336,000 lumens of lighting on the well site.

Our systems are operated using our third-generation Rockwell Automation control system and each system is equipped with our integrated Prop View TM system. The system can be operated by a single individual, who controls the flow of proppant into the well site blender from a rugged, LED-lit Allen-Bradley suitcase touch screen. Our proprietary PropView TM system enables our customers to track real time proppant inventory levels in and delivery rates from each silo. Our PropView TM system provides critical information to our customers both directly in the well site data van and remotely through our mobile device application and website. The availability of this data and the ability to integrate the data into existing monitoring systems enables our customers to realize efficiencies through better managing the delivery of proppant throughout the proppant supply chain and across multiple well sites.

Additionally, our systems are highly mobile and can be easily deployed to any North American basin in response to industry activity levels. Our systems do not require specialized equipment to transport and deliver proppant to the well site. Rather, our system is compatible with standard pneumatic trailers, the industry’s most

 

80


Table of Contents

abundant proppant transportation option. Our systems are also compatible with other completion equipment, including blending units and pressure pumping fleets, and can store and deliver a full range of proppants, including raw frac sand, resin coated sand and ceramic proppant. The system’s compatibility with other well site equipment provides E&P operators with the flexibility to select their preferred choice of pressure pumper and proppant type.

Our systems require minimal maintenance for continued operation in the field, primarily consisting of routine replacement of fill tube components and routine maintenance of generators, all of which can be performed in the field without returning the systems to our manufacturing facility. Additionally, our systems have been configured with multiple redundancies, such as dual generators, dual central conveyor belts and twenty-four truck unloading positions, which further improve the overall reliability and efficiency of our customers’ operations and enable them to complete more fracturing stages per day.

Early, Texas Manufacturing Facility

We manufacture our systems in our manufacturing facility located in Early, Texas. Early is located in central Texas, which provides convenient access to our most active operating areas, the Permian Basin, the Eagle Ford Shale and the SCOOP/STACK formation. We acquired our Early facility in September 2014 and have made capital improvements and improved the workflow in the plant to streamline the production process, increase output and reduce the cost of manufacturing our systems. We believe our Early facility currently has the capacity to produce up to four systems per month without any expansion.

Our Early facility is located on 10.8 acres of contiguous land and includes over 100,000 square feet of covered manufacturing space. We manufacture new systems at the facility and, when appropriate, make repairs to and upgrade our systems. We cut, roll, weld and assemble our systems, including our custom transportation trailers, at the facility. Machinery and capabilities at our Early facility include steel rolling machines, overhead cranes, trunnions, positioners, I-beam assemblies, plasma tables and a paint booth.

We made capital improvements at our Early facility in late 2015 and early 2016 to streamline our manufacturing processes, including adding welding trunnions, production fixtures and overhead crane capacity that reduce the amount of time required to weld and assemble our systems. In addition, we reconfigured the layout of the plant to improve the manufacturing process flow. We believe our Early facility is a competitive advantage that provides us with a greater ability to control manufacturing costs, as well as additional supply chain and quality security and research and development capabilities.

We have historically outsourced the manufacturing of some of our system components in order to increase our manufacturing rate to meet market demand. All systems are completed and inspected in our Early facility to ensure quality control before entering the field.

Raw Materials and Key Suppliers

The primary raw materials used in the manufacturing of our systems are steel in the form of plate, bar stock and square and round tubing. We purchase steel and most other raw materials and components on the open market and rely on third parties for providing certain materials, including axles, motors and generators. We believe that we will be able to obtain an adequate supply of raw materials and finished goods to meet our manufacturing requirements because these items are generally available from multiple sources. However, prices for such raw materials and finished goods can fluctuate widely and represent a significant portion of the cost of manufacturing our systems. Accordingly, our cost of revenue and capital costs may be affected by changes in the market price or disruptions in the availability of raw materials, components and sourced finished goods, and significant increases in the cost of steel or other raw materials and motors, generators and other components could adversely affect our revenues or increase our costs. Steel represents 10% to 15%, purchased parts represent 40% to 50% and labor and indirect manufacturing costs represent 30% to 40% of the total cost of manufacturing a typical system.

 

81


Table of Contents

We purchase the materials used in the manufacturing of our systems from various suppliers. Occasionally, we also work with select third-party manufacturers to fabricate certain components to supplement our internal production capacity during periods of peak demand. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we purchased 5% or more of our materials or purchased parts, as a percentage of our total spend on materials and purchased parts on our systems during the year, from each of RNB Controls, Inc. and Graham Equipment & Manufacturing, LTD. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we purchased 5% or more of our materials or equipment, as a percentage of our total spend on materials and equipment purchases during the period, from RNB Controls, Inc., Stewart & Stevenson, LLC and Delta Steel Inc.

We have historically relied on one supplier for the motors that we use in our systems, which are a critical component. To date, we have generally been able to obtain these motors and other equipment, parts and supplies necessary to support our manufacturing operations on a timely basis. While we believe that we will be able to make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of any interruption in the supply of these materials and/or products by one of our suppliers, including with respect to the supplier of our motors, we may not always be able to make alternative arrangements in the event of any interruption or shortage in the supply of certain of our materials. In addition, certain materials for which we do not currently have long-term supply agreements could experience shortages and significant price increases in the future. As a result, we may be unable to mitigate any future supply shortages and our results of operations, prospects and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our Customers and Contracts

Our core customers are major E&P and oilfield service companies. We have executed more than 30 master service agreements (“MSAs”) with our customers. Generally, the MSAs govern the relationship with our customers with specific work performed under individual work orders, and we typically provide our services on a monthly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2015, Nabors Completion & Production, Sanjel (USA) Inc, Encana Services Company Ltd. and Apache Corporation accounted for approximately 20%, 19%, 14% and 12%, respectively, of our total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2016, EOG Resources, Inc. and Pro Petro Services, Inc. accounted for approximately 39% and 11%, respectively, of our total revenues. More than 80% of our current fleet is deployed to customers who are renting multiple systems.

Competition

The oil and gas services industry is highly competitive. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We face significant competition that may impede our ability to gain market share or cause us to lose market share.” There are numerous large and small services companies in all regions of the United States with whom we compete. We face competition from proppant producers and proppant transporters who also offer solutions for unloading, storing and delivering proppant at well sites and also from competitors who, like us, are exclusively focused on developing more efficient last mile logistics management systems. Our main competitors include U.S. Silica, Proppant Express Solutions, FB Industries Inc., National Oilwell Varco, Inc., Charlton and Hill and Tycrop.

Although some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do, we believe that we are well positioned competitively due to our existing market share, patented protected technology, unique service offerings, low cost of operation and strong operational track record. The most important factors on which we compete are product and service quality, performance, reliability and price. Demand for our systems and the prices that we will be able to obtain for our systems, are closely linked to proppant consumption patterns for the completion of oil and natural gas wells in North America. These consumption patterns are influenced by numerous factors, including the price for hydrocarbons, the drilling rig count and hydraulic fracturing activity, including the number of stages completed and the amount of proppant used per stage. Further, these consumption patterns are also influenced by the location, quality, price and availability of proppant, including raw frac sand, resin-coated sand and ceramic proppant.

 

82


Table of Contents

Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety Regulations

We are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to worker health and safety and protection of the environment. Compliance with these laws and regulations may expose us to significant costs and liabilities and cause us to incur significant capital expenditures in our operations in particular areas. Any failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of remedial obligations, and the issuance of injunctions delaying or prohibiting operations. Private parties may also have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance as well as to seek damages for non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage. In addition, the clear trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions on activities that may affect the environment, and thus, any changes in, or more stringent enforcement of, these laws and regulations that result in more stringent and costly pollution control equipment, the occurrence of delays in the permitting or performance of projects, or waste handling, storage, transport, disposal or remediation requirements could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position.

Historically, our environmental compliance costs have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations; however, there can be no assurance that future events, such as changes in existing laws or enforcement policies, the promulgation of new laws or regulations or the development or discovery of new facts or conditions adverse to our operations will not cause us to incur material costs or that such future compliance will not have a material adverse effect on our business and operating costs.

The following is a discussion of material environmental and worker health and safety laws, as amended from time to time, that relate to our operations or those of our customers that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Air Emissions

Our and our customers’ operations are subject to the CAA and analogous state laws, which restrict the emission of air pollutants and impose permitting, monitoring and reporting requirements on various sources. These laws and regulations may require us or our customers to obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce or significantly increase air emissions, obtain and strictly comply with stringent air permit requirements or utilize specific equipment or technologies to control emissions of certain pollutants. The need to obtain permits has the potential to delay the development of natural gas projects. Recently, there has been increased regulation with respect to air emissions resulting from the oil and natural gas sector. For example, the EPA promulgated rules in 2012 under the CAA that subject oil and natural gas production, processing, transmission and storage operations to regulation under the New Source Performance Standards (“NSPS”) and a separate set of requirements to address certain hazardous air pollutants frequently associated with oil and natural gas production and processing activities pursuant to the National Standards for Emission of Hazardous Air Pollutants program. With regards to production activities, these final rules require, among other things, the reduction of volatile organic compound (“VOC”) emissions from certain fractured and refractured natural gas wells for which well completion operations are conducted and further requires that a subset of these selected wells use reduced emission completions, also known as “green completions.” In a second example, the EPA published a final rule update CAA in June 2016 that established criteria for aggregating multiple oil and gas sites into a single source for air-quality permitting purposes. This rule could cause small facilities (such as tank batteries and compressor stations), on an aggregate basis, to be deemed a major source, thereby triggering more stringent air permitting requirements, which in turn could result in operational delays or require us to install costly pollution control equipment. A third example, in October 2015, the EPA issued a final rule under the CAA, lowering the National Ambient Air Quality Standard for ground-level ozone from the current standard of 75 parts per billion (“ppb”) for the current 8-hour primary and secondary ozone standards to 70 ppb for both standards. States are expected to implement more stringent permitting and pollution control requirements as a result of this new final rule, which could apply to our operations.

 

83


Table of Contents

These regulatory programs may require us or our customers to install emissions abatement equipment, modify operational practices, and obtain permits for existing or new operations. Obtaining air emissions permits has the potential to delay the development or continued performance of operations. Over the next several years, we may be required to incur certain capital expenditures for air pollution control equipment or to address other air emissions-related issues. Changing and increasingly stricter requirements, future non-compliance, or failure to maintain necessary permits or other authorizations could require us to incur substantial costs or suspend or terminate our operations.

Climate Change

In recent years, the U.S. Congress has considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs. It presently appears unlikely that comprehensive climate legislation will be passed by either house of Congress in the near future, although energy legislation and other regulatory initiatives are expected to be proposed that may be relevant to GHG emissions issues. In addition, a number of states or groupings of states are addressing GHG emissions, primarily through the development of emission inventories or regional GHG cap and trade programs. Depending on the particular program, we could be required to control GHG emissions or to purchase and surrender allowances for GHG emissions resulting from our operations. Independent of Congress, the EPA has adopted regulations controlling GHG emissions under its existing authority under the CAA. For example, following its findings that emissions of GHGs present an endangerment to human health and the environment because such emissions contributed to warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes, the EPA has adopted regulations that, among other things, establish construction and operating permit reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources that are already potential major sources for conventional pollutants. In addition, the EPA has adopted rules requiring the monitoring and reporting of GHG emissions from specified production, processing, transmission and storage facilities in the United States on an annual basis. Federal agencies also have begun directly regulating emissions of methane, a GHG, from oil and natural gas operations. In June 2016, the EPA published regulations requiring certain new, modified or reconstructed facilities in the oil and natural gas sector to reduce these methane gas and VOC emissions. Several states and industry groups have filed suit before the D.C. Circuit challenging the EPA’s implementation of the methane rule and legal authority to issue the methane rules. In November 2016, the EPA began seeking additional information on methane emissions from certain existing facilities and operations in the oil and natural gas sector as necessary to eventually expand the methane rules to include existing equipment and processes, but on March 3, 2017, the EPA announced that it was withdrawing the ICR so that the agency may further assess the need for the information that it was collecting through the request.

Additionally, in December 2015, the United States joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France that prepared an agreement requiring member countries to review and “represent a progression” in their intended nationally determined contributions, which set GHG emission reduction goals every five years beginning in 2020. This “Paris agreement” was signed by the United States in April 2016 and entered into force in November 2016; however, this agreement does not create any binding obligations for nations to limit their GHG emissions, but rather includes pledges to voluntarily limit or reduce future emissions. The adoption and implementation of any international, federal or state legislation or regulations that require reporting of GHGs or otherwise restrict emissions of GHGs could result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, demand for our systems, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, substantial limitations on GHG emissions could adversely affect demand for the oil and natural gas our customers produce, which could reduce demand for our systems. Finally, it should be noted that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, floods and other climatic events. If any such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and the financial condition and operations of our customers.

 

84


Table of Contents

Water Discharges

The federal Clean Water Act (“CWA”), and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into state waters or waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or an analogous state agency. Spill prevention, control and countermeasure (“SPCC”) requirements require containment to mitigate or prevent contamination of navigable waters in the event of an oil overflow, rupture or leak, and the development and maintenance of SPCC plans at our or our customers’ facilities. In addition, the CWA and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of storm water runoff from certain types of facilities. The CWA and regulations implemented thereunder also prohibit the discharge of dredge and fill material into regulated waters, including jurisdictional wetlands, unless authorized by the Army Corps of Engineers pursuant to an appropriately issued permit.

In May 2015, the EPA issued final rules attempting to clarify the federal jurisdictional reach over waters of the United States but this rule has been stayed nationwide by the U.S. Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals as that appellate court and several other district courts ponder lawsuits opposing implementation of the rule. In January 2017, the U.S. Supreme Court accepted review of the rule to determine whether jurisdiction rests with the federal district or appellate courts. On February 28, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order directing the EPA and the Army Corps of Engineers to review and, consistent with applicable law, initiate rulemaking to rescind or revise the rule. On March 6, 2017, the EPA and Army Corps of Engineers published a notice of intent to review and rescind or revise the rule and on March 6, 2017, the U.S. Department of Justice filed a motion with the U.S. Supreme Court requesting the Court to stay the suit regarding which courts should hear challenges to this rule. At this time, it is unclear what impact these actions will have on the implementation of the rule. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties as well as other enforcement mechanisms for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the CWA and analogous state laws and regulations.

Hydraulic Fracturing

We manufacture and operate proprietary equipment and provide well site services that enhance the delivery of proppant used by hydraulic fracturing operators in the oil and natural gas industry. Hydraulic fracturing is an important and increasingly common practice that is used to stimulate production of natural gas and oil from low permeability hydrocarbon bearing subsurface rock formations. The hydraulic fracturing process involves the injection of water, proppants, and chemicals under pressure into the formation to fracture the surrounding rock, increase permeability and stimulate production. Although we do not directly engage in hydraulic fracturing activities, our customers use our systems in their hydraulic fracturing activities. While the U.S. Congress has from time to time considered regulation of hydraulic fracturing, no such legislation has been adopted. Rather, hydraulic fracturing is typically regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions and similar agencies. Also, some states have adopted, and other states are considering adopting, regulations that could impose new or more stringent permitting, disclosure or well construction requirements on hydraulic fracturing operations. Aside from state laws, local land use restrictions may restrict drilling in general or hydraulic fracturing in particular. Municipalities may adopt local ordinances attempting to prohibit hydraulic fracturing altogether or, at a minimum, allow such fracturing processes within their jurisdictions to proceed but regulating the time, place and manner of those processes. In addition, federal agencies have started to assert regulatory authority over the process and in December 2016, the EPA released its final report on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources, concluding that “water cycle” activities associated with hydraulic fracturing may impact drinking water resources under certain circumstances, including as a result of water withdrawals for fracturing in times or areas of low water availability or due to surface spills during the management of fracturing fluids, chemicals or produced water. At the same time, certain environmental groups have suggested that additional laws may be needed to more closely and uniformly limit or otherwise regulate the hydraulic fracturing process.

 

85


Table of Contents

The adoption of new laws or regulations at the federal or state levels imposing reporting obligations on, or otherwise limiting or delaying, the hydraulic fracturing process could make it more difficult to complete natural gas wells, increase our customers’ costs of compliance and doing business, and otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which could adversely impact demand for our systems. In addition, heightened political, regulatory, and public scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing practices could expose us or our customers to increased legal and regulatory proceedings, which could be time-consuming, costly, or result in substantial legal liability or significant reputational harm. We could be directly affected by adverse litigation involving us, or indirectly affected if the cost of compliance limits the ability of our customers to operate. Such costs and scrutiny could directly or indirectly, through reduced demand for our systems, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Non-Hazardous and Hazardous Wastes

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state laws control the management and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste. These laws and regulations govern the generation, storage, treatment, transfer and disposal of wastes that we generate. In the course of our operations, we generate waste that are regulated as non-hazardous wastes and hazardous wastes, obligating us to comply with applicable standards relating to the management and disposal of such wastes. In addition, drilling fluids, produced waters, and most of the other wastes associated with the exploration, development, and production of oil or natural gas, if properly handled, are currently exempt from regulation as hazardous waste under RCRA and, instead, are regulated under RCRA’s less stringent non-hazardous waste provisions, state laws or other federal laws. However, it is possible that certain oil and natural gas drilling and production wastes now classified as non-hazardous could be classified as hazardous wastes in the future. For example, following the filing of a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia in May 2016 by several non-governmental environmental groups against the EPA for the agency’s failure to timely assess its RCRA Subtitle D criteria regulations for oil and gas wastes, the EPA and the environmental groups entered into an agreement that was finalized in a consent decree issued by the District Court on December 28, 2016. Under the decree, the EPA is required to propose no later than March 15, 2019, a rulemaking for revision of certain Subtitle D criteria regulations pertaining to oil and gas wastes or sign a determination that revision of the regulations is not necessary. If the EPA proposes a rulemaking for revised oil and as waste regulations, the Consent Decree requires that the EPA take final action following notice and comment rulemaking no later than July 15, 2021. A loss of the RCRA exclusion for drilling fluids, produced waters and related wastes could result in an increase in our customers’ costs to manage and dispose of generated wastes and a corresponding decrease in their drilling operations, which developments could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Site Remediation

The CERCLA and comparable state laws impose strict, joint and several liability without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owner and operator of a disposal site where a hazardous substance release occurred and any company that transported, disposed of, or arranged for the transport or disposal of hazardous substances released at the site. Under CERCLA, such persons may be liable for the costs of remediating the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. In addition, where contamination may be present, it is not uncommon for the neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury, property damage and recovery of response costs. We have not received notification that we may be potentially responsible for cleanup costs under CERCLA at any site.

Endangered Species

The Endangered Species Act (“ESA”) restricts activities that may affect endangered or threatened species or their habitats. Similar protections are offered to migratory birds under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. As a result

 

86


Table of Contents

of one or more settlements entered into by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service ,that agency is required to consider listing numerous species as endangered or threatened under the Endangered Species Act by specified timelines. Current ESA listings and the designation of previously unprotected species as threatened or endangered in areas where we or our customers operate could cause us or our customers to incur increased costs arising from species protection measures and could result in delays or limitations in our or our customers’ performance of operations, which could adversely affect or reduce demand for our systems.

State and Local Regulation

We are subject to a variety of state and local environmental review and permitting requirements. Some states, including Texas where our manufacturing facility is located, have state laws similar to major federal environmental laws and thus our operations are also subject to state requirements that may be more stringent than those imposed under federal law. Our operations may require state-law based permits in addition to federal permits, requiring state agencies to consider a range of issues, many the same as federal agencies, including, among other things, a project’s impact on wildlife and their habitats, historic and archaeological sites, aesthetics, agricultural operations, and scenic areas. Texas has specific permitting and review processes for oilfield service operations, and state agencies may impose different or additional monitoring or mitigation requirements than federal agencies. The development of new sites and our existing operations also are subject to a variety of local environmental and regulatory requirements, including land use, zoning, building, and transportation requirements.

Intellectual Property

We continuously seek to innovate our manufacturing processes and product and service offerings to enhance our operations and deliver increased value to our customers. Our engineering team is focused on continuing to improve our manufacturing operations, expanding the capabilities of our systems and enhance our service offerings. We believe our investment in research and development will result in the development of complementary products and services, which will provide a competitive advantage as our customers focus on extracting oil and natural gas in the most economical and efficient ways possible.

We seek patent and trademark protections for our technology when we deem it prudent, and we aggressively pursue protection of these rights. We believe our patents, trademarks, and other protections for our proprietary technologies are adequate for the conduct of our business and that no single patent or trademark is critical to our business. In addition, we rely to a great extent on the technical expertise and know-how of our personnel to maintain our competitive position, and we take commercially reasonable measures to protect trade secrets and other confidential and/or proprietary information relating to the technologies we develop.

As of December 31, 2016, we had two issued patents; one utility patent application and two provisional patent applications in the United States relating to our systems and services and other technologies. Our issued patents expire, if all of the maintenance fees are paid, between 2032 and 2033. We cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will result in the issuance of a patent or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. In addition, any patents may be contested, circumvented, found unenforceable or invalid, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing them.

Properties and Insurance

Our principal properties are described above under the caption “—Early, Texas Manufacturing Facility.” We believe that our properties and facility are adequate for our operations and are maintained in a good state of repair in the ordinary course of our business. However, our assets may be affected by natural or man-made disasters and other external events that may disrupt our manufacturing operations. These hazards can also cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or

 

87


Table of Contents

environmental damage, and suspension of operations. In addition, our operations are subject to, and exposed to, employee/employer liabilities and risks such as wrongful termination, discrimination, labor organizing, retaliation claims and general human resource related matters.

Further, claims for loss of oil and natural gas production and damage to formations can occur in our industry. Litigation arising from a catastrophic occurrence at a location where our systems are deployed may result in our being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims.

We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for the industry in which we operate and adequate for our business. To address the hazards inherent in our business, we maintain insurance coverage that includes first-party physical damage coverage, third-party general liability insurance, auto liability, employer’s liability, environmental liability and other coverage, although coverage for environmental related losses is subject to certain limitations. However, we do not have insurance against all foreseeable risks, either because insurance is not available or because of the high premium costs. The occurrence of an event not fully insured against or the failure of an insurer to meet its insurance obligations could result in substantial losses. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable. Insurance may not be available to cover any or all of the risks to which we are subject, or, even if available, it may be inadequate, or insurance premiums or other costs could rise significantly in the future so as to make such insurance prohibitively expensive.

We customarily enter into MSAs with our customers that delineate our customer’s and our respective indemnification obligations with respect to the systems we deploy. Generally, under our MSAs, we assume responsibility for pollution, contamination and other damage originating from any negligence or willful misconduct in our operation of the system. However, we generally do not assume responsibility for any other pollution or contamination that may occur during operations, including any pollution or contamination which may result from the actual proppant used on the well site, including pollution or contamination that may result from seepage or any other uncontrolled disbursement of proppant. While we have not received claims relating to pollution or contamination in the deployment of our systems, if we are ultimately deemed responsible, our obligations may include the control, removal and clean-up of any pollution or contamination. In such cases, we may be exposed to additional liability if we are negligent or commit willful acts causing the pollution or contamination. We routinely attempt to require and are sometime successful in requiring our customers to agree to indemnify us against claims arising from their employees’ personal injury or death to the extent that their employees are injured by operating our systems, unless the loss is a result of our negligence or willful misconduct. Similarly, we generally agree to indemnify our customers for liabilities arising from personal injury to or death of any of our employees, unless resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of our customer. The same principals often apply to mutual indemnification for loss or destruction of customer-owned property or equipment, except such indemnification is not limited by negligence or misconduct. Losses due to catastrophic events are generally the responsibility of the customer. However, despite this general allocation of risk, we may be unsuccessful in enforcing contractual terms, incur an unforeseen liability that is not addressed by the scope of the contractual provisions or be required to enter into an MSA with terms that vary from our standard allocations of risk, as described above. Consequently, we may incur substantial losses above our insurance coverage that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Legal Proceedings

Due to the nature of our business, we may become, from time to time, involved in routine litigation or subject to disputes or claims related to our business activities. In the opinion of our management, there are no pending litigation, disputes or claims against us which, if decided adversely, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

 

88


Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we employed 101 people and received services from eight other individuals employed by Solaris Energy Management, LLC pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement. For additional information, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Transactions with Affiliates.” None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

89


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth below are the name, age, position and description of the business experience of our executive officers and directors, as of April 28, 2017.

 

Name

   Age     

Position with Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

William A. Zartler

     51     

Founder and Chairman

Gregory A. Lanham

     52     

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Kyle S. Ramachandran

     32     

Chief Financial Officer

Kelly L. Price

     58     

Chief Operating Officer

Cynthia M. Durrett

     52     

Chief Administrative Officer

Lindsay R. Bourg

     39     

Chief Accounting Officer

James R. Burke

     79     

Director Nominee

Edgar R. Giesinger

     60     

Director Nominee

W. Howard Keenan, Jr.

     66     

Director Nominee

F. Gardner Parker

     75     

Director Nominee

A. James Teague

     71     

Director Nominee

William A. Zartler—Founder and Chairman. William A. Zartler is our Chairman and has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2017 and a manager of our predecessor since October 2014. Mr. Zartler founded Loadcraft Site Services LLC and served as its Executive Chairman from February 2014 to September 2014. Mr. Zartler served as our predecessor’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman from October 2014 to January 2017. Mr. Zartler has extensive experience in both energy industry investing and managing growth businesses. Prior to founding our predecessor, in January 2013 Mr. Zartler founded Solaris Energy Capital, a private investment firm focused on investing in and managing emerging, high growth potential businesses primarily in midstream energy and oilfield services, including Solaris LLC, and Mr. Zartler continues to serve as the sole member and manager of Solaris Energy Capital. Prior to founding Solaris Energy Capital, Mr. Zartler was a founder and Managing Partner of Denham Capital Management (“Denham”), a $7 billion global energy and commodities private equity firm, from its inception in 2004 to January 2013. Mr. Zartler led Denham’s global investing activity in the midstream and oilfield services sectors and served on the firm’s Investment and Executive Committees. Previously, Mr. Zartler held the role of Senior Vice President and General Manager at Dynegy Inc., building and managing the natural gas liquids business. Mr. Zartler also served as a director of the general partner of NGL Partners LP (NYSE: NGL) from its inception in September 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Zartler began his career at Dow Hydrocarbons and Resources. Mr. Zartler received a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin and a Masters of Business Administration from Texas A&M University. Mr. Zartler serves on the Engineering Advisory Board of the Cockrell School of Engineering at the University of Texas at Austin.

We believe that Mr. Zartler’s industry experience and deep knowledge of our business makes him well suited to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Gregory A. Lanham—Chief Executive Officer and Director. Gregory A. Lanham was named our Chief Executive Officer and Director in February 2017. From December 2015 to January 2017, Mr. Lanham was co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Accendo Services LLC, where he advised private equity firms and credit investors on various investment opportunities in the oilfield services sector. From November 2012 to November 2015, Mr. Lanham served as Chief Executive Officer and Director of FTS International, the then largest private oilfield service company in North America. From 2008 to October 2012, Mr. Lanham served as Managing Director at Temasek Holdings (PTE.) Ltd, an investment holding company with $200 billion of assets under management. Mr. Lanham began his career at Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, where he spent twenty years in increasing roles of global responsibility. In 2015, Mr. Lanham was selected as the EY Entrepreneur Of The

 

90


Table of Contents

Year ® Southwest in the Energy category. Mr. Lanham serves on the board of directors of CONSOL Energy Inc., a leading diversified energy producer listed on the NYSE and Stallion Oilfield Services. Mr. Lanham received his B.S. in Petroleum Engineering from the University of Oklahoma.

Mr. Lanham has broad knowledge of the energy industry and significant experience with energy companies. We believe his skills and background qualifies to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Kyle S. Ramachandran—Chief Financial Officer . Kyle S. Ramachandran was named our Chief Financial Officer in February 2017. Mr. Ramachandran was previously our Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy from October 2014 to January 2017, our Secretary from December 2014 to January 2017 and the Vice President of Solaris Energy Capital from February 2014 to September 2014. From August 2011 to January 2014, Mr. Ramachandran was a member of the Barra Energia management team, a private equity sponsored E&P company based in Rio de Janeiro. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Ramachandran was an Associate at First Reserve, a global energy-focused private equity firm. Mr. Ramachandran began his career as an investment banker in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group at Citigroup. Mr. Ramachandran received a Bachelor of Science in Finance and Accounting from the Carroll School of Management Honors Program at Boston College, where he graduated cum laude.

Kelly L. Price—Chief Operating Officer . Kelly L. Price was named our Chief Operating Officer in March 2017. Mr. Price served as an operations consultant to us from January 2017 to February 2017. Mr. Price was previously a consultant for Accendo Services LLC from August 2016 to December 2016. From September 2015 to July 2016, Mr. Price pursued entrepreneurial opportunities in the pressure pumping industry. From January 2014 to August 2015, Mr. Price served as Senior Vice President of Pumping Services, Wireline and Logistics for FTS International, the then-largest private oilfield service company in North America. From August 2010 to October 2013, Mr. Price served as President, U.S. for Trican Well Service, subsequent to which he evaluated potential opportunities prior to joining FTS International. Mr. Price began his career at BJ Services, where he spent 32 years, including senior roles such as Vice President of Global Sales and Marketing, Vice President of West Division Sales and Rocky Mountain Regional Manager. Mr. Price began his career as field operator in Alberta, Canada.

Cynthia M. Durrett Chief Administrative Officer . Cynthia M. Durrett was named our Chief Administrative Officer in March 2017. Ms. Durrett was previously our Vice President of Business Operations from October 2014 to February 2017 and the Vice President of Business Operations of Solaris Energy Capital from October 2013 to September 2014. From July 2013 to September 2013, Ms. Durrett served as an independent consultant in the proppant industry. From 2007 to June 2013, Ms. Durrett was the Director of Business Planning and Capital Projects for Cadre Proppants. Ms. Durrett previously served as Managing Director of Dynegy Midstream Services (“Dynegy”), where she provided leadership to several sectors of the organization including information technology, regulated energy delivery, natural gas liquids and midstream. Ms. Durrett began her career at Ferrell North America, where she managed operations for the energy commodities trading business, including natural gas liquids and refined products. Ms. Durrett received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Park University in Kansas City, Missouri, where she graduated with distinction.

Lindsay R. Bourg—Chief Accounting Officer . Lindsay R. Bourg was named our Chief Accounting Officer in April 2017. From July 2009 to April 2017, Ms. Bourg served in various roles of responsibility including Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller, for Sabine Oil & Gas Corporation after serving as Controller for Sabine Oil & Gas LLC. Sabine Oil & Gas LLC was a privately held upstream company which actively engaged in the acquisition, exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas through debt and equity financings of nearly $4.0 billion. In July 2015, Sabine Oil & Gas Corporation filed a petition for voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and emerged from reorganization under Chapter 11 in August 2016. Prior thereto, Ms. Bourg held management and senior level positions at Davis Petroleum Corporation, Burlington Resources and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Ms. Bourg’s accounting experience spans both public and private companies within the energy industry. Ms. Bourg obtained her Bachelor

 

91


Table of Contents

of Business Administration degree in Accounting from Texas State University where she graduated magna cum laude and is a Certified Public Accountant.

James R. Burke Director Nominee . James R. Burke has been nominated to serve as a member of our board of directors, effective concurrently with this offering and has served as a manager of our predecessor since October 2014. Since July 2013 Mr. Burke has served on the board of Centurion, a private equity sponsored oilfield services company based in Aberdeen, Scotland. Mr. Burke served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Forum Energy Technologies (“Forum”) from May 2005 to October 2007 and as Chairman of Forum from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Burke retired from his position as Chairman of Forum in 2010, subsequent to which he evaluated potential opportunities prior to becoming a director of Centurion. Prior to joining Forum, Mr. Burke served as Chief Executive Officer of Access Oil Tools Inc. (“Access”) from April 2000 to May 2005. Before joining Access, Mr. Burke held various positions with Weatherford International Ltd. from January 1991 to August 1999, including Executive Vice President responsible for all manufacturing operations and engineering at its Compressor Division. Prior to joining Weatherford, Mr. Burke was employed by Cameron Iron Works from 1967 to 1989, where he held positions of increasing seniority, including Vice President of Cameron’s Ball Valve division. Mr. Burke holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from University College, Dublin, Ireland, and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard University.

Mr. Burke has broad knowledge of the energy industry and significant operating experience. We believe his skills and industry experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Edgar R. Giesinger—Director Nominee. Edgar R. Giesinger has been nominated to serve as a member of our board of directors, effective concurrent with this offering. Mr. Giesinger retired as a managing partner from KPMG LLP in 2015. Since November of 2015, Mr. Giesinger has served on the board of Geospace Technologies Corporation, a publicly traded company primarily involved in the design and manufacture of instruments and equipment utilized in oil and gas industries. He has 35 years of accounting and finance experience working mainly with publicly traded corporations. Over the years, he has advised a number of clients in accounting and financial matters, capital raising, international expansions and in dealings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. While working with companies in a variety of industries, his primary focus has been energy and manufacturing clients. Mr. Giesinger is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Texas and member of the American Institute of Public Accountants. He has lectured and led seminars on various topics dealing with financial risks, controls and financial reporting.

We believe that Mr. Giesinger’s extensive financial and accounting experience, including that related to energy and manufacturing industries, qualifies him to effectively serve as a director.

W. Howard Keenan, Jr.—Director Nominee. W. Howard Keenan, Jr. has been nominated to serve as a member of our board of directors, effective concurrently with this offering and has served as a manager of our predecessor since November 2014. Mr. Keenan has over 40 years of experience in the financial and energy businesses. Since 1997, he has been a Member of Yorktown Partners LLC, a private investment manager focused on the energy industry. From 1975 to 1997, he was in the Corporate Finance Department of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. and active in the private equity and energy areas, including the founding of the first Yorktown Partners fund in 1991. Mr. Keenan also serves on the Boards of Directors of the following companies: Antero Resources Corporation, the general partner of Antero Midstream Partners LP and Ramaco Resources, Inc. In addition, he is serving or has served as a director or manager of multiple Yorktown Partners portfolio companies. Mr. Keenan holds a Bachelor of Arts degree cum laude from Harvard College and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Harvard University.

Mr. Keenan has broad knowledge of the energy industry and significant experience with energy companies. We believe his skills and background qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

F. Gardner Parker—Director Nominee. F. Gardner Parker has been nominated to serve as a member of our board of directors, effective concurrently with this offering. Mr. Parker has been a private investor since 1984

 

92


Table of Contents

and a director of Carrizo Oil & Gas, Inc. (“Carrizo”) (NASDAQ: CRZO) since 2000. He currently serves as Chairman of Carrizo’s Audit Committee and as Lead Independent Director. Mr. Parker also serves on the board and is Chairman of the Audit Committee of Sharps Compliance Corp. (NASDAQ: SMED), a medical waste management services provider. Mr. Parker is also a Trust Director of Camden Property Trust (NYSE: CPT). Previously, Mr. Parker was a director of Triangle Petroleum Corporation from November 2009 to July 2015 and a director of Hercules Offshore Inc. from 2005 to November 2015. Mr. Parker was a founding director for Camden in 1993 and also served as the Lead Independent Trust Manager from 1998 to 2008. In the private sector, Mr. Parker is Chairman of the Board of Edge Resources LTD, Enterprise Offshore Drilling and Norton Ditto. He was a partner at Ernst & Ernst (now Ernst & Young LLP) from 1978 to 1984. Mr. Parker is a graduate of the University of Texas and is a certified public accountant in Texas. Mr. Parker is board certified by the National Association of Corporate Directors (the “NACD”), where he serves as a NACD Board Leadership Fellow.

Mr. Parker has broad knowledge of the energy industry and significant experience as a director on the boards and audit, compensation and corporate governance committees of numerous public and private companies. We believe his skills and experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

A. James Teague D irector Nominee. A. James Teague has been nominated to serve as a member of our board of directors, effective concurrently with this offering. Mr. Teague has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC since January 2016 and has been a Director of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC since July 2008. Mr. Teague previously served as the Chief Operating Officer of Enterprise Products Holdings LLC from November 2010 to December 2015 and served as an Executive Vice President of Enterprise Products Holdings from November 2010 until February 2013. Mr. Teague joined Enterprise in connection with its purchase of certain midstream energy assets from affiliates of Shell Oil Company in 1999. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Teague served as President of Tejas Natural Gas Liquids, LLC, then an affiliate of Shell. From 1997 to 1998, he was President of Marketing and Trading for MAPCO, Inc. Prior to 1997 he spent 22 years with Dow Chemical in various roles including Vice President, Hydrocarbon Feedstocks.

Mr. Teague has broad knowledge of the energy industry and significant operating experience. We believe his skills and industry experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of two members. Prior to the date that our Class A common stock is first traded on the NYSE, we expect to have seven members of our board of directors.

In evaluating director candidates, we will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skills and expertise that are likely to enhance the board’s ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of committees of the board to fulfill their duties of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors.

Our directors will be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Class I, Class II and Class III directors will serve until our annual meetings of stockholders in 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Messrs. Burke and Parker will be assigned to Class I, Messrs. Keenan and Lanham will be assigned to Class II, and Messrs. Giesinger, Teague and Zartler will be assigned to Class III. At each annual meeting of stockholders held after the initial classification, directors will be elected to succeed the class of directors whose terms have expired. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

 

93


Table of Contents

Director Independence

The board of directors is in the process of reviewing the independence of our directors using the independence standards of the NYSE. Currently, we anticipate that our board of directors will determine that each of Messrs. Burke, Giesinger, Keenan, Parker and Teague are independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards currently in effect and that Messrs. Giesinger, Parker and Teague are independent within the meaning of 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

We will establish an audit committee prior to the completion of this offering. Rules implemented by the NYSE and the SEC require us to have an audit committee comprised of at least three directors who meet the independence and experience standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act, subject to transitional relief during the one-year period following the completion of this offering. Our audit committee will initially consist of three directors, Messrs. Giesinger, Parker and Teague, who are independent under the rules of the SEC. As required by the rules of the SEC and listing standards of the NYSE, the audit committee will consist solely of independent directors.

This committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including: the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the audit committee will oversee our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements. We expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and NYSE listing standards.

Compensation Committee

We will establish a compensation committee prior to completion of this offering. We anticipate that the compensation committee will consist of three directors, Messrs. Parker, Keenan and Zartler, of whom Messrs. Parker and Keenan will be “independent” under the rules of the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the NYSE. This committee will establish salaries, incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees. Our compensation committee will also administer our incentive compensation and benefit plans. We expect to adopt a compensation committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC, the PCAOB and applicable stock exchange or market standards.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We will establish a nominating and corporate governance prior to completion of this offering. We anticipate that the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of three directors, Messrs. Zartler, Burke and Keenan, of whom Messrs. Burke and Keenan will be “independent” under the rules of the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the NYSE. This committee will identify, evaluate and recommend qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors; develop and oversee our internal corporate governance processes; and maintain a management succession plan. We expect to adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and NYSE standards.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on our board or compensation committee. No member of our board is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.

 

94


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

 

95


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We are currently considered an “emerging growth company,” within the meaning of the Securities Act, for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules. In accordance with such rules, we are required to provide a Summary Compensation Table and an Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table, as well as limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for our last completed fiscal year. Further, our reporting obligations extend only to our “named executive officers,” who are the individuals who served as our principal executive officer, our next two other most highly compensated officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year and up to two additional individuals who would have been considered one of our next two most highly compensated officers except that such individuals did not serve as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year. Accordingly, our named executive officers are:

 

Name

  

Principal Position

William A. Zartler.

   Founder and Chairman

Kyle Ramachandran

   Chief Financial Officer

Christopher Work

   Former Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Zartler served as our principal executive officer during fiscal year 2016 and began serving as our Chairman and member of our board of directors in February 2017. Mr. Work served as our Chief Financial Officer during fiscal year 2016 before his resignation in 2017.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes, with respect to our named executive officers, information relating to compensation earned for services rendered in all capacities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary ($)      Bonus
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total ($)  

William A. Zartler

(Founder and Chairman)

     2016      $ 240,250      $ 125,000      $ 16,000      $ 381,250  

Kyle Ramachandran

(Chief Financial Officer)

     2016      $ 151,875      $ 50,250      $ 7,748      $ 209,873  

Christopher Work

(Former Chief Financial Officer)

     2016      $ 215,416      $ 60,500      $ 10,876      $ 286,792  

 

(1) Amounts in this column reflect discretionary bonuses earned by our named executive officers for fiscal year 2016.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year-End

None of our named executive officers held outstanding equity-based awards as of December 31, 2016 and, as a result, the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year-End table is not presented here.

Additional Narrative Disclosures

Base Salary

Each named executive officer’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation and does not vary depending on the level of performance achieved. Base salaries are determined for each named executive officer

 

96


Table of Contents

based on his or her position and responsibility. Our board of directors reviews the base salaries for each named executive officer periodically as well as at the time of any promotion or significant change in job responsibilities and, in connection with each review, our board of directors considers individual and company performance over the course of the applicable year. The board of directors has historically made adjustments to base salaries for named executive officers upon consideration of any factors that it deems relevant, including but not limited to: (a) any increase or decrease in the named executive officer’s responsibilities, (b) the named executive officer’s job performance, and (c) the level of compensation paid to senior executives of other companies with whom we compete for executive talent, as estimated based on publicly available information and the experience of members of our board of directors.

Cash Bonuses

We do not maintain a formal bonus program for our named executive officers. However, our named executive officers have historically received discretionary bonuses to recognize their significant contributions and aid in our retention efforts. Based upon a year-end review of certain performance and individual criteria established by our predecessor’s board of managers, it was determined whether each named executive officer was eligible to receive a cash bonus for a given year and the amount of such cash bonus. Bonus payments, if any, were historically made in the year following the fiscal year to which the bonus relates and required that the named executive officer be employed by us through the applicable payment date in order to receive payment. Going forward, our board of directors (or a committee thereof) will determine each named executive officer’s eligibility for an annual cash bonus (whether discretionary or pursuant to a bonus plan we later implement), and the amount of such bonus (if any).

Other Benefits

We offer participation in broad-based retirement, health and welfare plans to all of our employees. We currently maintain a plan intended to provide benefits under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan permits employees to contribute portions of their base compensation into a retirement account in order to encourage all employees, including any participating named executive officers, to save for the future. We provide matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 4% of each employee’s eligible compensation contributed to the plan.

Employment, Severance or Change in Control Agreements

We do not currently maintain any employment, severance or change in control agreements with our named executive officers. In addition, our named executive officers are not currently entitled to any payments or other benefits in connection with a termination of employment or a change in control outside of the potential initial public offering bonuses described below.

We may enter into employment agreements with certain named executive officers in connection with this offering but the terms of such employment agreements and the recipients thereof have not been determined at this time.

IPO Bonuses

We intend to grant certain employees, including our named executive officers, and consultants bonuses in connection with a successful completion of this offering. One portion of the bonuses will be made in a single lump sum cash payment upon the completion of the initial public offering, which will be based on the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and a second portion of the value of the bonuses will be granted to the employees and consultants in the form of restricted stock awards that will be governed by the 2017 Plan described below. The restricted stock awards will be granted at the time that the

 

97


Table of Contents

offering closes. Such awards will consist of restricted stock with an aggregate grant date value equal to $2.9 million for all employees and consultants (including our named executive officers), which represents 178,373 shares of restricted stock (assuming the value of each restricted share is equal to $16.50 (which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus with respect to a share of our common stock)). These restricted stock awards will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Based on an assumed initial offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), we expect that the aggregate amount of the cash portion of such bonus payments will be approximately $5.0 million for all employees and consultants, with William A. Zartler and Kyle S. Ramachandran receiving $1,748,863 and $715,210, respectively. We expect Mr. Zartler and Mr. Ramachandran to receive restricted stock awards with a value of $582,945 and $715,226, respectively, which represents approximately 35,330 and 43,347 shares (based on an assumed initial offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of the prospectus)), respectively. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock would increase or decrease the aggregate amount of the cash portion of such bonus payments by approximately $343,503.

2017 Long Term Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt an omnibus equity incentive plan, the Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc. 2017 Long Incentive Plan (the “2017 Plan”), for the employees, consultants and the directors of the Company and its affiliates who perform services for us. The following description of the 2017 Plan is based on the form we anticipate adopting, but the 2017 Plan has not yet been adopted and the provisions discussed below remain subject to change. As a result, the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final form of the 2017 Plan once adopted. In connection with this offering, we expect to grant awards under the 2017 Plan consisting of (i) restricted stock with an aggregate grant date fair value equal to $2.9 million to certain employees, including our named executive officers, and consultants, as further described in “—IPO Bonuses” above and (ii) restricted stock with an aggregate grant date value equal to $7.3 million to our executive officers, with Gregory A. Lanham and Kyle S. Ramachandran receiving 242,424 and 90,909 shares, respectively (based on an assumed initial offering price of $16.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)), which awards shall vest in three equal annual installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. In addition, we currently anticipate that all outstanding unit options granted under the Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC 2015 Membership Unit Option Plan will be exchanged for substantially equivalent (after giving effect to the reorganization transactions occurring in connection with this offering) options to acquire our Class A common stock under the 2017 Plan. Other than such awards, we do not currently anticipate granting additional awards under the 2017 Plan at this time. The restricted stock awards granted in connection with the initial public offering bonuses described above should be not be interpreted as representative of the 2017 Plan awards that may be granted to our employees and/or directors in the future.

The 2017 Plan will provide for potential grants of: (i) incentive stock options qualified as such under U.S. federal income tax laws (“incentive options”); (ii) stock options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (“nonstatutory options,” and together with incentive options, “options”); (iii) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); (iv) restricted stock awards (“restricted stock awards”); (v) restricted stock units (“restricted stock units” or “RSUs”); (vi) bonus stock (“bonus stock awards”); (vii) performance awards (“performance awards”); (viii) dividend equivalents; (ix) other stock-based awards; (x) cash awards; and (xi) substitute awards (referred to collectively herein with the other awards as the “awards”).

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan.

 

98


Table of Contents

Administration

Our board of directors, or a committee thereof (as applicable, the “Administrator”), will administer the 2017 Plan pursuant to its terms and all applicable state, federal or other rules or laws. The Administrator will have the power to determine to whom and when awards will be granted, determine the amount of awards (measured in cash or in shares of our Class A common stock), proscribe and interpret the terms and provisions of each award agreement (the terms of which may vary), accelerate the vesting or exercisability of an award, delegate duties under the 2017 Plan and execute all other responsibilities permitted or required under the 2017 Plan.

Securities to be Offered

Subject to adjustment in the event of any distribution, recapitalization, split, merger, consolidation or similar corporate event, 4,992,066 shares of our Class A common stock will be available for delivery pursuant to awards under the 2017 Plan. If an award under the 2017 Plan is forfeited, settled for cash or expires without the actual delivery of shares, any shares subject to such award will again be available for new awards under the 2017 Plan.

Types of Awards

Options— We may grant options to eligible persons including: (i) incentive options (only to our employees or those of our subsidiaries) which comply with section 422 of the Code; and (ii) nonstatutory options. The exercise price of each option granted under the 2017 Plan will be stated in the option agreement and may vary; however, the exercise price for an option must not be less than the fair market value per share of Class A common stock as of the date of grant (or 110% of the fair market value for certain incentive options), nor may the option be re-priced without the prior approval of our stockholders. Options may be exercised as the Administrator determines, but not later than ten years from the date of grant. The Administrator will determine the methods and form of payment for the exercise price of an option (including, in the discretion of the Administrator, payment in Class A common stock, other awards or other property) and the methods and forms in which Class A common stock will be delivered to a participant.

SARs— A SAR is the right to receive a share of Class A common stock, or an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of the Class A common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR, as determined by the Administrator. The exercise price of a share of Class A common stock subject to the SAR shall be determined by the Administrator, but in no event shall that exercise price be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the date of grant. The Administrator will have the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of a SAR award.

Restricted stock awards— A restricted stock award is a grant of shares of Class A common stock subject to a risk of forfeiture, performance conditions, restrictions on transferability and any other restrictions imposed by the Administrator in its discretion. Restrictions may lapse at such times and under such circumstances as determined by the Administrator. Except as otherwise provided under the terms of the 2017 Plan or an award agreement, the holder of a restricted stock award will have rights as a stockholder, including the right to vote the Class A common stock subject to the restricted stock award or to receive dividends on the Class A common stock subject to the restricted stock award during the restriction period. The Administrator shall provide, in the restricted stock award agreement, whether the restricted stock will be forfeited upon certain terminations of employment. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, Class A common stock distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, will be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the restricted stock award with respect to which such Class A common stock or other property has been distributed.

Restricted stock units— RSUs are rights to receive Class A common stock, cash, or a combination of both at the end of a specified period. The Administrator may subject RSUs to restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) to be specified in the RSU award agreement, and those restrictions may lapse at such times determined

 

99


Table of Contents

by the Administrator. Restricted stock units may be settled by delivery of Class A common stock, cash equal to the fair market value of the specified number of shares of Class A common stock covered by the RSUs, or any combination thereof determined by the Administrator at the date of grant or thereafter. Dividend equivalents on the specified number of shares of Class A common stock covered by RSUs may be paid on a current, deferred or contingent basis, as determined by the Administrator on or following the date of grant.

Bonus stock awards— The Administrator will be authorized to grant Class A common stock as a bonus stock award. The Administrator will determine any terms and conditions applicable to grants of Class A common stock, including performance criteria, if any, associated with a bonus stock award.

Performance awards— The vesting, exercise or settlement of awards may be subject to achievement of one or more performance criteria set forth in the 2017 Plan. One or more of the following performance criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified subsidiaries, may be used by the Administrator in establishing performance goals for such performance awards: (1) revenues, sales or other income; (2) free cash flow, discretionary cash flow, cash flows from operations, cash flows from investing activities, and/or cash flows from financing activities; (3) return on net assets, return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on capital employed or return on equity; (4) income, operating income or net income; (5) earnings or earnings margin determined before or after any one or more of depletion, depreciation and amortization expense; impairment of inventory and other property and equipment; accretion of discount on asset retirement obligations; interest expense; net gain or loss on the disposition of assets; income or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax; noncash derivative related activity; amortization of stock-based compensation; income taxes; or other items (including but not limited to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA); (6) equity; net worth; tangible net worth; book capitalization; debt; debt, net of cash and cash equivalents; capital budget or other balance sheet goals; (7) debt or equity financings or improvement of financial ratings or leverage ratings; (8) general and administrative expenses; (9) capital expenditures, operating costs or base operating costs; (10) net asset value; (11) fair market value of the Class A common stock, share price, share price appreciation, total stockholder return or payments of dividends; (12) achievement of savings from business improvement projects and achievement of capital projects deliverables; (13) working capital or working capital changes; (14) operating profit or net operating profit; (15) internal research or development programs; (16) geographic business expansion; (17) corporate development (including licenses, innovation, research or establishment of third party collaborations); (18) performance against environmental, ethics or sustainability targets; (19) safety performance and/or incident rate; (20) human resources management targets, including medical cost reductions, employee satisfaction or retention, workforce diversity and time to hire; (21) satisfactory internal or external audits; (22) consummation, implementation or completion of a change in control or other strategic partnerships, transactions, projects, processes or initiatives or other goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures (in whole or in part), joint ventures or strategic alliances; (23) regulatory approvals or other regulatory milestones; (24) legal compliance or risk reduction; (25) market share; (26) economic value added; (27) cost reduction targets; (28) total revenue days; (29) operating ratios or metrics; or (30) customer acquisition or customer retention. The Administrator may also use any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Administrator including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock index or a group of comparable companies. At the time a performance goal is established with respect to an award, the Administrator may also exclude the impact of one or more events or occurrences, as specified by the Administrator, so long such events or occurrences are objective determinable, and further provided that any such adjustment would not cause an award intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code to fail to so qualify.

Performance awards granted to eligible persons who are deemed by the Administrator to be “covered employees” pursuant to section 162(m) of the Code shall be administered in accordance with the rules and regulations issued under section 162(m) of the Code. The Administrator may also impose individual performance criteria on the awards, which, if required for compliance with section 162(m) of the Code, will be approved by our stockholders.

Dividend Equivalents— Dividend equivalents entitle a participant to receive cash, Class A common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of

 

100


Table of Contents

our Class A common stock, or other periodic payments at the discretion of the Administrator. Dividend equivalents may be granted on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than a restricted stock award or a bonus stock award).

Other Stock-Based Awards— Other stock-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of our Class A common stock.

Cash Awards— Cash awards may be granted on a free-standing basis, as an element of or a supplement to, or in lieu of any other award.

Substitute Awards— Awards may be granted in substitution or exchange for any other award granted under the 2017 Plan or under another equity incentive plan or any other right of an eligible person to receive payment from us. Awards may also be granted under the 2017 Plan in substitution for similar awards held for individuals who become participants as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity by or with the Company or one of our affiliates.

Certain Transactions.  If any change is made to our capitalization, such as a stock split, stock combination, stock dividend, exchange of shares or other recapitalization, merger or otherwise, which results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Administrator in the shares subject to an award under the 2017 Plan. The Administrator will also have the discretion to make certain adjustments to awards in the event of a change in control, such as accelerating the vesting or exercisability of awards, requiring the surrender of an award, with or without consideration, or making any other adjustment or modification to the award that the Administrator determines is appropriate in light of such transaction.

Plan Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2017 Plan at any time; however, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or exchange listing standards. The Administrator will not have the authority, without the approval of stockholders, to amend any outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right to reduce its exercise price per share. The 2017 Plan will remain in effect for a period of ten years (unless earlier terminated by our board of directors).

Clawback . All awards under the 2017 Plan will be subject to any clawback or recapture policy adopted by the Company, as in effect from time to time.

Director Compensation

Solaris Inc., the issuer of the Class A common stock in this offering, was formed in February, 2017. No obligations with respect to compensation for directors were accrued or paid during fiscal year 2016 or to date in 2017. Two of the six individuals serving on the board of managers of Solaris LLC received $25,000, and the lead manager received $50,000, for their services on such board of managers during fiscal year 2016.

Going forward, we believe that attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors will be critical to the future value growth and governance of our company. We also believe that a significant portion of the total compensation package for our non-employee directors should be equity-based to align the interest of directors with our stockholders.

We are reviewing the non-employee director compensation packages provided by certain peer companies and intend to implement a non-employee director compensation program in connection with this offering.

Directors who are also our employees will not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors.

 

101


Table of Contents

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in February 2017. Following this offering and the related transactions, we will be a holding company whose sole material asset will consist of membership interests in Solaris LLC. Solaris LLC owns all of the outstanding equity interest in the subsidiaries through which we operate our assets. After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, we will be the sole managing member of Solaris LLC and will be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to Solaris LLC’s business and will consolidate financial results of Solaris LLC and its subsidiaries. The Solaris LLC Agreement will be amended and restated to, among other things, admit Solaris Inc. as the sole managing member of Solaris LLC.

In connection with this offering, (a) all of the membership interests in Solaris LLC held by the Existing Owners, will be converted into (i) a single class of units in Solaris LLC representing in the aggregate 31,624,320 Solaris LLC Units and (ii) the right to receive the distributions of cash and shares of Class B common stock described in clauses (c) and (d) below, (b) Solaris Inc. will issue and contribute 31,624,320 shares of its Class B common stock and all of the net proceeds of this offering to Solaris LLC in exchange for a number of Solaris LLC Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in the offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), (c) Solaris LLC will use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to distribute to the Existing Owners, on a pro rata basis, an aggregate amount of cash equal to 3,030,303 times the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock after underwriting discounts and commissions and (d) Solaris LLC will distribute to each of the Existing Owners one share of Class B common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit such Existing Owner holds. In the event that we increase or decrease the number of shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, (i) the number of Solaris LLC Units and shares of Class B common stock issued to our Existing Owners will correspondingly decrease or increase, respectively, and (ii) the amount of cash distributed to our Existing Owners on a pro rata basis will correspondingly increase or decrease, respectively.

To the extent the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full or in part, Solaris Inc. will contribute the net proceeds therefrom to Solaris LLC in exchange for an additional number of Solaris LLC Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option. Solaris LLC will use any such net proceeds to redeem from the Existing Owners on a pro rata basis a number of Solaris LLC Units (together with an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock) equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

After giving effect to these transactions and the offering contemplated by this prospectus and assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised:

 

    the Existing Owners will own all of the Class B common stock, representing 74.9% of our capital stock (of which, (i) Yorktown will own approximately 46.4% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 34.3% of our capital stock and (ii) William A. Zartler, the Chairman of our board of directors, will beneficially own approximately 40.1% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 29.6% of our capital stock);

 

    Solaris Inc. will own an approximate 25.1% interest in Solaris LLC; and

 

    the Existing Owners will own an approximate 74.9% interest in Solaris LLC.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full:

 

    the Existing Owners will own Class B common stock, representing 71.1% of our capital stock (of which, (i) Yorktown will own approximately 46.4% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 32.6% of our capital stock and (ii) Mr. Zartler will beneficially own approximately 40.1% of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 28.1% of our capital stock);

 

102


Table of Contents
    Solaris Inc. will own an approximate 28.9% interest in Solaris LLC; and

 

    the Existing Owners will own an approximate 71.1% interest in Solaris LLC.

The 12,676,659 shares of Class B common stock that are expected to be beneficially owned by Mr. Zartler following completion of the offering as discussed above includes 11,330,235 shares (or 10,760,576 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of Class B common stock, representing approximately 35.8% of our Class B common stock and 26.5% of our capital stock (or 35.8% of our Class B common stock and 25.1% of our capital stock, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) following completion of this offering, that are held by LSS, an entity that Mr. Zartler may be deemed to control. LSS has advised us that it intends, following completion of this offering, to make a pro rata distribution of all of the shares of Class B common stock and Solaris LLC Units it receives in connection with our Corporate Reorganization on a pro rata basis to its members. In connection with such distribution, it is anticipated that Solaris Energy Capital, a company controlled by Mr. Zartler, will receive 5,584,401 shares (or 5,303,440 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of Class B common stock. Accordingly, following such distribution, it is expected that Mr. Zartler will beneficially own 6,930,825 shares (or 6,582,169 shares, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of Class B common stock, representing approximately 21.9% of our Class B common stock and 16.2% of our capital stock (or 21.9% of our Class B common stock and 15.4% of our capital stock, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) following the completion of this offering and the distribution by LSS. The LSS Distribution will not impact Yorktown’s ownership in us. Additionally, following the distribution, we do not expect any of our Existing Owners other than Yorktown, Solaris Energy Capital and Mr. Zartler to own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Please see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

Each share of Class B common stock has no economic rights but entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. We do not intend to list our Class B common stock on any exchange.

Following this offering, under the Solaris LLC Agreement, each Existing Owner will, subject to certain limitations, have the right, pursuant to the Redemption Right, to cause Solaris LLC to acquire all or a portion of its Solaris LLC Units for, at Solaris LLC’s election, (x) shares of our Class A common stock at a redemption ratio of one share of Class A common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit redeemed, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification and other similar transactions, or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. Alternatively, upon the exercise of the Redemption Right, Solaris Inc. (instead of Solaris LLC) will have the right, pursuant to the Call Right, to acquire each tendered Solaris LLC Unit directly from the exchanging Existing Owner for, at Solaris Inc.’s election, (x) one share of Class A common stock or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. In addition, upon a change of control of Solaris Inc., Solaris Inc. has the right to require each holder of Solaris LLC Units (other than Solaris Inc.) to exercise its Redemption Right with respect to some or all of such unitholder’s Solaris LLC Units. In connection with any redemption of Solaris LLC Units pursuant to the Redemption Right or our Call Right, the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Solaris LLC Agreement.”

The Existing Owners will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register the offer and resale of their shares of Class A common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— Registration Rights Agreement.”

Solaris Inc.’s acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Solaris LLC Units in connection with this offering or pursuant to an exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right are expected

 

103


Table of Contents

to result in adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Solaris LLC and such adjustments will be allocated to Solaris Inc. These adjustments would not have been available to Solaris Inc. absent its acquisition or deemed acquisition of Solaris LLC Units and are expected to reduce the amount of cash tax that Solaris Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

Solaris Inc. will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Holders at the closing of this offering. This agreement will generally provide for the payment by Solaris Inc. to each TRA Holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax and franchise tax that Solaris Inc. actually realizes or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of (i) certain increases in tax basis that occur as a result of Solaris Inc.’s acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of all or a portion of such TRA Holder’s Solaris LLC Units in connection with this offering or pursuant to the exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by Solaris Inc. as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments Solaris Inc. makes under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Solaris Inc. will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings. For additional information regarding the Tax Receivable Agreement, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and our Class A Common Stock” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and the pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

104


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Solaris LLC Agreement

The Solaris LLC Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following description of the Solaris LLC Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.

Redemption Rights

Following this offering, under the Solaris LLC Agreement, the Existing Owners will, subject to certain limitations, have the right, pursuant to the Redemption Right, to cause Solaris LLC to acquire all or a portion of their Solaris LLC Units for, at Solaris LLC’s election, (x) shares of our Class A common stock at a redemption ratio of one share of Class A common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit redeemed, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. Alternatively, upon the exercise of the Redemption Right, Solaris Inc. (instead of Solaris LLC) will have the right, pursuant to the Call Right, to acquire each tendered Solaris LLC Unit directly from the Existing Owners for, Solaris Inc.’s election, (x) one share of Class A common stock or (y) an equivalent amount of cash. In addition, upon a change of control of Solaris Inc., Solaris Inc. has the right to require each holder of Solaris LLC Units (other than Solaris Inc.) to exercise its Redemption Right with respect to some or all of such unitholder’s Solaris LLC Units. As the Existing Owners redeem their Solaris LLC Units, our membership interest in Solaris LLC will be correspondingly increased, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding will be increased, and the number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding will be reduced.

Distributions and Allocations

Under the Solaris LLC Agreement, we will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the holders of Solaris LLC Units and the amount of any such distributions. Following this offering, if we authorize a distribution, such distribution will be made to the holders of Solaris LLC Units generally on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective percentage ownership of Solaris LLC Units.

Solaris LLC will allocate its net income or net loss for each year to the holders of Solaris LLC Units pursuant to the terms of the Solaris LLC Agreement, and the holders of Solaris LLC Units, including Solaris Inc., will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their share of any taxable income of Solaris LLC. Net income and losses of Solaris LLC generally will be allocated to the holders of Solaris LLC Units on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective percentage ownership of Solaris LLC Units, subject to requirements under U.S. federal income tax law that certain items of income, gain, loss or deduction be allocated disproportionately in certain circumstances. To the extent Solaris LLC has available cash and subject to the terms of any future debt instruments, we intend to cause Solaris LLC to make (i) generally pro rata distributions to the holders of Solaris LLC Units, including Solaris Inc., in an amount at least sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that we will enter into with the TRA Holders in connection with the closing of this offering and any subsequent tax receivable agreements that we may enter into in connection with future acquisitions and (ii) non-pro rata payments to Solaris Inc. to reimburse us for our corporate and other overhead expenses.

Issuance of Equity

The Solaris LLC Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise determined by us, at any time Solaris Inc. issues a share of its Class A common stock or any other equity security, the net proceeds received by Solaris Inc. with respect to such issuance, if any, shall be concurrently invested in Solaris LLC, and Solaris LLC shall issue to Solaris Inc. one Solaris LLC Unit or other economically equivalent equity interest. Conversely, if at any time,

 

105


Table of Contents

any shares of Solaris Inc.’s Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired, Solaris LLC shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of Solaris LLC Units held by Solaris Inc., upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired.

Competition

Under the Solaris LLC Agreement, the members have agreed that certain our Existing Owners, including Yorktown, and their respective affiliates will be permitted to engage in business activities or invest in or acquire businesses which may compete with our business or do business with our customers.

Dissolution

Solaris LLC will be dissolved only upon the first to occur of (i) the sale of substantially all of its assets or (ii) an election by us to dissolve the company. Upon dissolution, Solaris LLC will be liquidated and the proceeds from any liquidation will be applied and distributed in the following manner: (a) first, to creditors (including to the extent permitted by law, creditors who are members) in satisfaction of the liabilities of Solaris LLC, (b) second, to establish cash reserves for contingent or unforeseen liabilities and (c) third, to the members in proportion to the number of Solaris LLC Units owned by each of them.

Tax Receivable Agreement

As described in “Corporate Reorganization,” the Existing Owners may redeem their Solaris LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock or cash, as applicable, in the future pursuant to the Redemption Right or the Call Right. Solaris LLC intends to make for itself (and for each of its direct or indirect subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that it controls) an election under Section 754 of the Code that will be effective for the taxable year of this offering and each taxable year in which a redemption of Solaris LLC Units pursuant to the Redemption Right or the Call Right occurs. Pursuant to the Section 754 election, our acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of Solaris LLC Units as a part of the corporate reorganization and redemptions of Solaris LLC Units pursuant to the Redemption Right or the Call Right are expected to result in adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Solaris LLC. These adjustments will be allocated to Solaris Inc. Such adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Solaris LLC would not have been available to Solaris Inc. absent its acquisition or deemed acquisition of Solaris LLC Units as part of the reorganization transactions or pursuant to the exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right. The anticipated basis adjustments are expected to increase (for tax purposes) Solaris Inc.’s depreciation, depletion and amortization deductions and may also decrease Solaris Inc.’s gains (or increase its losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. Such increased deductions and losses and reduced gains may reduce the amount of tax that Solaris Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

Solaris Inc. will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the TRA Holders at the closing of this offering. This agreement will generally provide for the payment by Solaris Inc. to each TRA Holder of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax and franchise tax that Solaris Inc. actually realizes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances in periods after this offering as a result of (i) certain increases in tax basis that occur as a result of Solaris Inc.’s acquisition (or deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of all or a portion of such TRA Holder’s Solaris LLC Units in connection with this offering or pursuant to an exercise of the Redemption Right or the Call Right and (ii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by Solaris Inc. as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments Solaris Inc. makes under the Tax Receivable Agreement. We will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the cash savings. Certain of the TRA Holders’ rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement are transferable in connection with a permitted transfer of Solaris LLC Units or if the TRA Holder no longer holds Solaris LLC Units.

 

106


Table of Contents

The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are Solaris Inc.’s obligations and not obligations of Solaris LLC, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. Estimating the amount and timing of payments that may become due under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, cash savings in tax generally will be calculated by comparing Solaris Inc.’s actual tax liability (determined by using the actual applicable U.S. federal income tax rate and an assumed combined state and local income and franchise tax rate) to the amount it would have been required to pay had it not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of any redemption of Solaris LLC Units, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each redemption, the extent to which such redemptions are taxable transactions, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the U.S. federal income tax rate then applicable, and the portion of Solaris Inc.’s payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable or amortizable tax basis. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, we expect that if the Tax Receivable Agreement were terminated immediately after this offering (assuming $16.50 per share as the initial offering price to the public), the estimated termination payments, based on the assumptions discussed below, would be approximately $169.1 million (calculated using a discount rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 100 basis points, applied against an undiscounted liability of $225.9 million). For more information on the Tax Receivable Agreement, see the pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The foregoing amounts are merely estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments as compared to the foregoing estimates. Moreover, there may be a negative impact on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or (ii) distributions to Solaris Inc. by Solaris LLC are not sufficient to permit Solaris Inc. to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.” The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not be conditioned upon a holder of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement having a continued ownership interest in either Solaris LLC or Solaris Inc.

In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or other relevant tax authorities, to challenge potential tax basis increases or other tax benefits covered under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the TRA Holders will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any such holder will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such holder after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, Solaris Inc. could make payments that are greater than its actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect its liquidity.

The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement. It is expected that payments will continue to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement for more than 20 to 25 years. If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach), we would be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. This payment would equal the present value of hypothetical future payments that could be required to be paid under the Tax Receivable Agreement (determined by applying a discount rate of one-year LIBOR plus 100 basis

 

107


Table of Contents

points). The calculation of hypothetical future payments will be based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including (i) we have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and (ii) any Solaris LLC Units (other than those held by Solaris Inc.) outstanding on the termination date are deemed to be redeemed on the termination date. Any early termination payment may be made significantly in advance of, and may materially exceed, the actual realization, if any, of the future tax benefits to which the termination payment relates.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, whether as a result of (i) our failure to make any payment when due (including in cases where we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, the Tax Receivable Agreement is terminated early due to certain mergers, asset sales, or other forms of business combinations or changes of control or we have available cash but fail to make payments when due under circumstances where we do not have the right to elect to defer the payment, as described below), (ii) our failure to honor any other material obligation under it or (iii) by operation of law as a result of the rejection of the Tax Receivable Agreement in a case commenced under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then the TRA Holders may elect to treat such breach as an early termination, which would cause all our payment and other obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement to be accelerated and become due and payable applying the same assumptions described above.

As a result of either an early termination or a change of control, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that exceed our actual cash tax savings under the Tax Receivable Agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, or other forms of business combinations or changes of control. For example, if we experienced a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated lump-sum payment would be approximately $169.1 million. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Decisions we make in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by the TRA Holders under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following a redemption of Solaris LLC Units may accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before a redemption of Solaris LLC Units may increase the TRA Holders’ tax liability without giving rise to any rights of the TRA Holders to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Such effects and such consent rights may result in differences or conflicts of interest between the interests of the TRA Holders and other stockholders.

Payments generally are due under the Tax Receivable Agreement within five business days following the finalization of the schedule with respect to which the payment obligation is calculated. However, interest on such payments will begin to accrue from the due date (without extensions) of our U.S. federal income tax return for the period to which such payments relate until such payment due date at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 150 basis points. Except in cases where we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early or it is otherwise terminated as described above, generally we may elect to defer payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement if we do not have available cash to satisfy our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement or if our contractual obligations limit our ability to make these payments. Any such deferred payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will accrue interest from the due date for such payment until the payment date at a rate of one-year LIBOR plus 550 basis points. However, interest will accrue from the due date for such payment until the payment date at a rate of one-year LIBOR plus 150 basis points if we are unable to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by existing credit agreements. We have no present intention to defer payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of Solaris LLC to make distributions to us in an amount

 

108


Table of Contents

sufficient to cover our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. This ability, in turn, may depend on the ability of Solaris LLC’s subsidiaries to make distributions to it. The ability of Solaris LLC, its subsidiaries and other entities in which it directly or indirectly holds an equity interest to make such distributions will be subject to, among other things, (i) the applicable provisions of Delaware law (or other applicable jurisdiction) that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution and (ii) restrictions in relevant debt instruments issued by Solaris LLC or its subsidiaries and/other entities in which it directly or indirectly holds an equity interest. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

The form of the Tax Receivable Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the Tax Receivable Agreement is qualified by reference thereto.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of the Existing Owners, including Yorktown, Solaris Energy Capital and certain members of our management team (the “Initial Holders”). Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to register the sale of shares of our Class A common stock under certain circumstances.

Demand Rights

At any time after the 180 day lock-up period described in “Underwriting,” and subject to the limitations set forth below, any Initial Holder (or its permitted transferees) has the right to require us by written notice to prepare and file a registration statement registering the offer and sale of a certain number of its shares of Class A common stock. Generally, we are required to file such registration statement within 15 days of such written notice. Subject to certain exceptions, we will not be obligated to effect a demand registration within 90 days after the closing of any underwritten offering of shares of our Class A common stock.

We are also not obligated to effect any demand registration in which the amount of Class A common stock to be registered has an aggregate value of less than $35 million. Once we are eligible to effect a registration on Form S-3, any such demand registration may be for a shelf registration statement. We will be required to use all commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of any such registration statement until all shares covered by such registration statement have been sold.

In addition, any Initial Holder (or its permitted transferees) then able to effectuate a demand registration has the right to require us, subject to certain limitations, to effect a distribution of any or all of its shares of Class A common stock by means of an underwritten offering.

Piggyback Rights

Subject to certain exceptions, if at any time we propose to register an offering of common stock or conduct an underwritten offering, whether or not for our own account, then we must notify the Initial Holders (or their permitted transferees) of such proposal at least five business days before the anticipated filing date or commencement of the underwritten offering, as applicable, to allow them to include a specified number of their shares in that registration statement or underwritten offering, as applicable.

Conditions and Limitations; Expenses

These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration and our right to delay or withdraw a

 

109


Table of Contents

registration statement under certain circumstances. We will generally pay all registration expenses in connection with our obligations under the registration rights agreement, regardless of whether a registration statement is filed or becomes effective.

Historical Transactions with Affiliates

Promissory Notes

In 2014, Solaris LLC amended its Limited Liability Company Agreement to authorize Solaris LLC to issue membership units at a value of $100 per unit in exchange for a promissory note. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, Solaris LLC issued 0 and 66,103 units, respectively, in exchange for notes receivable to certain members of management. In August 2015, a former employee assigned us 10,526 units previously purchased with proceeds from a promissory note in exchange for a release of the applicable promissory note. In November 2016, a former employee that was previously assigned 8,701 units paid off the applicable promissory note in cash. The promissory notes were partial recourse, accrued interest at 6% per annum and matured through various dates during 2022. Principal and accrued interest were due and payable upon the earlier of employee termination or the maturity date of the note. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal and accrued interest for the notes totaled $4.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which is recorded in members’ equity as the notes were originally received in exchange for the issuance of membership units. As of March 14, 2017, the promissory notes that were issued to our directors and executive officers have been repaid and terminated.

Solaris Energy Management, LLC

On November 22, 2016 we entered into an administrative services arrangement with Solaris Energy Management LLC (“SEM”), a company partially-owned by William A. Zartler, the Chairman of our board of directors, for the provision of certain personnel and administrative services to us at cost. The services provided by SEM, include, but are not limited to, executive management functions, accounting and bookkeeping and treasury. In addition, SEM provides office space, equipment and supplies to us under the administrative service agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid SEM $0.3 million for these services. Contemporaneously with or prior to the completion of this offering, certain employees of SEM will become our employees, and we intend to amend and restate the administrative service agreement in its entirety. We will also hire new employees to perform duties previously provided by SEM, though we may continue to utilize office space under the administrative service agreement or receive certain other administrative services from SEM.

Our predecessor’s employees also provided consulting and advisory services to Solaris Water Operations, LLC (“Solaris Water”), a company owned by William A. Zartler, the Chairman of our board of directors. The company received $0.3 million from Solaris Water for the provision of services between February 2016 and July 2016. We do not expect our employees to provide services to Solaris Water following the completion of this offering.

Corporate Reorganization

In connection with our corporate reorganization, we engaged in certain transactions with certain affiliates and the members of Solaris LLC. Please read “Corporation Reorganization.”

Policies and Procedures for Review of Related Party Transactions

A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:

 

    any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors;

 

110


Table of Contents
    any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Class A common stock;

 

    any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Class A common stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of our Class A common stock; and

 

    any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10.0% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

Our board of directors will adopt a written related party transactions policy prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, our audit committee will review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the Related Party Transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions. In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a Related Party Transaction, our audit committee shall take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the Related Party Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and (ii) the extent of the Related Person’s interest in the transaction. Furthermore, the policy requires that all Related Party Transactions required to be disclosed in our filings with the SEC be so disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

111


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that, upon the consummation of this offering and transactions related thereto, will be owned by:

 

    each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our outstanding voting securities;

 

    each member of our board of directors and each of our director nominees;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective 5% or more stockholders, directors or executive officers, as the case may be. Unless otherwise noted, the mailing address of each listed beneficial owner is 9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 900, Houston, Texas 77024.

The table does not reflect any Class A common stock that directors and officers may purchase in this offering through the directed share program described under “Underwriting.”

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
(Assuming No Exercise of the Underwriters’
Over-Allotment Option)(1)
    Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
(Assuming the Underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option
is Exercised in Full)(1)
 
    Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    Combined Voting
Power(2)
    Class A
Common Stock
    Class B
Common Stock
    Combined Voting
Power(2)
 
    Number     %     Number     %     Number     %     Number     %     Number     %     Number     %  

5% Stockholders:

                       

Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. (3)

    —         —         14,678,651       46.4     14,678,651       34.3     —         —         13,940,641       46.4     13,940,641       32.6

Loadcraft Site Services LLC (4)(5)

    —         —         11,330,235       35.8     11,330,235       26.5     —         —         10,760,576       35.8     10,760,576       25.1

Solaris Energy Capital, LLC (5)(6)

    —         —         5,942,762       18.8     5,942,762       13.9     —         —         5,643,784       18.8     5,643,784       13.2

Directors, Director Nominees and Named Executive Officers:

                       

Gregory A. Lanham

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Kyle S. Ramachandran (5)

    —         —         739,352       2.3     739,352       1.7     —         —         702,133       2.3     702,133       1.6

William A. Zartler (5)(6)

    —         —         12,676,659       40.1     12,676,659       29.6     —         —         12,039,305       40.1     12,039,305       28.1

James R. Burke (5)(7)

    10,629       *       77,125       0.2     87,753       0.2     10,629       *       73,256       0.2     83,885       0.2

Edgar R. Giesinger

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

W. Howard Keenan, Jr.

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

F. Gardner Parker

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

A. James Teague

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons) (5)(6) (8)(9)

    80,374       *       13,725,955       43.4     13,806,329       32.2     80,374       *       13,035,780       43.4     13,116,154       30.6

 

* Less than 1%
(1) Subject to the terms of the Solaris LLC Agreement, each Existing Owner will, subject to certain limitations, have the right to cause Solaris LLC to acquire all or a portion of its Solaris LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock at a redemption ratio of one share of Class A common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit redeemed. In connection with such acquisition, the corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Solaris LLC Agreement.” Pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, a person has beneficial ownership of a security as to which that person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise has or shares voting power and/or investment power of such security and as to which that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within 60 days. The Company has the option to deliver cash in lieu of shares of Class A common stock upon exercise by a Solaris Unit Holder of its redemption right. As a result, beneficial ownership of Class B common stock and Solaris LLC Units is not reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which such units and stock may be redeemed.
(2)

Represents percentage of voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together as a single class. The Existing Owners will hold one share of Class B common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit that they own. Each share of Class B common stock has no economic rights, but entitles the holder thereof to one

 

112


Table of Contents
 

vote for each Solaris Unit held by such holder. Accordingly, the Existing Owners collectively have a number of votes in Solaris Inc. equal to the number of Solaris LLC Units that they hold. See “Corporation Reorganization,” “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock” and “—Class B Common Stock.”

(3) Yorktown X Company LP is the sole general partner of Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. Yorktown X Associates LLC is the sole general partner of Yorktown X Company LP. As a result, Yorktown X Associates LLC may be deemed to share the power to vote or direct the vote or to dispose or direct the disposition of the shares owned by Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. Yorktown X Company LP and Yorktown X Associates LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. in excess of their pecuniary interest therein. W. Howard Keenan, Jr. is a manager of Yorktown X Associates LLC. Mr. Keenan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. The address for Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. is 410 Park Avenue, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
(4) SEC Loadcraft Management LLC (“Loadcraft Management”) is the sole manager of Loadcraft Site Services LLC (“LSS”) and has the authority to vote or dispose of the shares held by LSS in its sole discretion. The sole manager of Loadcraft Management is William A. Zartler. As a result, Mr. Zartler may be deemed to share the power to vote or direct the vote or to dispose or direct the disposition of the shares owned by LSS. Mr. Zartler disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by LSS in excess of his pecuniary interest therein.
(5) Following the completion of this offering, LSS has advised us that it intends to make a pro rata distribution of all of the Solaris LLC Units and shares of our Class B common stock it receives in connection with our Corporate Reorganization on a pro rata basis to its members. In connection with such distribution, it is anticipated that Mr. Ramachandran will receive 444,141 shares of Class B common stock, Mr. Burke will receive 77,125 shares of Class B common stock, Ms. Durrett will receive 232,819 shares of Class B common stock and Solaris Energy Capital, a company controlled by Mr. Zartler, will receive 5,584,401 shares of Class B common stock. Because such individuals expect to receive the Class B shares within 60 days of the closing of the offering of our shares of Class A common stock, these shares have been included in the table.
(6) Mr. Zartler is the sole member of Solaris Energy Capital and has the authority to vote or dispose of the shares held by Solaris Energy Capital in his sole discretion. Mr. Zartler disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Solaris Energy Capital in excess of his pecuniary interest therein.
(7) Includes options to purchase 10,629 shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $2.87 per share exercisable by James R. Burke within the next 60 days.
(8) Includes options to purchase 80,374 shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $2.87 per share exercisable by certain of our executive officers and directors within the next 60 days.
(9) Does not include 531,355 restricted shares of our Class A common stock to be granted to certain of our executive officers and directors in connection with the consummation of this offering. See “Executive Compensation—IPO Bonuses” and “Executive Compensation—2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

 

113


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon completion of this offering, the authorized capital stock of Solaris Inc. will consist of 600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 10,600,000 shares will be issued and outstanding, 180,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 31,624,320 shares will be issued and outstanding and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares will be issued and outstanding.

The following summary of the capital stock and amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Solaris Inc. does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Class A Common Stock

Voting Rights. Holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Dividend Rights. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to ratably receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any prior rights and preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any of our outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Other Matters. The shares of Class A common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A common stock, including the Class A common stock offered in this offering, are fully paid and non-assessable.

Class B Common Stock

Generally. In connection with the reorganization and this offering, each Existing Owner will receive one share of Class B common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit that it holds. Accordingly, each Existing Owner will have a number of votes in Solaris Inc. equal to the aggregate number of Solaris LLC Units that it holds.

Voting Rights. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights. Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends, unless the dividend consists of shares of our Class B common stock or of rights, options, warrants or

 

114


Table of Contents

other securities convertible or exercisable into or redeemable for shares of Class B common stock paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class B common stock and a dividend consisting of shares of Class A common stock or of rights, options, warrants or other securities convertible or exercisable into or redeemable for shares of Class A common stock on the same terms is simultaneously paid to the holders of Class A common stock. Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of Solaris Inc.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to establish and to issue from time to time one or more classes or series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, covering up to an aggregate of 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Each class or series of preferred stock will have the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions determined by the board of directors, which may include, among others, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, voting rights, conversion rights, preemptive rights and redemption rights. Except as provided by law or in a preferred stock designation, the holders of preferred stock will not be entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of Delaware law, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisitions of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection and our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation, including those whose securities are listed for trading on the NYSE, from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    the transaction is approved by the board of directors before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

    on or after such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

115


Table of Contents

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock.

Among other things, upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

    establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our amended and restated bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting;

 

    provide our board of directors the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock. This ability makes it possible for our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company;

 

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

 

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law or, if applicable, the rights of holders of a series of preferred stock, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

    provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such stockholders, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such series;

 

    provide that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class;

 

    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may only be called by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships;

 

    provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms, other than directors which may be elected by holders of preferred stock, if any. This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors;

 

    provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all then outstanding common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to remove any or all of the directors from office and such removal may only be for cause; and

 

    provide that our amended and restated bylaws can be amended by the board of directors.

 

116


Table of Contents

Corporate Opportunity

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the extent permitted by law:

 

    the Designated Parties have the right to, and have no duty to abstain from, exercising such right to, conduct business with any business that is competitive or in the same line of business as us, do business with any of our clients or customers, or invest or own any interest publicly or privately in, or develop a business relationship with, any business that is competitive or in the same line of business as us;

 

    if the Designated Parties acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty to offer such corporate opportunity to us; and

 

    we have renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, such corporate opportunities.

Forum Selection

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:

 

    any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

    any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders;

 

    any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or

 

    any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee of ours that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and to have consented to, this forum selection provision. Although we believe these provisions will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could rule that this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the DGCL. Delaware law provides that directors of a company will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liabilities:

 

    for any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

117


Table of Contents
    for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of these provisions will be prospective only and would not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions that occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal or modification.

Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also will permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of that person’s actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and future directors and officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision that will be in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Registration Rights

For a description of registration rights with respect to our Class A common stock, see the information under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We have been approved to list our Class A common stock for quotation on the NYSE under the symbol “SOI.”

 

118


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sales of Restricted Shares

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock. Of these shares, all of the 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock (or 12,190,000 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised) to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All remaining shares of Class A common stock held by existing stockholders will be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

Each Existing Owner will, subject to certain limitations, have the right, pursuant to the Redemption Right, to cause Solaris LLC to acquire all or a portion of its Solaris LLC Units. Upon the exercise of the Redemption Right, Solaris LLC (or Solaris Inc., if it exercises the Call Right) will acquire each such Solaris LLC Unit for one share of Class A common stock (or, if Solaris Inc. or Solaris LLC, as applicable, so elects, an equivalent amount of cash). Upon consummation of this offering, the Existing Owners will hold 31,624,320 Solaris LLC Units (30,034,320 Solaris LLC Units if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), all of which (together with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) will be redeemable for 31,624,320 shares of our Class A common stock (30,034,320 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— Solaris LLC Agreement.” The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such redemptions would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 described below. However, upon the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of the Existing Owners that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our Class A common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

    no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus or prior to 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

    31,624,320 shares (30,034,320 shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701.

Lock-up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and certain of the Existing Owners have agreed not to sell any Class A common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and extensions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

 

119


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least sixth months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person (who has been unaffiliated for at least the past three months) who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Stock Issued Under Employee Plans

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register stock issuable under our long-term incentive plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

120


Table of Contents

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the acquisition and holding of shares of common stock by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), non-U.S. plans (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) or other plans that are not subject to the foregoing but may be subject to provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of ERISA or the Code (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

This summary is based on the provisions of ERISA and the Code (and related regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations) as of the date of this registration statement. This summary does not purport to be complete, and no assurance can be given that future legislation, court decisions, regulations, rulings or pronouncements will not significantly modify the requirements summarized below. Any of these changes may be retroactive and may thereby apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of their enactment or release. This discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive, nor should it be construed as investment or legal advice.

General Fiduciary Matters

ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an “ERISA Plan”) and prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the administration of an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of an ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.

In considering an investment in shares of common stock with a portion of the assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should consider the Plan’s particular circumstances and all of the facts and circumstances of the investment and determine whether the acquisition and holding of shares of common stock is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, or any Similar Law relating to the fiduciary’s duties to the Plan, including, without limitation:

 

    whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

    whether, in making the investment, the ERISA Plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;

 

    whether the investment is permitted under the terms of the applicable documents governing the Plan;

 

    whether the acquisition or holding of the shares of common stock will constitute a “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (please see discussion under “—Prohibited Transaction Issues” below); and

 

    whether the Plan will be considered to hold, as plan assets, (i) only shares of common stock or (ii) an undivided interest in our underlying assets (please see the discussion under “—Plan Asset Issues” below).

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be

 

121


Table of Contents

subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engages in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes, penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition and/or holding of shares of common stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which the issuer, the initial purchaser, or a guarantor is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption.

Because of the foregoing, shares of common stock should not be acquired or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such acquisition and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Plan Asset Issues

Additionally, a fiduciary of a Plan should consider whether the Plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that we would become a fiduciary of the Plan and our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.

The Department of Labor (the “DOL”) regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which ERISA Plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets generally would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

 

  (a) the equity interests acquired by ERISA Plans are “publicly-offered securities” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., the equity interests are part of a class of securities that is widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, are freely transferable, and are either registered under certain provisions of the federal securities laws or sold to the ERISA Plan as part of a public offering under certain conditions;

 

  (b) the entity is an “operating company” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service, other than the investment of capital, either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

 

  (c) there is no significant investment by “benefit plan investors” (as defined in the DOL regulations)—i.e., immediately after the most recent acquisition by an ERISA Plan of any equity interest in the entity, less than 25% of the total value of each class of equity interest (disregarding certain interests held by persons (other than benefit plan investors) with discretionary authority or control over the assets of the entity or who provide investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, and any affiliates thereof) is held by ERISA Plans, IRAs and certain other Plans (but not including governmental plans, foreign plans and certain church plans), and entities whose underlying assets are deemed to include plan assets by reason of a Plan’s investment in the entity.

Due to the complexity of these rules and the excise taxes, penalties and liabilities that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering acquiring and/or holding shares of our common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the acquisition and holding of shares of common stock. Purchasers of shares of common stock have the exclusive responsibility for ensuring that their acquisition and holding of shares of common stock complies with the fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA and does not violate the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA, the Code or applicable Similar Laws. The sale of shares of common stock to a Plan is in no respect a representation by us or any of our affiliates or representatives that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by any such Plan or that such investment is appropriate for any such Plan.

 

122


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below), that holds our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

    qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund);

 

    dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

 

    traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

 

    persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons that acquired our Class A common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and

 

    persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

123


Table of Contents
    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, we urge partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our Class A common stock to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by such partnership.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not plan to make any distributions on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. However, in the event we do make distributions of cash or other property on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our Class A common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A common stock. See “—Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock.” Subject to the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to effectively connected dividends, each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). Such effectively connected dividends will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying eligibility for exemption. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “—Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met;

 

124


Table of Contents
    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or

 

    our Class A common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes whose gain is described in the second bullet point above, then such gain would also be included in its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which may be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect to become a USRPHC for the foreseeable future. However, in the event that we become a USRPHC, as long as our Class A common stock is and continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owns, or owned at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A common stock, more than 5% of our Class A common stock will be taxable on gain realized on the disposition of our Class A common stock as a result of our status as a USRPHC. If we were to become a USRPHC and our Class A common stock were not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market, such holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock (as described in the preceding paragraph), and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).

Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock effected

 

125


Table of Contents

outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our Class A common stock effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our Class A common stock and on the gross proceeds from a disposition of our Class A common stock (if such disposition occurs after December 31, 2018), in each case if paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners); (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E); or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

 

126


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                 , 2017, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of Class A common stock:

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co. Securities, Inc.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Seaport Global Securities LLC

  

Wunderlich Securities, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     10,600,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 1,590,000 additional shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of Class A common stock.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock initially at the initial public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $                 per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $                 per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters may change the initial public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses that we will pay:

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without
Option
     With
Option
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

Paid by us

   $               $               $               $           

Expenses payable by us

   $      $      $      $  

We estimate that our out-of-pocket expenses for this offering will be approximately $3.1 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $30,000 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

 

127


Table of Contents

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of Class A common stock being offered.

In connection with this offering, we agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Each of our officers and directors, Yorktown and Solaris Energy Capital have agreed in connection with this offering that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release the common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release and the number of shares of common stock or other securities for which the release is being requested.

The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus (excluding the shares of Class A common stock that may be issued upon the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional Class A common Stock) for sale to our employees, executive officers, directors, business associates and related persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing Class A common stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. Any shares sold in the directed share program to directors and executive officers will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period described above.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have been approved for listing of our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “SOI.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters will undertake to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have from time to time performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for us and for our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received and would receive customary compensation.

 

128


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class A common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

    In passive market making, market makers in the Class A common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our Class A common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

129


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

EEA Restriction

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the “Shares”) may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to legal entities which are qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

(b) by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to United Kingdom Investors

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The Shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such Shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

130


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of our Class A common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare

 

131


Table of Contents

and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of our Class A common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing our Class A common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

    the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase our Class A common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions ,

 

    the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 - Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations ,

 

    where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

 

    the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that is the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105 – Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of our Class A common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the our Class A common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of our Class A common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

 

132


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc. as of February 2, 2017, included in this prospectus has been audited by BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statement has been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC, Predecessor, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been included herein in reliance upon the report of BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of this contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. A copy of the registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Copies of these materials may be obtained from such office, upon payment of a duplicating fee. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to full information requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm.

 

133


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page(s)  

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

  

Introduction

     F-2  

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016

     F-3  

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2016

     F-4  

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-5  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-8  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-9  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-10  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

     F-11  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-12  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-13  

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-29  

Balance Sheet as of February 2, 2017

     F-30  

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-31  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Introduction

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc. (the “Company” or “Solaris Inc.”) is a newly-formed Delaware corporation formed by Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC (“Solaris LLC”) to engage in the manufacturing and rental of patented mobile proppant management systems that unload, store and deliver proppant at oil and natural gas well sites. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements of the Company reflect the historical consolidated results of Solaris LLC, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the following transactions, which are described in further detail below, as if they had occurred on December 31, 2016, for unaudited pro forma balance sheet purposes, and on January 1, 2016, for unaudited pro forma statement of operations purposes:

 

    the Corporate Reorganization described under “Corporate Reorganization” elsewhere in this prospectus;

 

    the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock and the use of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds” (the “Offering”). The net proceeds from the sale of the Class A common stock are expected to be $161.3 million (based on an assumed initial offering price of $16.50, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), net of underwriting discounts of approximately $10.5 million and other offering costs of $3.1 million; and

 

    in the case of the unaudited consolidated pro forma statement of operations, a provision for corporate income taxes at an effective rate of 38.1%, inclusive of all U.S. federal, state and local income taxes.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Company is based on the historical consolidated balance sheet of Solaris LLC as of December 31, 2016 and includes pro forma adjustments to give effect to the described transactions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2016. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Company are based on the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of Solaris LLC for the year ended December 31, 2016, having been adjusted to give effect to the described transactions as if they occurred on January 1, 2016.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that the Company will be taxed as a corporation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as a result, will become a tax-paying entity subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes, and should be read in conjunction with “Corporate Reorganization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and with the audited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of Solaris LLC, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma data presented reflect events directly attributable to the described transactions and certain assumptions the Company believes are reasonable. The pro forma data are not necessarily indicative of financial results that would have been attained had the described transactions occurred on the dates indicated above or which could be achieved in the future because they necessarily exclude various operating expenses, such as incremental general and administrative expenses associated with being a public company. The adjustments are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. Therefore, the actual adjustments may differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions as contemplated and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2016

 

    Historical
Solaris Oilfield
Infrastructure,
LLC
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Solaris Oilfield
Infrastructure, Inc.
 
    (in thousands)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash

  $ 3,568     $ 111,772       (a)     $ 115,340  

Accounts receivable, net

    4,510       —           4,510  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    403       —           403  

Inventories

    1,365       —           1,365  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current assets

    9,846       111,772         121,618  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

    54,350       —           54,350  

Goodwill

    13,004       —           13,004  

Deferred tax assets

    —         51,774       (b)       51,774  

Intangible assets, net

    36       —           36  

Deferred financing costs

    —         100       (c)       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 77,236     $ 163,646       $ 240,882  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and members’ equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 705     $ —         $ 705  

Accrued liabilities

    2,144       (32     (b)       2,112  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    26       —           26  

Current portion of notes payable

    169       —           169  

Current portion of senior secured credit facility

    31       (31     (c)       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    3,075       (63       3,012  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

    213       —           213  

Notes payable, net of current portion

    282       —           282  

Senior secured credit facility, net of current portion

    2,320       (2,320     (c     —    

Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement

    —         19,753       (b     19,753  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    5,890       17,370         23,260  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Members’ equity

    71,346       (71,346     (d     —    

Shareholders’ equity:

       

Preferred stock

    —         —           —    

Common stock

    —         —           —    

Class A

    —         106       (d     106  

Class B

    —         —           —    

Additional paid-in capital

    —         81,832       (e     81,832  

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

    —         (3,300     (f     (3,300
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    —         7,292         78,638  

Noncontrolling interest

    —         138,984       (g     138,984  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

    71,346       146,276         217,622  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 77,236     $ 163,646       $ 240,882  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma

consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

 

    Historical
Solaris Oilfield
Infrastructure,
LLC
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Solaris Oilfield
Infrastructure,
Inc.
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue

       

Proppant system rental

  $ 14,594     $     —         $ 14,594  

Proppant system services

    3,563       —           3,563  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total revenue

    18,157       —           18,157  

Operating costs and expenses

       

Cost of proppant system rental (excluding $3,352 of depreciation and amortization, shown separately)

    1,431       —           1,431  

Cost of proppant system services (excluding $160 of depreciation and amortization, shown separately)

    4,916       —           4,916  

Depreciation and amortization

    3,792       —           3,792  

Salaries, benefits and payroll taxes

    3,061       5,393     (a)     8,454  

Selling, general and administrative (excluding $280 of depreciation and amortization, shown separately)

    2,096       —           2,096  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    15,296       5,393         20,689  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    2,861       (5,393       (2,532
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Interest expense

    (23     (187   (b)     (210

Other income (expense)

    8       —           8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    (15     (187       (202
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

    2,846       (5,580       (2,734

Income tax expense (benefit)

    43       (1,705   (c)     (1,662
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

    2,803       (3,875       (1,072

Less: Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

    —         (1,959   (d)     (1,959
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable To Stockholders

  $ 2,803     $ (5,834     $ (3,031
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net Income Per Common Share (e)

       

Basic

        $ (0.29

Diluted

        $ (0.29

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding (e)

       

Basic

          10,600,000  

Diluted

          10,600,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited pro forma

consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS AND ASSUMPTIONS

The Company made the following adjustments and assumptions in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet:

 

  (a) Reflects the following:

 

  i. estimated gross proceeds of $174.9 million from the issuance and sale of 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock based on an assumed initial offering price of $16.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, net of underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $10.5 million, in the aggregate;

 

  ii. use of cash to fund additional estimated expenses related to the Offering of approximately $3.1 million;

 

  iii. use of cash to fund a one-time $5.0 million payment of cash bonuses to certain employees and consultants;

 

  iv. use of cash to fund a $47.0 million distribution to the Existing Owners;

 

  v. $3.0 million of additional borrowings under our Credit Facility that were made in April 2017;

 

  vi. use of cash to fund the repayment of $5.5 million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility;

 

  vii. use of cash to fund $0.1 million of fees related to the amendment to our Credit Facility; and

 

  viii. $5.1 million of cash received from the repayment of promissory notes due to Solaris and related interest.

 

  (b) Reflects adjustments to give effect to tax adjustments associated with the Corporate Reorganization and adjustments to give effect to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”). We will record an aggregate increase of $51.8 million in deferred tax assets (or $61.9 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) based on the following assumptions:

 

  i. We will record $28.6 million in deferred tax assets (or $26.5 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) for the estimated income tax effects of the differences in the tax basis and the books basis of the assets owned by Solaris Inc. following the completion of the Corporate Reorganization. We will also record $23.2 million (or $35.4 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) in deferred tax assets associated with Solaris Inc.’s deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes of Solaris Units in connection with this offering;

 

  ii. We will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit of $23.2 million (or $35.4 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), or $19.8 million, associated with Solaris Inc.’s deemed acquisition for U.S. federal income tax purposes of Solaris Units in connection with this offering as a payable to related parties pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; and

 

  iii. We will record a reduction of $32,000 in accrued franchise tax as a result of the estimated income tax effects of the differences in the tax basis and the books basis of the assets owned by Solaris Inc. following the completion of the Corporate Reorganization.

The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  (c) Reflects the following adjustments related to the amendment of the Credit Facility:

 

  i. $0.1 million of deferred financing costs related to the amendment of our Credit Facility, as described in note (a)(vii) above;

 

  ii. additional borrowings of $3.0 million under our Credit Facility that were made in April 2017, as described in note (a)(v) above; and

 

  iii. repayment of $5.5 million of outstanding borrowings, which includes $2.5 million of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2016 and the additional $3.0 million of borrowings made under our Credit Facility in April 2017, as described in note (a)(vi) above.

 

  (d) Represents an adjustment to members’/stockholders’ equity reflecting:

 

  i. par value of $0.1 million for 10,600,000 shares of Class A common stock to be outstanding following this offering; and

 

  ii. a decrease of $71.3 million in members’ equity, which includes a $5.1 million repayment of promissory notes due to Solaris and related interest, as described in note (a)(viii) above, to allocate a portion of Solaris Inc.’s equity to the non-controlling interest.

 

  (e) Represents the effect of:

 

  i. the issuance of shares of Class A common stock in this Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom of $101.6 million;

 

  ii. the net impact of $30.3 million related to the recording of deferred tax assets and the payable related to the Corporate Reorganization and the Tax Receivable Agreement, as described under note (b)(i) and (b)(ii) above and note (f)(ii) below;

 

  iii. a $47.0 million distribution to the Existing Owners as described in note (a)(iv) above; and

 

  iv. estimated expenses related to the Offering of approximately $3.1 million as described in note (a)(ii) above.

The total pro forma adjustment to additional paid-in capital is an increase of $81.8 million.

 

  (f) Represent the effect of:

 

  i. a one-time $5.0 million payment of cash bonuses to certain employees and consultants, as described in note (a)(iii) above; and

 

  ii. an income tax benefit of $1.7 million as a result of the estimated income tax effects of the differences in the tax basis and the books basis of the assets owned by Solaris Inc. following the completion of the Corporate Reorganization.

 

  (g) Represents non-controlling interest due to consolidation of financial results of Solaris LLC. As described in “Our Corporate Structure,” Solaris Inc. will become the sole managing member of Solaris LLC. Solaris Inc. will initially have a minority economic interest in Solaris LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control over the management of Solaris LLC.

The Company made the following adjustments and assumptions in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations:

 

  (a) Reflects the amortization of restricted stock compensation expense of $5.4 million related to the vesting of restricted shares of our Class A common stock that are expected to be issued in connection with this offering.

 

  (b) Reflects the following adjustments related to the amendment of the Credit Facility:

 

  i. The expense of debt issuance costs of $0.1 million related to the Advance Loan Facility that will be terminated in connection with the amendment to our Credit Facility; and

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  ii. $38,000 of unused commitment fees, as a result of the repayment of $5.5 million of outstanding borrowings in connection with the Offering and the amendment to our Credit Facility.

On a pro forma basis, there would have been no outstanding borrowings under Solaris LLC’s credit facility as of January 1, 2016.

 

  (c) Reflects estimated incremental income tax provision of $1.7 million associated with the Company’s historical results of operations assuming the Company’s earnings had been subject to federal income tax as a subchapter C corporation using a statutory tax rate of approximately 38.1% and based on the Company’s ownership of 25.1% (28.9% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full) of Solaris LLC following completion of this offering. This rate is inclusive of U.S. federal and state income taxes.

 

  (d) Reflects the reduction in consolidated net income attributable to noncontrolling interest for Solaris LLC’s historical results of operations. Upon completion of the Corporate Reorganization, the noncontrolling interest will be approximately 74.9% (71.1% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full).

 

  (e) Basic earnings per share measures the performance of an entity over the reporting period. Diluted EPS measures the performance of an entity over the reporting period while giving effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the period. The Company uses the “if-converted” method to determine the potential dilutive effect of its Class B Common Stock. On a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2016, Class B Common Stock was not recognized in dilutive earnings per share calculations as they would have been antidilutive.

In addition, we have provided the below calculation to present the net impact on earnings per share assuming that all Solaris LLC Units and shares of Class B common stock are exchanged for shares of Class A common stock. Such exchange is affected by the allocation of income or loss associated with the exchange of Solaris LLC Units and shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock. Giving effect to the exchange of all Solaris LLC Units and shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock, 623,827 restricted shares of our Class A common stock expected to be issued in connection with the successful completion of this offering under our long-term incentive plan and 591,261 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options to be issued in connection with the successful completion of this offering, diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share available to Class A common stock would be computed as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2016
 
     in thousands  

Pro forma loss before income taxes

   $ (2,734

Adjusted pro forma income taxes (a)

     873  
  

 

 

 

Adjusted pro forma net loss

     (1,861

Net income (loss) attributable to existing noncontrolling interest

     —    
  

 

 

 

Adjusted pro forma net loss to Solaris Inc. stockholders (b)

     (1,861

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the exchange of all Solaris LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock)

     43,429,559  

Pro forma diluted net income available to Class A common stock per share

   $ (0.04

 

(a) Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming the exchange of all Solaris LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Solaris Inc. using the same method applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.
(b) Assumes elimination of non-controlling interest due to the assumed exchange of all Solaris LLC Units and shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of Solaris Inc. as of the beginning of the period.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Members

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC

Houston, Texas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC and subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended , in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Houston, Texas

March 15, 2017

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  
     (in thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ 3,568      $ 6,923  

Accounts receivable, net

     4,510        1,576  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     403        512  

Inventories

     1,365        1,692  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,846        10,703  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     54,350        46,846  

Goodwill

     13,004        13,004  

Intangible assets, net

     36        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 77,236      $ 70,553  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 705      $ 664  

Accrued liabilities

     2,144        1,892  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     26        25  

Current portion of notes payable

     169        91  

Current portion of senior secured credit facility

     31        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,075        2,672  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     213        239  

Notes payable, net of current portion

     282        174  

Senior secured credit facility, net of current portion

     2,320        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     5,890        3,085  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

     

Members’ equity

     

Members’ equity

     69,267        68,192  

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

     2,079        (724
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     71,346        67,468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 77,236      $ 70,553  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     For the Years
Ended December 31,
 
     2016     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

    

Proppant system rental

   $ 14,594     $ 8,296  

Proppant system services

     3,563       3,167  

Proppant system sale

     —         2,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     18,157       14,205  

Operating costs and expenses

    

Cost of proppant system rental (excluding $3,352 and $2,000 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     1,431       994  

Cost of proppant system services (excluding $160 and $119 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     4,916       3,847  

Cost of proppant system sale

     —         1,948  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,792       2,395  

Salaries, benefits and payroll taxes

     3,061       3,571  

Selling, general and administrative (excluding $250 and $276 of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, shown separately)

     2,096       2,663  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating cost and expenses

     15,296       15,418  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     2,861       (1,213

Interest expense

     (23     (22

Other income (expense)

     8       (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (15     (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense

     2,846       (1,306

Income tax expense

     43       67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,803     $ (1,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

     Members’
Equity
    Accumulated
Earnings (Deficit)
    Total Members’
Equity
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 59,971     $ 649     $ 60,620  

Member contributions

     8,162       —         8,162  

Purchase of member units

     (5     —         (5

Issuance of membership units in exchange for notes receivable, includes accrued interest

     5,766       —         5,766  

Notes receivable from unit-holders, includes accrued interest

     (5,766     —         (5,766

Unit-based compensation expense

     64       —         64  

Net income (loss)

     —         (1,373     (1,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     68,192       (724     67,468  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional members’ equity related to accrued interest on notes receivable that were exchanged for membership units

     327       —         327  

Accrued interest related to notes receivables that were exchanged for membership units

     (327     —         (327

Unit-based compensation expense

     127       —         127  

Proceeds from pay down of promissory note related to membership units

     948       —         948  

Net income (loss)

     —         2,803       2,803  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 69,267     $ 2,079     $ 71,346  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2016     2015  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,803     $ (1,373

Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     3,792       2,395  

Loss on disposal of asset

     —         22  

Provision for bad debt

     131       —    

Unit-based compensation

     127       64  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     4       —    

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (3,065     1,047  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     109       1,148  

Inventories

     327       1,794  

Accounts payable

     41       (1,515

Accrued liabilities

     252       (1,426
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,521       2,156  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Investment in property, plant and equipment

     (10,899     (27,790

Proceeds from disposal of asset

     —         4  

Purchase price adjustment on acquisition

     —         (73

Investment in intangible assets

     (36     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10,935     (27,859
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Payments under capital leases

     (25     (25

Payments under notes payable

     (211     (254

Proceeds from senior secured credit facility

     2,500       —    

Payments related to debt issuance costs

     (153     —    

Proceeds from members’ contributions

     948       8,162  

Payments to purchase member units

     —         (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,059       7,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (3,355     (17,825

Cash at beginning of period

     6,923       24,748  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

   $ 3,568     $ 6,923  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash activities

    

Investing:

    

Capitalized depreciation in property, plant and equipment

   $ 674     $ 539  

Financing:

    

Notes payable issued

     397       297  

Accrued interest from notes receivable issued for membership units

     327       208  

Cash paid for:

    

Interest

   $ 20     $ 18  

Income taxes

   $ 35     $ 60  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands)

1.    Organization and Background of Business

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”), based in Houston, Texas, manufactures and provides patented proppant management systems that unload, store and deliver proppant at oil and natural gas well sites. The systems are designed to address the challenges associated with transferring large quantities of proppant to the well site, including the cost and management of last mile logistics.

The Company has deployed its systems in many of the most active oil and natural gas basins in the U.S., including the Permian Basin, the Eagle Ford Shale and the SCOOP/STACK Formation.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

This summary of significant accounting policies of the Company is presented to assist in the understanding of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and have been consistently applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Solaris Oilfield Site Services Operating, LLC, Solaris Oilfield Early Property, LLC, Solaris Oilfield Site Services Personnel, LLC and Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure Personnel, LLC (collectively, the “Subsidiaries”). All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates used in the preparation of these financial statements include, but are not limited to, depreciation associated with property, plant and equipment and related impairment considerations of those assets, recoverability of deferred tax assets and certain liabilities. Actual results could differ from management’s best estimates as additional information or actual results become available in the future, and those differences could be material.

Cash

For the purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term, highly liquid, investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash is deposited in demand accounts in federally insured domestic institutions to minimize risk. The Company has not incurred losses related to these deposits.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of trade receivables recorded at the invoice amount, plus accrued revenue that is earned but not yet billed, less an estimated allowance for doubtful accounts (if any). Accounts receivable are

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

generally due within 60 days or less, or in accordance with terms agreed with customers, and are stated at amounts due from customers net of any allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company considers accounts outstanding longer than the payment terms past due. The Company determines the allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. Accounts receivable are written off when they are deemed uncollectible, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $131 and $0 of allowance for doubtful accounts, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories consist of materials used in the manufacturing of the Company’s systems, which include raw materials and purchased parts. Inventory purchases are recorded initially at cost and issued at weighted average cost when consumed. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, inventory consisted of raw materials and purchased parts. A reserve is recorded against inventory for estimated obsolescence. There was no reserve as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, or fair value for assets acquired in a business combination, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful service lives of the assets as noted below:

 

     Useful Life

Proppant systems and related equipment

   Up to 15 years

Machinery and equipment

   2-10 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Computer equipment

   3 years

Vehicles

   5 years

Buildings

   15 years

Systems that are in the process of being manufactured are considered property, plant and equipment. However, the systems in process do not depreciate until they are fully completed. Systems in process are a culmination of material, labor and overhead.

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged against income as incurred. Betterments that increase the value or materially extend the life of the related assets are capitalized. Upon sale or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company has vehicles that are pledged against the respective notes payables for those vehicles. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the cost of vehicles pledged was $859 and $505, respectively.

Definite-lived Intangible Assets

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $36 and $0, respectively, of costs that were capitalized as definite-lived intangible assets. These intangible assets are related to patents that were filed for its systems. Amortization on these assets is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which is based on estimates the Company believes are reasonable.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of a business over the estimated fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually, as of October 31, or more often as facts and circumstances warrant. Factors such as unexpected adverse economic conditions, competition and market changes may require more frequent assessments.

Before employing detailed impairment testing methodologies, the Company may first evaluate the likelihood of impairment by considering qualitative factors relevant to the business, such as macroeconomic, industry, market or any other factors that have a significant bearing on fair value. If the Company first utilizes a qualitative approach and determines that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, detailed testing methodologies are then applied. Otherwise, the Company concludes that no impairment has occurred. The Company may also choose to bypass a qualitative approach and opt instead to employ detailed testing methodologies, regardless of a possible more likely than not outcome. The first step in the goodwill impairment test is to compare the fair value of the business to the carrying amount of net assets, including goodwill, of the respective reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the business exceeds its fair value, step two in the goodwill impairment test requires goodwill to be written down to its implied fair value through a charge to operating expense based on a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Under the guidance of Accounting Standards Update 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-lived Intangibles for Impairment (ASU 2012-02), the Company performed the first step in the goodwill impairment test and determined there was no impairment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Definite-lived Intangible Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable, such as insufficient cash flows or plans to dispose of or sell long-lived assets before the end of their previously estimated useful lives. If the carrying amount is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. The Company estimates fair value based on projected future discounted cash flows. Fair value calculations for long-lived assets and intangible assets contain uncertainties because it requires the Company to apply judgment and estimates concerning future cash flows, strategic plans, useful lives and market performance. The Company also applies judgment in the selection of a discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in the current business model. There was no impairment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Revenue Recognition

The Company currently generates revenue primarily through the rental of its systems and related services, including transportation of its systems and field supervision and support. The system rentals and provision of related services are performed under a variety of contract structures, primarily master service agreements as supplemented by individual work orders detailing statements of work, pricing agreements and specific quotes. The master service agreements generally establish terms and conditions for the provision of the Company’s systems and service on a well site, indemnification, damages, confidentiality, intellectual property protection and payment terms and provisions. The majority of the services are priced based on prevailing market conditions at the time the services are provided, giving consideration to the specific requirements and activity levels of the customer.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

All revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is complete, the amount is determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized as services are performed.

In January 2015, the Company completed the sale of a system at prevailing market rates. The Company does not recognize revenue from proppant system sales as a reportable segment as it is not included by management in their evaluation of operating decisions and performance. No other sale of systems has occurred since.

Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the consolidated statements of operations.

Unit-based Compensation

The Company sponsors a unit-based management compensation program called the 2015 Membership Unit Option Plan (the “Plan”). The Company accounts for the units under the Plan as compensation cost measured at the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting period, which is generally the requisite service period.

Research and Development

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, research and development costs were $476 and $141, respectively.

Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, consisting of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximates their fair value due to the short maturity of such instruments. Financial instruments also consist of debt for which fair value approximates carrying values as the debt bears interest at a variable rate which is reflective of current rates otherwise available to the Company. Unless otherwise noted, it is management’s opinion that the Company is not exposed to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are to be measured using inputs from the three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, which are as follows:

 

    Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date;

 

    Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or other inputs corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions that market participants would use in pricing assets or liabilities based on the best information available.

Income Taxes

The Company does not pay federal income tax on its taxable income. Instead, the Company’s members are liable for federal income tax on their respective shares of the Company’s taxable income reported on the members’ federal income tax returns.

The Company recognizes the impact of a tax position in the consolidated financial statements only if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by the taxing authority. Any penalties or interest assessed as the result of an examination will be passed through to the Company’s members.

The Company’s revenues are derived through transactions in several states, which may be subject to state and local taxes. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a liability for state and local taxes that management believes is adequate for activities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The Company is subject to a franchise tax imposed by the State of Texas. The franchise tax rate is 1%, calculated on taxable margin. Taxable margin is defined as total revenue less deductions for cost of goods sold or compensation and benefits in which the total calculated taxable margin cannot exceed 70% of total revenue. Total expenses related to Texas margin tax was approximately $43 and $67 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Environmental Matters

The Company is subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment. Management has established procedures for the ongoing evaluation of the Company’s operations, to identify potential environmental exposures and to comply with regulatory policies and procedures. Environmental expenditures that relate to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations and do not contribute to current or future revenue generation are expensed as incurred. Liabilities are recorded when environmental costs are probable, and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The Company maintains insurance which may cover in whole or in part certain environmental expenditures. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no environmental matters deemed probable.

Segment Information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions on how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the chief executive officer. The Company and the chief executive officer view the Company’s operations and manage its business as one operating segment. All long-lived assets of the Company reside in the United States.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, seeking to eliminate diversity in

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

practice related to how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 address eight specific cash flow issues and apply to all entities, including both business entities and not-for-profit entities that are required to present a statement of cash flows under FASB ASC 230, Statement of Cash Flows. The amendments in ASU 2016-15 are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The new standard will be effective during the first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the potential impact this new standard may have on the financial statements.

In June 16, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, which requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The ASU requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. These disclosures include qualitative and quantitative requirements that provide additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early application will be permitted for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the potential impact this new standard may have on the financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the potential impact this new standard may have on the financial statements.

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), as part of a joint project with the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. To satisfy the foregoing objective, the FASB is creating Topic 842, Leases, which supersedes Topic 840. Under the new guidance, a lessee will be required to recognize assets and liabilities for capital and operating leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. Additionally, this ASU will require disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases, including qualitative and quantitative requirements. For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The new standard will be effective during the first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the potential impact this new standard may have on the financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This ASU requires entities measuring inventories under the first-in, first-out or average cost methods to measure inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value, where net realizable value is “estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation.” Inventory was previously required to be measured at the lower of cost or market, where the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

measurement of market value had several potential outcomes. The provisions of this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted provided that presentation is applied to the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the potential impact this new standard may have on the financial statements.

On August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)-Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU No. 2014-15 provides guidance to U.S. GAAP about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is a substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Specifically, ASU No. 2014-15 (1) defines the term substantial doubt, (2) requires an evaluation of every reporting period including interim periods, (3) provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management’s plan, (4) requires certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, (5) requires an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated, and (6) requires an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the potential impact this new standard may have on the financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The objective of ASU 2014-19 is to establish a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and will supersede most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In applying the new guidance, an entity will (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the contract’s performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 applies to all contracts with customers except those that are within the scope of other topics in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017 for public companies. Early adoption is not permitted. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or modified approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. The Company is in the initial stages of evaluating the potential impact this new standard may have on the consolidated financial statements which includes analyzing our revenue contracts and evaluating our disclosures. The Company expects to adopt the provisions of this new accounting standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2018.

3.    Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other currents assets were comprised of the following at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Prepaid purchase orders

   $ 126      $ 200  

Prepaid insurance

     69        100  

Prepaid operating expenses

     114        79  

Other receivables

     94        133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 403      $ 512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

4.    Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Proppant systems and related equipment

   $ 51,899     $ 39,233  

Machinery and equipment

     3,916       3,209  

Furniture and fixtures

     7       7  

Computer equipment

     829       490  

Vehicles

     1,235       1,032  

Buildings

     3,008       2,488  

Proppant systems in process

     1,252       3,730  

Land

     578       565  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

     62,724       50,754  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (8,374     (3,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 54,350     $ 46,846  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $3,792 and $2,395, respectively, of which $3,352 and $2,000 is attributable to cost of proppant system rental, $160 and $119 is attributable to cost of proppant system services, and $280 and $276 is attributable to selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. There was no depreciation expense related to the proppant system sale in 2015. The Company capitalized $674 and $539 of depreciation expense associated with machinery and equipment used in the manufacturing of its systems for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

5.    Goodwill

In 2015 and during the measurement period, as defined in ASC 805, the Company identified additional purchase price adjustments related to the purchase of the silo business from Loadcraft Industries Ltd. that were not included in the initial allocation of the fair value of the liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were:

 

Goodwill as of January 1, 2015

   $ 12,931  

Purchase price adjustments

     73  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2015

   $ 13,004  

Purchase price adjustments

     —    
  

 

 

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2016

   $ 13,004  
  

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

6.    Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities were comprised of the following at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Employee related expenses

   $ 1,237      $ 885  

Accrued real estate taxes

     440        406  

Accrued excise, franchise and sales taxes

     83        296  

Accrued other

     384        305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

   $ 2,144      $ 1,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7.    Capital Leases

The Company leases property from the City of Early, Texas under an agreement classified as a capital lease. The lease expires on February 28, 2025. The capital lease obligation is payable in monthly installments of $3 including imputed interest at a rate of 3.25%.

Future principal minimum payments under the capital lease for each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2016 and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 33  

2018

     33  

2019

     33  

2020

     33  

2021

     33  

Thereafter

     107  
  

 

 

 

Total payments

     272  

Less: amount representing imputed interest at 3.25%

     (33
  

 

 

 

Present value of payments

     239  

Less: current portion

     (26
  

 

 

 

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

   $ 213  
  

 

 

 

8.    Notes Payable

The Company finances its annual insurance policy and certain vehicles. The insurance policy renews every April and is amortized over ten monthly installments. The Company financed certain vehicles and the terms of the financing range from three to five years.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

Notes payable was comprised of the following at December 31:

 

As of December 31,

   2016     2015  

Notes payable to insurance finance company. Monthly installments of $14 including interest rate of 3.9%, with final payment due in February 2016.

   $     $ 27  

Notes payable to insurance finance company. Monthly installments of $11 including interest rate of 4.4%, with final payment due in January 2017

     11        

Notes payable to vehicle companies. Monthly installments range from $0.2 to $0.7 including interest rates ranging from 0% to 6.6%, maturing at various dates through August 2020, and secured by vehicles

     440       238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total notes payable

     451       265  

Less: current maturities

     (169     (91
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

   $ 282     $ 174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aggregate maturities of notes payable are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 169  

2018

     162  

2019

     112  

2020

     8  

2021

      
  

 

 

 

Total payments

     451  

Less: current portion

     (169
  

 

 

 

Long-term notes payable, net of current portion

   $ 282  
  

 

 

 

9.    Senior Secured Credit Facility

On December 1, 2016, the Company entered a credit agreement with Woodforest National Bank that provides $11.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured credit facilities (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The Senior Secured Credit Facility consists of (i) up to $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of advance term loan commitments available for borrowing until December 1, 2017 (the “Advance Facility”) and (ii) up to $1.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolving credit commitments available for borrowing until December 1, 2018 (the “Revolving Facility”).

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility bear interest at a one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin and interest shall be payable monthly. The applicable margin ranges from 3.50% to 5.00% depending on the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio. During the continuance of an event of default, overdue amounts under the Senior Secured Credit Facility will bear interest at 5.00% plus the otherwise applicable interest rate. The Revolving Facility has a scheduled maturity date of December 1, 2018 and the Advance Facility has a scheduled maturity date of December 1, 2021.

The principal amount of the Advance Facility is payable in monthly installments of 1/48th of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of advance loans under the Advance Facility as of December 1, 2017. No amortization is required with respect to the principal amount of the revolving facility. All outstanding amounts under the

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

Advance Facility will be due on the Advance Facility maturity date and all outstanding amounts under the Revolving Facility will be due on, and the letter of credit commitments will terminate on, the Revolving Facility maturity date or upon earlier prepayment or acceleration.

The Company may voluntarily prepay the Senior Secured Credit Facility in whole or in part at any time; provided that any prepayments of any portion of Advance Facility prior to December 1, 2018 will incur a prepayment premium of 0.50% of the amount of the Advance Facility prepaid.

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants that are customary for similar credit arrangements, including, among other things, covenants relating to (i) financial reporting and notification, (ii) payment of obligations, (iii) compliance with applicable laws, (iv) notification of certain events and (v) solvency.

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, restrictions and events of default including, but not limited to, a change of control restriction and limitations on the Company’s ability to (i) incur indebtedness, (ii) issue preferred equity, (iii) pay dividends or make other distributions, (iv) prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt, (v) make loans and investments, (vi) sell assets, (vii) acquire assets, (viii) incur liens, (ix) enter into transactions with affiliates, (x) consolidate or merge and (xi) enter into hedging transactions.

The Senior Secured Credit Agreement requires the Company to maintain, at all times, a ratio of total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not more than 2.00 to 1.00 and a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to fixed charges of not less than 1.50 to 1.00. The Company was in compliance with all such ratios as of December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $1.5 million in borrowings under the Advance Loan Facility outstanding with $8.5 million in advance loan commitments available and $1.0 million in borrowings under the Revolving Facility outstanding with $0.0 million in revolving commitments available.

The Senior Secured Credit Facility was comprised of the following at December 31:

 

As of December 31,

   2016  

Revolving Facility expiring December 1, 2018 (5.0-5.3% at December 31, 2016)

   $ 1,000  

Advance Facility – final maturity December 1, 2021 (5.0%-5.3% at December 31, 2016)

     1,500  

Less: Unamortized debt issuance cost

     (149
  

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Credit Facility

     2,351  

Less: current maturities

     (31
  

 

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility, net of current portion

   $ 2,320  
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

Aggregate maturities of the Senior Secured Credit Facility are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 31  

2018

     1,375  

2019

     375  

2020

     375  

2021

     344  
  

 

 

 

Total payments

     2,500  

Less: current portion

     (31
  

 

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facility, net of current portion

   $ 2,469  
  

 

 

 

10.    Equity

Notes receivable from unit-holders

The Company’s Limited Liability Company Agreement authorizes the Company to issue membership units at a value of $100 per unit to Company’s employees in exchange for a promissory note. The promissory notes are partial recourse, accrue interest at 6% per annum and mature through various dates during 2022. Principal and accrued interest are due and payable upon the earlier of employee termination or the maturity date of the note.

During 2015, the Company issued 66,103 units in exchange for notes receivable to certain members of management. In August 2015, a former employee assigned 10,526 units previously purchased with proceeds from a promissory note to the Company in exchange for a release of the applicable promissory note. As of December 31, 2015, there were 55,577 units issued under promissory notes. In 2016, there were no additional units issued. In November 2016, a former employee that was previously assigned 8,701 units paid off the applicable promissory note of $870 principal and $78 of accrued interest in cash.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the outstanding principal for the notes totaled $4,688 and $5,558 and accrued interest for the notes totaled $457 and $208, respectively. These notes are recorded in members’ equity as the notes were originally received in exchange for the issuance of membership units and are netted against the value of the respective units issued.

Unit-based compensation

In 2015, the Company approved the Plan whereby the Company may award options for up to 60,000 membership units to its officers, key employees and consultants to purchase the Company’s membership units. Units subject to the Plan are awarded at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Managers. The term of each option cannot exceed 10 years. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price above the expected market price of the Company’s units at the date of grant. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were 12,938 and 14,596 option units outstanding and 47,062 and 45,404 option units available for grant, respectively.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatility is based on implied volatilities from historical trading of publicly traded companies which are in the same industry sector as the Company.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

The Company used the simplified method to derive an expected term. The expected term represents an estimate of the time options are expected to remain outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. During 2015, the Company used the following assumptions to determine compensation costs for options granted:

 

Expected volatility

     47.00

Expected term (years)

     6.25  

Expected annual dividend yield

     0.00

Expected risk-free rate of return

     2.14

Compensation cost, as measured at the grant date fair value of the award, is recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period for service based awards (generally the vesting period of the award of four years). For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $127 and $64 of stock-based compensation expense attributable to vested awards, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, there was $323 and $513 in unrecognized compensation costs that will be expensed over 2.67 and 3.66 years, respectively.

The following is a summary of the unit option activity under the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Options      Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Balance, January 1, 2015

     —        $ —           $     —    

Granted

     14,596        135.00           —    

Exercised

     —          —             —    

Forfeited

     —          —             —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     14,596      $ 135.00        9.66      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2015

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

     14,596      $ 135.00        9.66      $ —    

Granted

     —          —             —    

Exercised

     —          —             —    

Forfeited

     1,658        —             —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

     12,938      $ 135.00        8.67      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2016

     3,235      $ 135.00        8.67      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s unvested unit options for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Options     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested unit options:

    

Unvested at January 1, 2015

     —       $ —    

Granted

     14,596       39.68  

Vested

     —         —    

Cancelled/forfeited

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2015

     14,596       39.68  

Granted

     —         —    

Vested

     (3,235     39.68  

Cancelled/forfeited

     (1,658     39.68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2016

     9,703     $ 39.68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

11.    Concentrations

For the year ended December 31, 2016, two customers accounted for 49% of the Company’s revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2015, four customers accounted for 65% of the Company’s revenue. As of December 31, 2016, one customer accounted for 23% of the Company’s accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2015, five customers accounted for 84% of the Company’s accounts receivable.

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, one supplier accounted for 15% and 13% of the Company’s total purchases, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, two suppliers accounted for 24% of the Company’s accounts payables. As of December 31, 2016, two suppliers accounted for 25% of the Company’s accounts payables.

12.    Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subjected to various claims, legal actions, contract negotiations and disputes. The Company provides for losses, if any, in the year in which they can be reasonably estimated. In management’s opinion, there are currently no such matters outstanding that would have a material effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases

The Company leases equipment and office space under operating leases which expire at various dates through May 2020. The office space operating lease contains general escalating payment terms. Rental expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of these leases. The expense related to these non-cancellable operating leases is included in rent expense and amounted to $206 and $340 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

The Company’s future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases for each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2016 and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2017

   $ 48  

2018

     29  

2019

     29  

2020

     12  

2021 and thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 118  
  

 

 

 

Other Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company has certain short-term purchase obligations and commitments for products and services, primarily related to purchases of materials used in the manufacturing of its systems. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had commitments of approximately $835 and $1,259, respectively.

13.    Related Party Transactions

On November 22, 2016, the Company entered into an administrative services arrangement with Solaris Energy Management LLC (“SEM”), a company partially-owned by William A. Zartler, the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors, for the provision of certain personnel and administrative services at cost. The services provided by SEM, include, but are not limited to, executive management functions, accounting and bookkeeping and treasury. In addition, SEM provides office space, equipment and supplies to the Company under the administrative service agreement. Contemporaneously with or prior to the completion of this offering, certain employees of SEM will become the Company’s employees. The Company will also hire new employees to perform duties previously provided by SEM, though it may continue to utilize office space under the administrative service agreement or receive certain other administrative services from SEM. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company paid $277 for these services, of which $224 was included in salaries, benefits and payroll taxes and $53 was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of December 31 2016, the Company was due $80 from SEM that was recorded under prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company’s employees also provided consulting and advisory services to Solaris Water Operations, LLC (“Solaris Water”), a company owned by William A. Zartler, the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors. The Company received $340 from Solaris Water for the provision of services between February 2016 and July 2016, of which $337 was included in salaries, benefits and payroll taxes and $3 was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company does not expect its employees to provide services to Solaris Water following the completion of this offering. As of December 31, 2016, the Company was due $0 from Solaris Water.

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred $37 and $87, respectively, of expenses related to travel services provided by Anejo Air Services, LLC (“Anejo”), an entity affiliated with Solaris Energy Capital, LLC, a member of the Company (“Solaris Energy Capital”). These expenses were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Anejo was due $9 and $16 from the Company, respectively, and was recorded under accounts payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollars in thousands) (Continued)

 

The Company incurred $11 and $21 of administrative expenses that were paid on behalf of the Company by Solaris Energy Capital, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Solaris Energy Capital was due $2 and $15 from the Company, respectively, and was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

All related party transactions are immaterial and have not been shown separately on the face of the financial statements.

14.    Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to the balance sheet date and through March 15, 2017, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

In March 2017, two existing members that were assigned 21,052 and 6,316 units, respectively, paid off their applicable promissory notes and interest for $2.4 million and $0.7 million in cash, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholder of

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

Houston, Texas

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc. (the “Company”) as of February 2, 2017 (date of inception) and related notes. The balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 2, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Houston, Texas

February 9, 2017

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

BALANCE SHEET

(In whole dollars)

 

     February 2, 2017  

ASSETS

  

Receivable from affiliate

   $ 10  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     10  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Total liabilities

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

  

Stockholder’s equity:

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding at February 2, 2017

     10  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

     10  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $             10  
  

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, INC.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

February 2, 2017

 

1. Organization and Background of Business

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc., or the Company, was incorporated on February 2, 2017 as a Delaware corporation.

The Company was formed to serve as the issuer of an initial public offering of equity, or IPO. Concurrent with the completion of the IPO, the Company will serve as the new parent holding company of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Separate Statements of Operations, Changes in Stockholder’s Equity and of Cash Flows have not been presented because the Company had no business transactions or activities as of February 2, 2017, except for the initial capitalization of the Company which was funded by an affiliate. In this regard, general and administrative costs associated with the formation and daily management of the Company have been determined by the Company to be insignificant.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Estimates

The preparation of the balance sheet, in accordance with GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the balance sheet and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

The Company is a corporation and is subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and income tax basis of assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates in effect for the taxing jurisdiction in which the Company operates for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company recognizes the financial statement effects of a tax position when it is more-likely-than-not, based on technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. Net deferred tax assets are then reduced by a valuation allowance if the Company believes it more-likely-than-not such net deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of February 2, 2017, there are no income tax related balances reflected in our balance sheet.

 

3. Stockholder’s Equity

The Company has authorized share capital of 1,000 common shares with $0.01 par value. On February 2, 2017, all 1,000 shares were issued and acquired by an affiliate for consideration of $10 note receivable from that affiliate. Each share has one voting right.

 

4. Subsequent Events

There have been no events subsequent to February 9, 2017 that would require additional adjustments to or disclosure in our financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the common stock offered hereby. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 25,431  

FINRA filing fee

     33,413  

NYSE listing fee

     244,273  

Accounting and consulting fees and expenses

     750,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     1,500,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     350,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     20,000  

Miscellaneous

     220,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,143,117  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a director will not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided for in our certificate of incorporation, will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the corporation will indemnify, and advance expenses to, any officer or director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also contain indemnification rights for our directors and our officers. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. Furthermore, we may maintain insurance on behalf of our officers and directors against expense, liability or loss asserted incurred by them in their capacities as officers and directors.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have obtained directors’ and officers’ insurance to cover our directors, officers and some of our employees for certain liabilities.

We will enter into written indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. Under these proposed agreements, if an officer or director makes a claim of indemnification to us, either a majority of the independent directors or independent legal counsel selected by the independent directors must review the relevant facts and make a determination whether the officer or director has met the standards of conduct under Delaware law that would permit (under Delaware law) and require (under the indemnification agreement) us to indemnify the officer or director.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In connection with our incorporation in February 2017 under the laws of the State of Delaware, we issued 1,000 shares of our common stock to Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $10.00. These securities were offered and sold by us in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. These shares will be redeemed for nominal value in connection with our reorganization.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on May 2, 2017.

 

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

By:  

  /s/ Gregory A. Lanham
 

Gregory A. Lanham

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below as of May 2, 2017.

 

Name   

Title

/s/ Gregory A. Lanham    Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
        Gregory A. Lanham           
*   

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Kyle S. Ramachandran   
/s/ Lindsay R. Bourg   

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

Lindsay R. Bourg   
*    Chairman
William A. Zartler   

 

*By  

  /s/ Gregory A. Lanham
 

Gregory A. Lanham

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-3


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

  ***1.1     

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  ***3.1     

Certificate of Incorporation of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

  ***3.2     

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

  ***3.3     

Bylaws of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

  ***3.4     

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

  **5.1     

Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered

  ***10.1     

Form of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan

  ***10.2     

Form of Indemnification Agreement

  ***10.3     

Form of Tax Receivable Agreement

  ***10.4     

Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC

  ***10.5     

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

  **10.6     

Form of First Amendment to Credit Agreement

  ***10.7     

Form of Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement

  ***10.8     

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement

  ***10.9     

Form of Stock Option Agreement

  **10.10     

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2016, among Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC, the Lenders from Time to Time Party Thereto and Woodforest National Bank, as Administrative Agent

  ***21.1     

List of subsidiaries of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

  **23.1     

Consent of BDO USA, LLP

  **23.2     

Consent of BDO USA, LLP

  ***23.3     

Consent of Spears & Associates

  **23.4     

Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto)

  ***24.1     

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement)

  ***99.1     

Consent of Director Nominee

  ***99.2     

Consent of Director Nominee

  ***99.3     

Consent of Director Nominee

  ***99.4     

Consent of Director Nominee

  ***99.5     

Consent of Director Nominee

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Filed herewith.
*** Previously filed.

 

II-4

LOGO    Exhibit 5.1

May 2, 2017

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

9811 Katy Freeway, Suite 900

Houston, Texas 77024

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel for Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed offer and sale (the “ Offering ”) by the Company, pursuant to a prospectus forming a part of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 333-216721, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2017 (such Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date thereof, being referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement ”), of up to 12,190,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”).

Pursuant to the terms of a corporate reorganization (the “ Reorganization ”) that will be completed in connection with the Offering, (a) all of the membership interests in Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC (“ Solaris LLC ”) held by its existing owners (the “ Existing Owners ”), will be converted into (i) a single class of units in Solaris LLC (the “ Solaris LLC Units ”) representing in the aggregate 31,624,320 Solaris LLC Units and (ii) the right to receive the distributions of cash and shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class  B common stock ”), described in clauses (c) and (d) below, (b) the Company will issue and contribute 31,624,320 shares of its Class B common stock and all of the net proceeds of the Offering to Solaris LLC in exchange for a number of Solaris LLC Units equal to the number of Common Shares issued in the Offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Shares), (c) Solaris LLC will use a portion of the proceeds from the Offering to distribute to the Existing Owners, on a pro rata basis, an aggregate amount of cash equal to 3,030,303 times the initial public offering price per Common Share after underwriting discounts and commissions and (d) Solaris LLC will distribute to each of the Existing Owners one share of Class B common stock for each Solaris LLC Unit such Existing Owner holds.

 

Vinson & Elkins LLP Attorneys at Law

Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Hong Kong Houston London Moscow New York

Palo Alto Richmond Riyadh San Francisco Taipei Tokyo Washington

  

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, TX 77002-6760

Tel +1.713.758.2222 Fax +1.713.758.2346 www.velaw.com


LOGO    May 2, 2017 Page 2

 

In connection with this opinion, we have assumed that (i) the Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), will have become effective, (ii) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, will have become effective, (iii) the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Solaris LLC, in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, will have become effective, (iv) the Common Shares will be issued and sold in the manner described in the Registration Statement and the prospectus relating thereto, (v) the Reorganization will have been consummated in the manner described in the Registration Statement and the prospectus relating thereto, and (vi) a definitive underwriting agreement, in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, with respect to the sale of the Common Shares will have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto.

In connection with the opinion expressed herein, we have examined, among other things, (i) the form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and the form of Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Solaris LLC filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (ii) the records of corporate proceedings that have occurred prior to the date hereof with respect to the Offering, (iii) the Registration Statement and (iv) the form of underwriting agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed such questions of law as we have deemed necessary or appropriate. As to matters of fact relevant to the opinion expressed herein, and as to factual matters arising in connection with our examination of corporate documents, records and other documents and writings, we relied upon certificates and other communications of corporate officers of the Company, without further investigation as to the facts set forth therein. In making such examination and rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed without verification the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the legal capacity of all individuals executing any of the foregoing documents.


LOGO    May 2, 2017 Page 3

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that, when the Common Shares have been issued and delivered in accordance with a definitive underwriting agreement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and upon payment of the consideration therefor provided for therein (not less than the par value of the Common Shares), such Common Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

The foregoing opinions are limited in all respects to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and the reported judicial decisions interpreting these laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America, and we do not express any opinions as to the laws of any other jurisdiction. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the foregoing opinions are limited to the matters expressly stated herein, and no opinion is to be inferred or implied beyond the opinions expressly set forth herein. We undertake no, and hereby disclaim any, obligation to make any inquiry after the date hereof or to advise you of any changes in any matter set forth herein, whether based on a change in the law, a change in any fact relating to the Company or any other person or any other circumstance.

We hereby consent to the statements with respect to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

Exhibit 10.6

FORM OF

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of                     , 2017 by and among SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”); each of the Lenders which is a party to the Credit Agreement (as defined below) (individually, a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, acting as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS

A.    The Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent executed and delivered that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2016. Said Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented and restated, is herein called the “ Credit Agreement ”. Any capitalized term used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.

B.    The Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent desire to amend the Credit Agreement in certain respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements, representations and warranties herein set forth, and further good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent do hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Amendment to Credit Agreement .

(a)    The definition of “ Advance Loan Commitment ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Advance Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Advance Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Advance Loans to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.0 4. The amount of each Lender’s Advance Loan Commitment as of                     , 2017 is set forth on Schedule 2.01A . The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Advance Loan Commitments as of                     , 2017 is $0.

(b)    The definition of “ Advance Loan Maturity Date ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:


Advance Loan Maturity Date ” means                     , 2021.

(c)    The definition of “ Applicable Rate ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day with respect to any Loan or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date; but during the period beginning with                     , 2017 and ending June 30, 2017, Category 4 shall be applicable:

 

Leverage Ratio

   Spread     Commitment Fee
Rate
 

Category 1 : greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00

     4.00     0.50

Category 2 : less than 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00

     3.50     0.375

Category 3 : less than 2.00 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 1.25 to 1.00

     3.25     0.25

Category 4 : less than 1.25 to 1.00

     3.00     0.1875

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Leverage Ratio shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower’s fiscal year based upon the Borrower’s consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or (b) and (ii) each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change; but the Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 at any time that an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing or at the request of the Required Lenders if the Borrower fails to timely deliver the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or (b) , during the period from the deadline for delivery thereof until such consolidated financial statements are received.

(d)    The definition of “ Borrowing Base ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

2


Borrowing Base ” means, as at any date, the amount of the Borrowing Base shown on the Borrowing Base Certificate then most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof, determined by calculating the amount equal to:

 

  (i) 80% of the Eligible Accounts at said date, plus

 

  (ii) 65% of the Eligible Inventory/Equipment Value (Appraised) at said date, plus

 

  (iii) 75% of the Eligible Inventory/Equipment Value (New Build, Acquired or Upgraded) at said date.

In the absence of a current Borrowing Base Certificate, Administrative Agent shall determine the Borrowing Base from time to time in its reasonable discretion, taking into account all information reasonably available to it, and the Borrowing Base from time to time so determined shall be the Borrowing Base for all purposes of this Agreement until a current Borrowing Base Certificate is furnished to and accepted by Administrative Agent.

(e)    A new definition of “ Cash Adjustment ” is hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, such new definition to read in its entirety as follows:

Cash Adjustment ”, as of any date, means the lesser of (x) $10,000,000 or (y) fifty percent (50%) of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date.

(f)    The definition of “ Change in Control ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events or series of events:

(a)    Solaris Inc. shall cease to be the sole managing member of the Borrower; or

(b)    the Borrower shall cease to own 100% of the Equity Interests in and to each Subsidiary of the Borrower; or

(c)    any Person (excluding any Qualifying Owner or any group of Qualifying Owners acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, and excluding a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of Solaris Inc. in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Solaris Inc.) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Solaris Inc. representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of Solaris Inc.’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

3


(d)    there is consummated a merger or consolidation of Solaris Inc. with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of Solaris Inc. immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(e)    the stockholders of Solaris Inc. approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Solaris Inc. or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by Solaris Inc. of all or substantially all of Solaris Inc.’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by Solaris Inc. of all or substantially all of Solaris Inc.’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of Solaris Inc. in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Solaris Inc. immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) above, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of Solaris Inc. immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of Solaris Inc. immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

(g)    A new definition of “ Eligible Inventory/Equipment Value (Appraised) ” is hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, such new definition to read in its entirety as follows:

Eligible Inventory/Equipment Value (Appraised) ” means the aggregate of the net orderly liquidation value of all Eligible Inventory/Equipment which is included in an appraisal approved by the Administrative Agent, determined from time to time in such manner as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(h)    A new definition of “ Eligible Inventory/Equipment Value (New Build, Acquired or Upgraded) ” is hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, such new definition to read in its entirety as follows:

Eligible Inventory/Equipment Value (New Build, Acquired or Upgraded) ” means the aggregate cost capitalized in the Borrower’s financial statements of all new build Eligible Inventory/Equipment which is not included in an appraisal approved by the

 

4


Administrative Agent plus the aggregate cost to acquire and upgrade all Eligible Inventory/Equipment previously sold to customers which is not included in an appraisal approved by the Administrative Agent, determined from time to time in such manner as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(i)    The definition of “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any day, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the 12 months ending on such date minus (x) Permitted Tax Distributions relating to income generated during such period, (y) Restricted Payments made during such period (other than Permitted Tax Distributions), and (z) maintenance and replacement Capital Expenditures for such period not financed with the proceeds of equity or capital contributions made to Borrower that are used to fund such Capital Expenditures, the proceeds of Indebtedness, asset sales proceeds, insurance or condemnation proceeds, asset trade-ins or exchanges or as part of an Acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 6.17 to (b) Debt Service for such 12-month period plus phantom amortization of the unpaid principal balance of the Loans as of the calculation date divided by 10, determined in each case on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries. For any determination of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio prior to June 30, 2017, each of the components of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on an annualized basis using information available from and after June 1, 2016 through and including the date of determination.

(j)    The definition of “ Leverage Ratio ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any day, the ratio of (a) Indebtedness (other than contingent Indebtedness with regard to letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances, performance bonds, surety bonds and similar Indebtedness) as of such date minus the Cash Adjustment as of such date to (b) EBITDA for the 12 months then ended, determined in each case on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries. For any determination of the Leverage Ratio prior to June 30, 2017, EBITDA shall be calculated on an annualized basis using information available from and after June 1, 2016 through and including the date of determination.

(k)    The definition of “ Permitted Tax Distributions ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Permitted Tax Distributions ” means for any calendar year or portion thereof during which the Borrower is a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, payments and distributions to the members or partners of the Borrower, in an amount not to exceed the product of (i) the highest combined marginal federal and applicable state and local income tax rates for individuals residing in New York, New York (taking into account the character of the taxable income (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, ordinary income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income

 

5


taxes), multiplied by (ii) the total aggregate taxable income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the relevant calendar year or portion thereof, calculated without regard to, for clarity any tax deductions or basis adjustments arising under Code Section 743 attributable to the assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

(l)    A new definition of “ Qualifying Owners ” is hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, such new definition to read in its entirety as follows:

Qualifying Owners ” means (i) William A. Zartler, or any company of which he is the manager, managing member or otherwise controls, including, but not limited to, Solaris Energy Capital, LLC, (ii) any wife, lineal descendant, legal guardian or other legal representative or estate of the principal member named in clause (i) above; (iii) any trust of which at least one of the trustees is a person described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, (iv) Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. and any affiliated funds or investment vehicles managed by Yorktown Partners LLC, (v) Loadcraft Site Services, LLC, (vi) any affiliated funds or investment vehicles managed by any of the persons described in clauses (iv) or (v) above, and (vii) any general partner, managing member, principal or managing director of any of the persons described in clauses (iv) or (v) above.

(m)    The definition of “ Revolving Commitment ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04 . The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment as of                     , 2017 is set forth on Schedule 2.01A . The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments as of                     , 2017 is $20,000,000.

(n)    The definition of “ Revolving Maturity Date ” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

Revolving Maturity Date ” means                     , 2021.

(o)    A new definition of “ Solaris Inc. ” is hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, such new definition to read in its entirety as follows:

Solaris Inc. ” means Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(p)    The reference in Section 2.07(d) of the Credit Agreement to “$2,000,000” is hereby amended to read “$30,000,000”.

 

6


(q)    The following sentence is hereby added at the end of Section 2.11(a) of the Credit Agreement:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during any applicable month the average outstanding principal balance of the Obligations shall exceed fifty percent (50%) of the average aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment during such month, the commitment fee otherwise payable in respect of such month shall be waived.

(r)     Section 5.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(a)    within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Solaris Inc. and related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, commentary or exception and without any qualification, commentary or exception as to the scope of such audit) and (ii) a schedule prepared by the Borrower and certified by one of its Financial Officers showing any adjustments to the audited consolidated financial statements which are necessary to demonstrate the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, to the effect that such consolidated financial statements together with such schedule present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(s)     Section 5.01(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(b)    within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of the Borrower, (i) the consolidated balance sheet of Solaris Inc. and related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year and (ii) a schedule prepared by the Borrower showing any adjustments to the consolidated financial statements which are necessary to demonstrate the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, all certified by one of the Borrower’s Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrower shall have until June 15, 2017 to deliver the financial statements required by this Section 5.01(b) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2017;

 

7


(t)     Section 5.01(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(e)    within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, (A) a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the last day of such calendar month, together with such supporting information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (B) a listing and aging of the Accounts of each Loan Party which has executed a Security Agreement covering its Accounts as of the end of such calendar month, prepared in reasonable detail and containing such information as Administrative Agent may request, (C) to the extent included in (or proposed to be included in) the Borrowing Base, a summary of the Inventory and Equipment of each Loan Party which has executed a Security Agreement covering the applicable Inventory and Equipment as of the end of such calendar month, prepared in reasonable detail and containing such other information as Administrative Agent may request, and (D) a utilization report regarding equipment held for rental, prepared in reasonable detail and containing such other information as Administrative Agent may request;

(u)     Clause (f) of Section 5.01 is hereby renumbered to clause (g) , and a new clause (f) is hereby added to Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement, such new clause to read in its entirety as follows:

(f)    within 30 days after the end of each calendar month (other than the last month of a fiscal quarter for which a financial statement is required under Section 5.01(b) ), (A) the consolidated balance sheet of Solaris Inc. and related statements of operations and a report of fixed asset additions as of the end of and for such fiscal month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in the case of the balance sheet in comparative form the figures for the end of the previous fiscal year and (B) a schedule prepared by the Borrower showing any adjustments to the consolidated financial statements which are necessary to demonstrate the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, all certified by one of the Borrower’s Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and

(v)     Section 5.09(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(b)    The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, permit any representatives designated by Administrative Agent (including any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by Administrative Agent) to conduct evaluations and appraisals of the Borrower’s computation of the Borrowing Base and the assets included in the Collateral, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested. A new field appraisal on equipment will be required annually or at any time as market conditions or regulatory guidelines require. In addition, the Administrative Agent may, at its discretion, require a desktop appraisal on equipment if the last full appraisal of

 

8


equipment shall be more than 6 months old. The Borrower shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any representatives retained by Administrative Agent to conduct any such evaluation or appraisal of the assets included in the Collateral; but the Borrower shall not, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or unless the evaluation or appraisal is required by regulatory guidelines, be required to pay such fees and expenses for (x) more than one such evaluation or appraisal of the assets included in the Collateral (other than Eligible Inventory/Equipment) during any calendar year or (y) more than two such evaluations or appraisals of Eligible Inventory/Equipment during any calendar year. The Borrower also agrees to modify or adjust the computation of the Borrowing Base (which may include maintaining additional reserves or modifying the eligibility criteria for the components of the Borrowing Base) to the extent required by Administrative Agent as a result of any such evaluation or appraisal.

(w)     Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

SECTION 5.13  Financial Covenants . Borrower will have and maintain:

(a)     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio – a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00 at all times.

(b)     Leverage Ratio – a Leverage Ratio of not greater than 2.50 to 1.00 at all times.

(x)     Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

SECTION 5.16  [Intentionally Left Blank] .

(y)    The reference in Section 6.01(a)(vii) of the Credit Agreement to “$500,000” is hereby amended to read “$5,000,000”.

(z)     Section 6.04 is hereby amended (i) by deleting the word “and” at the end of clause (h) , (ii) by replacing the period at the end of clause (i) with “, and”, and (iii) by adding a new clause (j) to read in its entirety as follows:

(j)    investments in the form of Acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 6.17 .

(aa)     Section 6.08 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

SECTION 6.08  Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except:

 

9


(i)    the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its Equity Interests,

(ii)    Subsidiaries of Borrower may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests,

(iii)    the Borrower may pay Permitted Tax Distributions,

(iv)    so long as, both at the time of, and immediately after effect has been given to, such proposed action, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(w)    Borrower may make distributions to Solaris Inc. to be used to pay operating expenses of Solaris Inc. to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business, together with other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including legal, administrative, accounting and similar expenses and franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of Solaris Inc.), which are reasonable and customary,

(x)    the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management, directors or employees of the Borrower or Solaris Inc.,

(y)    the Borrower may make Restricted Payments, including, without limitation, to purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire its Equity Interests, to the extent such Restricted Payments are made from the substantially concurrent receipt by the Borrower of capital contributions or the substantially concurrent issuance of new Equity Interests of the Borrower,

(z)    the Borrower may make repurchases, redemptions or exchanges of Equity Interests of the Borrower or Solaris Inc. deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or exchange of exchangeable shares if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options and may make repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower or Solaris Inc. made in lieu of withholding Taxes in connection with any exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar rights, and

(v)    the Borrower may declare and pay Restricted Payments in addition to the dividends permitted by the foregoing provisions so long as, both at the time of, and immediately after effect has been given to, such proposed action, (w) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (x) the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans which could be borrowed is greater than $5,000,000, (y) the Leverage Ratio is less than 2.25 to 1.00 and (z) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater than 1.75 to 1.00.

 

10


(bb)     Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

SECTION 6.11  Amendment of Material Documents . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights under (a) any Subordinated Debt Document or (b) its organizational documents (in any manner adverse to the Lenders).

(cc)     Section 6.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

SECTION 6.13.     Capital Expenditures . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, permit the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures (excluding an amount equal to the proceeds of equity contributions made to Borrower that are used to fund such Capital Expenditures and any Capital Expenditures financed with the asset sales proceeds, insurance or condemnation proceeds, asset trade-ins or exchanges or funded as part of an Acquisition permitted pursuant to Section 6.17 ) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year of the Borrower to exceed $80,000,000 plus , for fiscal years beginning on January 1, 2019 and later, any unused availability for Capital Expenditures from the immediately preceding fiscal year (but not from any earlier year), it being understood that in any applicable fiscal year unused availability from the immediately preceding fiscal year shall be reduced first as Capital Expenditures are made.

(dd)     Section 6.17(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

(a)    The total cash and noncash consideration ( excluding an amount equal to the proceeds of equity contributions made to Borrower that are used to fund such consideration but including the fair market value of all Equity Interests issued or transferred to the sellers thereof, all indemnities, earnouts and other contingent payment obligations to, and the aggregate amounts paid or to be paid under non-compete, consulting and other affiliated agreements with, the sellers thereof, all write-downs of property and reserves for liabilities with respect thereto and all assumptions of Indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations in connection therewith) paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any such purchase or other acquisition, when aggregated with the total cash and noncash consideration paid by or on behalf of the Loan Parties for all other purchases and other acquisitions made by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 6.17 , shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all Acquisitions closed in any fiscal year or $15,000,000 in the aggregate from and after the Effective Date;

(ee)    The final paragraph of Article VII of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (iii) in its entirety and renumbering clause (iv) as clause (iii) .

 

11


(ff)     Schedule 2.01A to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to be identical to Schedule 2.01 attached hereto.

SECTION 2. Consent to Termination of Deferred Capital Call . The Lenders hereby consent to the termination of the Deferred Capital Call and agree that any reference to the Deferred Capital Call in the Credit Agreement shall be null and void.

SECTION 3. Conditions Precedent . The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be conditioned each of the following:

(a)    the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Loan Parties and all of the Lenders either (1) a counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party or (2) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or e-mail transmission of a signed signature page of this Amendment) that such party has signed counterparts of this Amendment.

(b)    The Administrative Agent shall have received original executed counterparts of the Notes evidencing Revolving Loans (which Notes shall replace the Notes previously executed to evidence Revolving Loans).

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents, certificates and opinions as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower and the authorization of the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

SECTION 4. Post-Closing Covenant . Within one (1) Business Day after the date hereof, the Borrower shall either (i) make a prepayment in full of all outstanding Advance Loans or (ii) subject to satisfaction of any conditions precedent under the Credit Agreement to funding Revolving Loans, convert all outstanding Advance Loans to Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement; provided that this Section 4 shall be deemed to satisfy any advance notice of such prepayment or conversion required by the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5. Ratification . Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect. None of the rights, title and interests existing and to exist under the Credit Agreement are hereby released, diminished or impaired, and the Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and warranties in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6. Expenses . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent all reasonable fees and expenses of its legal counsel incurred in connection with the execution of this Amendment.

SECTION 7. Certifications . The Borrower hereby certifies that after the effectuation of this Amendment no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

12


SECTION 8. Miscellaneous . This Amendment (a) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors, assigns, receivers and trustees; (b) may be modified or amended only by a writing signed by the required parties; (c) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and the United States of America; (d) may be executed in several counterparts by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, and each counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall constitute an original agreement, and all such separate counterparts shall constitute but one and the same agreement and (e) together with the other Loan Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, consents and understandings relating to such subject matter. The headings herein shall be accorded no significance in interpreting this Amendment.

NOTICE PURSUANT TO TEX. BUS. & COMM. CODE §26.02

THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED BY THIS AMENDMENT, AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE PARTIES PRIOR HERETO OR SUBSTANTIALLY CONCURRENTLY HEREWITH CONSTITUTE A WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT WHICH REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have caused this Amendment to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers, effective as of the date first above written.

 

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Signature Page for First Amendment to Credit Agreement]


WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK,
as Administrative Agent and as a
Lender

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Signature Page for First Amendment to Credit Agreement]


The undersigned hereby join in this Amendment to evidence their consent to execution by the Borrower of this Amendment, to agree to be bound by the provisions of this Amendment to the extent applicable to the undersigned, to confirm that each Loan Document now or previously executed by the undersigned applies and shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, to acknowledge that without such consent and confirmation, Lenders would not execute this Amendment and to join in the notice pursuant to Tex. Bus. & Comm. Code §26.02 set forth above.

 

SOLARIS OILFIELD SITE SERVICES OPERATING, LLC, a Texas limited liability company
SOLARIS OILFIELD EARLY PROPERTY, LLC, a Texas limited liability company
SOLARIS OILFIELD SITE SERVICES PERSONNEL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Signature Page for First Amendment to Credit Agreement]


Schedule 2.01A

Commitments

 

     Revolving      Advance Loan  

Lender

   Commitments as of
                     ,
2017
     Commitments as of
                     ,
2017
 

WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK

   $ 20,000,000      $ 0  

Exhibit 10.10

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of December 1, 2016

among

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC,

The Lenders From Time to Time Party Hereto

and

WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK,

as Administrative Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     1  

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms

     1  

SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings

     25  

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally

     25  

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP

     25  

ARTICLE II The Credits

     26  

SECTION 2.01 Commitments

     26  

SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings

     26  

SECTION 2.03 Requests for Borrowings

     27  

SECTION 2.04 Letters of Credit

     27  

SECTION 2.05 Funding of Borrowings

     32  

SECTION 2.06 [Intentionally Left Blank]

     32  

SECTION 2.07 Termination and Reduction and Increase of Commitments

     32  

SECTION 2.08 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

     34  

SECTION 2.09 Amortization of Advance Loans

     34  

SECTION 2.10 Prepayment of Loans

     35  

SECTION 2.11 Fees

     36  

SECTION 2.12 Interest

     37  

SECTION 2.13 [Intentionally Left Blank]

     38  

SECTION 2.14 [Intentionally Left Blank]

     38  

SECTION 2.15 [Intentionally Left Blank]

     38  

SECTION 2.16 Taxes

     38  

SECTION 2.17 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

     42  

SECTION 2.18 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     44  

SECTION 2.19 [Intentionally Left Blank]

     45  

SECTION 2.20 Defaulting Lender

     45  

ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties

     47  

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers

     47  

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability

     47  

SECTION 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

     47  

SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition

     48  

SECTION 3.05 Properties

     48  

SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters

     48  

SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements

     49  

SECTION 3.08 Investment Company Status

     49  

SECTION 3.09 Taxes

     49  

SECTION 3.10 ERISA

     49  

SECTION 3.11 Disclosure

     49  

SECTION 3.12 Subsidiaries

     50  

SECTION 3.13 Insurance

     50  

SECTION 3.14 Labor Matters

     50  

SECTION 3.15 Solvency

     50  

SECTION 3.16 Material Property Subject to Security Documents

     50  

SECTION 3.17 Property of Foreign Subsidiaries

     51  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SECTION 3.18 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

     51  

ARTICLE IV Conditions

     51  

SECTION 4.01 Effective Date

     51  

SECTION 4.02 Advance Loans

     53  

SECTION 4.03 Each Credit Event

     54  

ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants

     54  

SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information

     54  

SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events

     55  

SECTION 5.03 Information Regarding Borrower

     56  

SECTION 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business

     57  

SECTION 5.05 Payment of Obligations

     57  

SECTION 5.06 Maintenance of Properties

     57  

SECTION 5.07 Insurance

     57  

SECTION 5.08 Casualty and Condemnation

     57  

SECTION 5.09 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights

     58  

SECTION 5.10 Compliance with Laws

     58  

SECTION 5.11 Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit

     58  

SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances

     58  

SECTION 5.13 Financial Covenants

     59  

SECTION 5.14 Primary Banking Relationships

     59  

SECTION 5.15 Accuracy of Information

     59  

SECTION 5.16 Deferred Capital Call

     59  

SECTION 5.17 Post Closing Obligations

     59  

ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants

     60  

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities

     60  

SECTION 6.02 Liens

     60  

SECTION 6.03 Fundamental Changes

     61  

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

     61  

SECTION 6.05 Asset Sales

     62  

SECTION 6.06 Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     63  

SECTION 6.07 Swap Agreements

     63  

SECTION 6.08 Restricted Payments

     63  

SECTION 6.09 Transactions with Affiliates

     63  

SECTION 6.10 Restrictive Agreements

     63  

SECTION 6.11 Amendment of Material Documents

     64  

SECTION 6.12 Additional Subsidiaries

     64  

SECTION 6.13 [Intentionally Left Blank]

     64  

SECTION 6.14 [Intentionally Left Blank]

     64  

SECTION 6.15 Property of Foreign Subsidiaries

     64  

SECTION 6.16 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

     64  

SECTION 6.17 Acquisitions

     65  

SECTION 6.18 Inactive Subsidiary

     66  

ARTICLE VII Events of Default

     66  

ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent

     68  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous

     70  

SECTION 9.01 Notices

     70  

SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments

     72  

SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     74  

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns

     75  

SECTION 9.05 Survival

     79  

SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution

     80  

SECTION 9.07 Severability

     80  

SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff

     81  

SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

     81  

SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     82  

SECTION 9.11 Headings

     82  

SECTION 9.12 Interest Rate Limitation

     82  

SECTION 9.13 Keepwell

     83  

SECTION 9.14 Patriot Act

     83  

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A — Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B — Compliance Certificate

Exhibit C-1 — Revolving Note

Exhibit C-2 — Advance Loan Note

Exhibit D — Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit E — U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

Schedule 2.01A — Commitments

Schedule 2.01B — Letter of Credit Commitment

Schedule 3.12 — Subsidiaries

Schedule 6.01 — Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02 — Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04 — Existing Investments

 

iii


CREDIT AGREEMENT

CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, modified, restated, supplemented and in effect from time to time, herein called this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 1, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), among SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the LENDERS party hereto, and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. In consideration of the mutual promises contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Uniform Commercial Code enacted in the State of Texas.

Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which any Loan Party (i) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or division thereof, whether through the purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (ii) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage or voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.

Additional Collateral ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.03(b) hereof.

Additional Collateral Event ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.03(b) hereof.

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Administrative Agent ” means Woodforest National Bank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, and its successors in that capacity.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

1


Advance Loan Availability Period ” means the period from the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of December 1, 2017 and the date of termination of the Delayed Draw Loan Commitments.

Advance Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Advance Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Advance Loans to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section  2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section  9.04 . The initial amount of each Lender’s Advance Loan Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01A , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Advance Loan Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Advance Loan Commitments is $10,000,000.

Advance Loan Lender ” means a Lender with an Advance Loan Commitment or an outstanding Advance Loan.

Advance Loan Maturity Date ” means December 1, 2021.

Advance Loans ” means loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to clause (a)  of Section  2.01 .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent Party ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d) .

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to any Loan Party from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided that in the case of Section  2.20 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “ Applicable Percentage ” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day with respect to any Loan or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Spread” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon

 

2


the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date; but during the period beginning with the Effective Date and ending June 30, 2017, Category 2 shall be applicable:

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

   Spread     Commitment Fee
Rate
 

Category 1 : less than 1.50 to 1.00

     5.00     0.375

Category 2 : less than 2.00 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00

     4.50     0.30

Category 3 : less than 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00

     4.00     0.25

Category 4 : greater than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00

     3.50     0.20

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower’s fiscal year based upon the Borrower’s consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or (b)  and (ii) each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change; but the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 at any time that an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing or at the request of the Required Lenders if the Borrower fails to timely deliver the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or (b) , during the period from the deadline for delivery thereof until such consolidated financial statements are received.

Approved Fund ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.04(b) .

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section  9.04) , and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Banking Services ” means each and any of the following bank services provided to any Loan Party by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) commercial credit cards, (b) stored value

 

3


cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

Bankruptcy Event ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, unless such ownership interest results in or provides such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Borrower ” means SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Borrowing ” means Loans of the same Class made, converted or continued on the same date.

Borrowing Base ” means, as at any date, the amount of the Borrowing Base shown on the Borrowing Base Certificate then most recently delivered pursuant to Section  5.01 hereof, determined by calculating the amount equal to:

(i) 80% of the Eligible Accounts at said date, plus

(ii) 50% of the Eligible Inventory/Equipment of Borrower at said date (determined at the lower of cost or market on a consistent basis).

The portion of the Borrowing Base attributable to Eligible Inventory/Equipment shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the entire Borrowing Base. In the absence of a current Borrowing Base Certificate, Administrative Agent shall determine the Borrowing Base from time to time in its reasonable discretion, taking into account all information reasonably available to it, and the Borrowing Base from time to time so determined shall be the Borrowing Base for all purposes of this Agreement until a current Borrowing Base Certificate is furnished to and accepted by Administrative Agent.

 

4


Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate, duly executed by an appropriate officer or other responsible party acceptable to Administrative Agent on behalf of Borrower, appropriately completed and in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto. Each Borrowing Base Certificate shall be effective only as accepted by Administrative Agent (and with such revisions, if any, as Administrative Agent may require as a condition to such acceptance).

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section  2.03 .

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Houston, Texas are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries that are (or would be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of Borrower for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, but excluding expenditures for the restoration, repair or replacement of any fixed or capital asset which was destroyed or damaged, in whole or in part, to the extent financed by the proceeds of an insurance policy maintained by such Person.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Ceiling Rate ” means, on any day, the maximum nonusurious rate of interest permitted for that day by whichever of applicable federal or Texas (or any jurisdiction whose usury laws are deemed to apply to the Notes or any other Loan Documents despite the intention and desire of the parties to apply the usury laws of the State of Texas) laws permits the higher interest rate, stated as a rate per annum. On each day, if any, that the Texas Finance Code establishes the Ceiling Rate, the Ceiling Rate shall be the “weekly ceiling” (as defined in the Texas Finance Code) for that day. Administrative Agent may from time to time, as to current and future balances, implement any other ceiling under the Texas Finance Code by notice to the Borrower, if and to the extent permitted by the Texas Finance Code. Without notice to the Borrower or any other Person, the Ceiling Rate shall automatically fluctuate upward and downward as and in the amount by which such maximum nonusurious rate of interest permitted by applicable law fluctuates.

Change in Control ” means any events or circumstances which result in (i) the ownership by the Borrower of less than 100% of the Equity Interests in and to each Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) the ownership of less than 70% of the Equity Interests in and to the Borrower by

 

5


Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P., Loadcraft Site Services, LLC, William A. Zartler and Solaris Energy Capital (in the aggregate), (iii) the ownership of less than 46% of the Equity Interests in and to the Borrower by Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P., (iv) the direct or indirect ownership of less than 10% of the Equity Interests in and to the Borrower by William A. Zartler, (v) the direct or indirect ownership of less than 32% of the Equity Interests in and to each of Loadcraft Site Services, LLC by William A. Zartler, or (vi) the direct or indirect ownership of less than 100% of the Equity Interests in and to Solaris Energy Capital by William A. Zartler.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence after the date of this Agreement or, with respect to any Lender, such later date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, of (a) the adoption of or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Advance Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment or Advance Loan Commitment.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” means any and all “Collateral”, as defined in any applicable Security Document. The Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Commitment ” means a Revolving Commitment or the Advance Loan Commitment, or any combination thereof (as the context requires).

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Communications ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.01(d) .

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

6


Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution Agreement dated concurrently herewith by and among Borrower and the current Domestic Subsidiaries of Borrower, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and restated (and joined in pursuant to a joinder agreement) from time to time.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any other Lender.

Debt Service ” means the sum of (i) Interest Expense and (ii) scheduled principal payments on Indebtedness for the applicable period, determined in each case on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i)  above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c)  upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

Deferred Capital Call ” means a resolution approved by the board of directors of the Borrower which allows the Borrower to require equity contributions to be made in an aggregate amount equal to $6,000,000, with the Borrower having discretion over the timing of the actual cash call. The Administrative Agent may require the Borrower to exercise the right to require such capital contributions upon the occurrence (and during the continuance) of an Event of

 

7


Default. The Deferred Capital Call shall also include a written commitment to the Borrower by Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P., in form acceptable to the Administrative Agent, whereby Yorktown Energy Partners X, L.P. agrees to fund its share (which share shall be approximately $5,052,000) of the required capital call by wire transfer of the funds to an account of the Borrower maintained at Woodforest National Bank.

dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, without duplication, for any period the consolidated net earnings (excluding any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains, losses or expenses) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus , to the extent deducted in calculating consolidated net income, depreciation, amortization, other non-cash items, Interest Expense, federal and state income tax expense (or Permitted Tax Distributions) (including Texas margin tax or gross receipts taxes), management fees and costs, fees and expenses related to the Transactions in an aggregate amount not exceeding $150,000 and minus , to the extent added in calculating consolidated net income, any non-cash items.

Electronic Signature ” means an electronic signature attached to, a contract and adopted by a person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

Electronic System ” means any electronic system, including e-mail, e-fax, IntraLinks ® , ClearPar ® , Debt Domain, Syndtrak and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank and any of its respective Related Parties or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.

Eligible Accounts ” means, as at any date of determination thereof, each Account (which is subject to a Security Document and on which Administrative Agent shall have a first-priority perfected Lien subject only to Permitted Encumbrances) which is at said date payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and which complies with the following requirements: (a) the Account arose from performance of services which have been fully and satisfactorily performed in all material respects or from the sale of goods in which the Account obligee had the sole and complete ownership which have been sold to the Account debtor on an absolute sale basis on open account and not on consignment, on approval or on a “sale or return” basis or subject to any other repurchase or return agreement (evidencing which the Account obligee or Administrative Agent has possession of shipping and delivery receipts); (b) no material part of any goods giving rise to the Account has been returned, rejected, lost or damaged; (c) the Account arose in the ordinary course of business of the obligee thereon, is stated to be payable in lawful money of the United States and is not evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument of any kind and no notice of bankruptcy, insolvency or financial embarrassment of the Account debtor has been received by the Account obligee, Administrative Agent or any Lender; (d) the applicable Account debtor is

 

8


not a foreign country or any subdivision or agency or department thereof or located outside of the United States and the Account is not subject to the Federal Assignment of Claims Act; (e) the Account is a valid obligation of the Account debtor thereunder and is not subject to any offset, counterclaim, allowance, adjustment or other defense on the part of such Account debtor or to any claim, dispute, objection or complaint on the part of such Account debtor denying liability thereunder (other than discounts for prompt payment shown on the applicable invoice and disclosed to Administrative Agent in writing); (f) the Account is subject to no Lien whatsoever, except for the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and Permitted Encumbrances; (g) the Account is evidenced by an invoice; (h) the Account is due not more than 60 days after the date of invoice, has been billed within 30 days after shipment of the applicable goods or performance of the applicable services and has not remained unpaid for more than 90 calendar days after the date of the applicable invoice; (i) the Account has not arisen out of transactions with any Loan Party, any Affiliate of a Loan Party or an employee, officer, agent, director, stockholder, partner, trustee or other owner or holder of any indicia of equity rights (whether issued and outstanding capital stock, partnership interests or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party; (j) each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Security Documents with respect to such Account is true and correct in all material respects; (k) not more than 20% of all of the Accounts of the applicable Account debtor or any of its Affiliates fail to satisfy all of the requirements of an “Eligible Account”, and (l) Administrative Agent has not deemed such Account ineligible because of uncertainty about the creditworthiness of the Account debtor or because Administrative Agent otherwise reasonably considers the collateral value thereof to be impaired or its ability to realize such value to be insecure. In the event the aggregate Eligible Accounts owed to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by a particular Account debtor or any Affiliate of such Account debtor shall exceed 20% (the “ Maximum Single Account Debtor Percentage ”) of the total Eligible Accounts of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, that portion of such Eligible Accounts in excess of the Maximum Single Account Debtor Percentage shall be excluded from the term “Eligible Account”. In the event of any dispute under the foregoing criteria about whether an Account is or has ceased to be an Eligible Account, the decision of Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding, absent manifest error. Nothing in this definition of “Eligible Accounts” shall be construed to limit or release any right of Administrative Agent to any Collateral.

Eligible Inventory/Equipment ” means, as at any date of determination thereof, raw materials (steel, etc), new/unused generators, -axles, tires, motors, -sand system computers and finished goods not yet in the rental fleet which is subject to the Security Documents and on which Administrative Agent shall have a first-priority perfected Lien (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances) and which complies with the following requirements: (a) the applicable Inventory/Equipment shall be valued in accordance with GAAP and shall be within the United States of America; (b) the applicable Inventory/Equipment is in good condition, meets all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over it, its use and/or sale or lease and is either currently usable or currently salable or leaseable in the normal course of business of the owner thereof; (c) the applicable Inventory/Equipment is in the possession of the Loan Party granting a Lien thereon, and not in the possession or control of any warehouseman, bailee or any agent (unless such Loan Party has delivered a waiver or

 

9


subordination agreement relating to any such Inventory/Equipment held by a warehouseman, bailee or agent in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); (d) each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Security Documents with respect to such Inventory/Equipment is true and correct in all material respects on such date, and (e) Administrative Agent has not deemed such Inventory/Equipment ineligible because Administrative Agent reasonably considers the collateral value thereof to be impaired or its ability to realize such value to be insecure. The term “Eligible Inventory/Equipment” shall not include any Inventory or Equipment which has either been received by a customer, even if on a consignment or “sale or return” basis, or as to which title has passed from the owner thereof. In the event of any dispute under the foregoing criteria about whether a portion of any Inventory or Equipment is or has ceased to be Eligible Inventory/Equipment, the decision of Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding, absent manifest error. Nothing in this definition of “Eligible Inventory/Equipment” shall be construed to limit or release any right of Administrative Agent to any Collateral.

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any other Loan Party directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equipment ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Uniform Commercial Code enacted in the State of Texas.

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire such interests.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower or any other Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

10


ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of a failure to make the “minimum required contribution” (as defined in Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), or of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 431 of the Code or Section 304 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII .

Excluded Assets ” means (i) all leasehold estates with respect to office space used by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) motor vehicles having an aggregate book value of not greater than $1,250,000, (iii) “commercial tort claims” (as that term is defined in the UCC) having an aggregate book value of not greater than $100,000, (iv) the outstanding Equity Interests in each Foreign Subsidiary which is owned directly by Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries in excess of 66% of issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary (or such greater percentage that would not, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences), (v) any property owned by any Foreign Subsidiary (unless a Lien on such property securing the Obligations would not, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences), (vi) any property with respect to which the Borrower and Administrative Agent reasonably determine, in writing, that the cost or other consequence of obtaining a Lien thereon or perfection thereof is excess in relation to the benefit to the Secured Party of the security to be afforded thereby, and (vii) any item of general intangibles that is now or hereafter held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries but only to the extent that such item of general intangibles (or any agreement evidencing such item of general intangibles) contains a term, provision or other contractual obligation or is subject to a rule of law, statute or regulation that restricts, prohibits, or requires a consent (that has not been obtained) of a Person (other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) to, the grant, creation, attachment or perfection of the security interest granted in the Security Documents, and any such restriction, prohibition and/or requirement of consent is effective and enforceable under applicable law and is not rendered ineffective by applicable law (including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 9.406, 9.407, 9.408 or 9.409 of the UCC, and any successor provision thereto).

 

11


Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (a) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guarantee of such Loan Party or the grant of such security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or (b) in the case of a Swap Obligation subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to Section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), because such Loan Party is a “financial entity,” as defined in Section 2(h)(7)(C)(i) the Commodity Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), at the time the Guarantee of such Loan Party or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Loan Party or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ” any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan, Letter of Credit or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan, Letter of Credit or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section  2.16 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender acquired the applicable interest in a Loan, Letter of Credit or Commitment or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(f) and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

 

12


Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the NYFRB shall set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate.

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any day, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the 12 months ending on such date minus cash federal and state income tax expense (or Permitted Tax Distributions) for such period and minus maintenance Capital Expenditures for such period to (b) Debt Service for such 12-month period, determined in each case on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries. For any determination of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio prior to June 30, 2017, each of the components of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on an annualized basis using information available from and after June 1, 2016 through and including the date of determination.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Foreign Subsidiaries ” means Subsidiaries of Borrower which are organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including, without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment

 

13


thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Guarantors ” means each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower now or hereafter existing (and such Foreign Subsidiaries in respect of which the execution of a Guaranty would not, in the good faith determination of the Borrower, reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences).

Guaranty ” means that certain Guaranty dated concurrently herewith executed by Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and any and all other guaranties now or hereafter executed in favor of the Administrative Agent relating to the Obligations hereunder and the other Loan Documents, as any of them may from time to time be amended, modified, restated or supplemented.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Inactive Subsidiary ” means Solaris Oilfield Personnel, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current Accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

14


Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a)  hereof, Other Taxes.

Ineligible Institution ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 9.04(b) .

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, total interest expense accruing on Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, during such period (including interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and amounts attributable to interest incurred under Swap Agreements), determined in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Payment Date ” means the 5th day of each calendar month (commencing on January 5, 2017).

Inventory ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Uniform Commercial Code enacted in the State of Texas.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Bank ” means Woodforest National Bank, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.04(i) . The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

Lender Parent ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01A and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

15


Letter of Credit Commitment ” means the commitment of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder. The initial amount of the Issuing Bank’s Letter of Credit Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01B .

Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any day, the ratio of (a) Indebtedness as of such date to (b) EBITDA for the 12 months then ended, determined in each case on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries. For any determination of the Leverage Ratio prior to June 30, 2017, EBITDA shall be calculated on an annualized basis using information available from and after June 1, 2016 through and including the date of determination.

LIBO Rate ” means, for any day, an interest rate equal to the one (1) month London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any Person that takes over administration of such rate) for deposits for such LIBOR Borrowing that appears on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page (or any page that can reasonably be considered a replacement page) (such applicable rate being called the “ LIBO Screen Rate ”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day. If no LIBO Screen Rate shall be available on any applicable day, The Administrative Agent shall determine the LIBO Screen Rate and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the LIBO Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for the purposes of this note.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Notice of Entire Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, any subordination agreement relating to Subordinated Debt, letter of credit applications and agreements between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank regarding the respective rights and obligations between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit, all instruments, certificates and agreements now or hereafter executed or delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to any of the foregoing or in connection with the obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any commitment regarding such obligations, and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, increases and rearrangements of, and substitutions for, any of the foregoing. The term “Loan Document” as used herein shall not include any Swap Agreement or agreements governing Banking Services (but the obligations now or hereafter owing to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender under a Swap Agreement or agreements governing Banking Services shall nevertheless be secured by all Collateral).

Loan Parties ” means the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and shall also include each Guarantor.

 

16


Loans ” means Advance Loans and Revolving Loans, as applicable.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the rights of or remedies available to the Lenders under any Loan Document.

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and any other Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $100,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that would be required to be paid if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Mortgage ” means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents, leasehold mortgage or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations. Each Mortgage shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent.

Mortgaged Property ” means, initially, each parcel of real property and the improvements thereto owned by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and includes each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant hereto. The Mortgaged Property shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02(a) hereof.

Notice of Entire Agreement ” means a notice of entire agreement executed by Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.

NYFRB ” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

NYFRB Rate ” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a Federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

17


Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination thereof, the sum of the following: (i) the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding hereunder, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of the LC Exposure, plus (iii) all other liabilities, obligations and indebtedness under any Loan Document of Borrower or any other Loan Party, plus (iv) any obligations of Borrower (whether now existing or hereafter arising) under any Swap Agreement entered into with any Lender (or an Affiliate of any Lender) or agreements governing Banking Services entered into with any Lender (or an Affiliate of any Lender); provided, however, that the definition of “Obligations” shall not create any guarantee by any Loan Party of (or grant of security interest by any Loan Party to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party for purposes of determining any obligations of any Loan Party.

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan, Letter of Credit or Loan Document).

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18(b) ).

Overnight Bank Funding Rate ” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurodollar borrowings by U.S. managed banking offices of depository institutions (as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the NYFRB shall commence to publish such composite rate).

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section  9.04 .

Patriot Act ” means the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

18


Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

(a)    Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section  5.05 ;

(b)    carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section  5.05 ;

(c)    pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

(d)    deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(e)    judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Article VII ;

(f)    easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or other Loan Party;

(g)    Liens in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or in the ordinary course of business under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set-off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant to such banking institution’s general terms and conditions;

(h)    Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business; and

(i)    Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

 

19


Permitted Investments ” means:

(a)    direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b)    investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(c)    investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d)    fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a)  above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c)  above; and

(e)    money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

Permitted Tax Distributions ” means an amount equal to the highest marginal federal and applicable state and local income tax rates for individuals residing in New York, New York (taking into account the character of the taxable income (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, ordinary income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes) multiplied by the taxable income earned by Borrower in each respective calendar year. Permitted Tax Distributions may be distributed to the ultimate beneficial owners of Borrower so long as the organizational structure of Borrower results in the income of Borrower being included in the income of the ultimate beneficial owner of Borrower for federal and state income tax purposes.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their ERISA Affiliates is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Prepayment Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) .

 

20


Qualified ECP Loan Party ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant Guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Recipient ” means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) the Issuing Bank.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section  9.04 .

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” means Lenders having Revolving Exposures, Advance Loans and unused Commitments representing at least 66-2/3% of the sum of the total Revolving Exposures, outstanding Advance Loans and unused Commitments at such time; provided that, for the purpose of determining the Required Lenders needed for any waiver, amendment, modification or consent, any Lender that is a Loan Party, or any Affiliate of a Loan Party shall be disregarded.

Restricted Payment ” means (i) any payment or prepayment of any Subordinated Debt or (ii) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or other Loan Party, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Borrower or other Loan Party or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or other Loan Party. The term “Restricted Payments” as used herein shall include management fees paid to any Person owning any Equity Interests in and to Borrower or any other Loan Party (other than cost reimbursement arrangements) and Permitted Tax Distributions.

Revolving Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section  2.07 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section  9.04 . The initial amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01A , or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $1,000,000.

 

21


Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure at such time.

Revolving Lender ” means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.

Revolving Loan ” means a loan made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to clause (b)  of Section  2.01 .

Revolving Maturity Date ” means December 1, 2018.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group.

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea).

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a)  or (b) .

Sanctions ” means all economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State.

Security Agreements ” means, collectively, (i) the Security Agreements dated as of the Effective Date executed between Borrower and each of its Domestic Subsidiaries (and such Foreign Subsidiaries as are Guarantors), respectively, and Administrative Agent and (ii) any and all security agreements hereafter executed in favor of Administrative Agent and securing all or any part of the Obligations, as any of them may from time to time be amended, modified, restated or supplemented.

Security Documents ” means, collectively, the Mortgages, the Security Agreements and any and all other agreements, deeds of trust, mortgages, chattel mortgages, security agreements, pledges, guaranties, assignments of production or proceeds of production, assignments of income, assignments of contract rights, assignments of partnership interest, assignments of royalty interests, assignments of performance, completion or surety bonds, standby agreements, subordination agreements, undertakings and other instruments and financing statements now or hereafter executed and delivered as security for the Obligations, as any of them may from time to time be amended, modified, restated or supplemented.

 

22


Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency fundings and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subordinated Debt ” means all Indebtedness of a Person which has been subordinated on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Required Lenders, in their sole discretion, to all of the Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter incurred. Indebtedness shall not be considered as “Subordinated Debt” unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the documentation evidencing or relating to such Indebtedness together with a subordination agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders, duly executed by the holder or holders of such Indebtedness and evidencing the terms and conditions of the required subordination.

Subordinated Debt Documents ” means any indenture or note under which any Subordinated Debt is issued and all other instruments, agreements and other documents evidencing or governing any Subordinated Debt or providing for any Guarantee or other right in respect thereof.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to January 1, 2017 (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Inactive Subsidiary shall be deemed to not constitute a Subsidiary of Borrower for purposes of this Agreement (but thereafter, to the extent the Inactive Subsidiary is not dissolved, the Inactive Subsidiary shall be deemed to constitute a Subsidiary of Borrower for all purposes under this Agreement, including the requirements for each Subsidiary of Borrower to execute and deliver a Guaranty and a Security Agreement).

 

23


Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), value added taxes, or any other goods and services, use or sales taxes, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Total Revolving Exposure ” means the sum of the outstanding principal amount of all Lenders’ Revolving Loans and their LC Exposure at such time.

Transactions ” means (a) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and (b) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each other document and instrument required to satisfy the conditions precedent to the initial Loan hereunder, including without limitation all applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and all documents and instruments relating to any required equity contribution.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of Texas.

U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.16(f)(ii)(B)(3) .

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

24


SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g. a “Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, Accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. For purposes of determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement, the determination of whether a lease is to be treated as an operating lease or capital lease shall be made without giving effect to any change in accounting for leases pursuant to GAAP resulting from the implementation of proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU) Leases (Topic 842) issued May 16, 2013, or any successor proposal. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Loan Party at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting

 

25


Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01 Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees (a) to make Advance Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Advance Loan Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding such Lender’s Advance Loan Commitment, and (b) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (ii) the Total Revolving Exposure exceeding the lesser of (x) the aggregate of all Lenders’ Revolving Commitments or (y) the then current Borrowing Base. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid in respect of Advance Loans may not be reborrowed.

SECTION 2.02 Loans and Borrowings .

(a)    Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by a single Note of Borrower (each, together with all renewals, extensions, modifications and replacements thereof and substitutions therefor, a “ Note ,” collectively, the “ Notes ”) in substantially the forms of Exhibit C-1 (Revolving Loans) and Exhibit C-2 (Advance Loans), respectively, payable to such Lender in a principal amount equal to the applicable Commitment of such Lender with respect to Revolving Loans and Advance Loans, and otherwise duly completed. Each Lender is hereby authorized by Borrower to endorse on the schedule (or a continuation thereof) that may be attached to each Note of such Lender, to the extent applicable, the date, amount, type of and the applicable period of interest for each Loan made by such Lender to Borrower hereunder, and the amount of each payment or prepayment of principal of such Loan received by such Lender, provided, that any failure by such Lender to make any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of Borrower under such Note or hereunder in respect of such Loan.

(b)     At the time that each Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000; provided that a Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.04(e) .

 

26


SECTION 2.03 Requests for Borrowings . To request a Revolving Borrowing or Advance Loan Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone not later than 11:00 a.m., Houston, Texas time, one (1) Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of a Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.04(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., Houston, Texas time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section  2.02 :

(i)    whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing or Advance Loan Borrowing;

(ii)    the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

(iii)    the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day; and

(iv)    the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section  2.05 .

Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 Letters of Credit .

(a)     General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries’ obligations, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuing Bank shall have no obligation hereunder to issue, and shall not issue, any Letter of Credit the proceeds of which would be made available to any Person (i) to fund any activity or business of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of any Sanctions or (ii) in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any party to this Agreement.

(b)     Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by

 

27


electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with Section 2.04(c) ), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank at such time plus (y) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements made the Issuing Bank that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time shall not exceed its Letter of Credit Commitment, (ii) no Lender’s Revolving Exposure shall exceed its Revolving Commitment and (iii) the Total Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the total Revolving Commitments or (y) the then current Borrowing Base. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment with the consent of the Issuing Bank; provided that the Borrower shall not reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment if, after giving effect of such reduction, the conditions set forth in clauses (i)  through (iii) above shall not be satisfied.

(c)     Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire (or be subject to termination by notice from the Issuing Bank to the beneficiary thereof) at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.

(d)     Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in Section 2.04(e) , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this Section 2.04(d) in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

28


(e)     Reimbursement . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., Houston, Texas time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 2:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., Houston, Texas time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with this Agreement that such payment be financed with a Revolving Borrowing in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section  2.05 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section  2.05 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.04(e) , the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this Section 2.04(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this Section 2.04(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of Revolving Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f)     Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in Section 2.04(e) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of

 

29


this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g)     Disbursement Procedures . The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h)     Interim Interest . If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the reimbursement is due and payable at the rate per annum then applicable to Loans and such interest shall be due and payable on the date when such reimbursement is payable; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to Section 2.04(e) , then Section 2.12(b) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this Section 2.04(h) shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

30


(i)     Replacement of the Issuing Bank . The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b) . From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j)     Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 66-2/3% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.04(j) , the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in clauses (g)  or (h) of Article VII . The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.04(j) as and to the extent required by Section 2.10(b) . Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 66-2/3% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.10(b) , such amount (to the extent not

 

31


applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.10(b) and no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(k)    Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Issuing Bank, the Issuing Bank may resign as the Issuing Bank at any time upon thirty days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders, in which case, such Issuing Bank shall be replaced in accordance with Section 2.04(i) above.

SECTION 2.05 Funding of Borrowings .

(a)    Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof solely by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Houston, Texas time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. Except in respect of the provisions of this Agreement covering the reimbursement of Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the funds so received in the aforesaid account of the Administrative Agent to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in Houston, Texas and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.04(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

(b)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.05(a) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.06 [Intentionally Left Blank] .

SECTION 2.07 Termination and Reduction and Increase of Commitments .

(a)    Unless previously terminated, (i) the Advance Loan Commitments shall be reduced by the amount of any Advance Loans made and shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time on the last day of the Advance Loan Availability Period and (ii) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.

 

32


(b)    The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section  2.10, the Total Revolving Exposure would exceed the lesser of (x) the total Revolving Commitments or (y) the then current Borrowing Base.

(c)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under Section 2.07(b) , at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

(d)    At any time prior to the expiration of the Revolving Availability Period, and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred which is continuing, the Borrower may elect to increase the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments to an amount not exceeding $2,000,000 minus any reductions in the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.07(b) , provided that (i) the Borrower shall give at least fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice of such increase to the Administrative Agent and each existing Lender, (ii) each existing Lender shall have the right (but not the obligation) to subscribe to its pro rata share of the proposed increase in the Revolving Commitments by giving written notice of such election to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of a notice from the Borrower as above described and only if an existing Lender does not exercise such election may the Borrower elect to add a new Lender, (iii) no Lender shall be required to increase its Revolving Commitment unless it shall have expressly agreed to such increase in writing, (iv) the addition of new Lenders shall be subject to the terms and provisions of Section  9.04 as if such new Lenders were acquiring an interest in the Loans by assignment from an existing Lender (to the extent applicable, i.e. required approvals, minimum amounts and the like), (v) the Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional or replacement Notes and such other documentation (including evidence of proper authorization) as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, any new Lender or any Lender which is increasing its Revolving Commitment, (vi) no Lender shall have any right to decrease its Revolving Commitment as a result of such increase of the aggregate amount of the Revolving

 

33


Commitments, (vii) the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to arrange, find or locate any Lender or new bank or financial institution to participate in any unsubscribed portion of such increase in the aggregate committed amount of the Revolving Commitments, (viii) such option to increase the Revolving Commitments may only be exercised once and (ix)  the consent of a Lenders shall be required for any increase of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment (such consent to be given or denied in its sole discretion and subject to such terms as it may then require) . The Borrower shall be required to pay (or to reimburse each applicable Lender for) any breakage costs incurred by any Lender in connection with the need to reallocate existing Loans among the Lenders following any increase in the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this provision.

SECTION 2.08 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

(a)    The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Advance Loan of such Lender as provided in Section  2.09 .

(b)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and the Class thereof, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d)    The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to Sections 2.08(b) or 2.08(c) shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.09 Amortization of Advance Loans .

(a)    On December 5, 2017 and on the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month thereafter prior to the Advance Loan Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay Advance Loan Borrowings in the aggregate principal amount equal to 1/48th of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Advance Loans as of the last day of the Advance Loan Availability Period.

(b)    To the extent not previously paid, all Advance Loans shall be due and payable on the Advance Loan Maturity Date.

 

34


(c)    Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing. Repayments of Advance Loan Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.

SECTION 2.10 Prepayment of Loans .

(a)    The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to the requirements of this Section. Each prepayment of an Advance Loan shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of the entire unpaid principal balance of the Advance Loans or an integral multiple of $100,000. Each prepayment of an Advance Loan shall require at least three (3) Business Days’ advance written notice to the Administrative Agent.

(b)    In the event and on such occasion that the sum of the Revolving Exposures exceeds the lesser of (x) the total Revolving Commitments or (y) the then current Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.04(j) ) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(c)    If for any reason (i) any Advance Loans are optionally prepaid pursuant to Section 2.10(a) , or (ii) any Advance Loans are required to be mandatorily prepaid pursuant to Article VII , the Borrower agrees to pay to Administrative Agent, for the pro rata benefit of Lenders, upon the effective date of such payment, a prepayment premium in the amount (the “ Prepayment Premium ”) equal to:

 

   

Amount

      

Period

    
  0.50% of the amount prepaid (in the case of optional prepayments) or of the amount required to be prepaid (in the case of mandatory prepayments      From the Effective Date to and including the second anniversary of the Effective Date   
  0.00% of the amount prepaid (in the case of optional prepayments) or of the amount required to be prepaid (in the case of mandatory prepayments      From and after the date following the second anniversary of the Effective Date   

(d)    Any prepayment of an Advance Loan Borrowing shall be applied to reduce all of the subsequent scheduled repayments of the Advance Loan Borrowings in inverse order of their maturity.

 

35


(e)    Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment of Borrowings hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to this Section.

(f)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder not later than 11:00 a.m., Houston, Texas time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, if a notice of optional prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments as contemplated by Section  2.07 , then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section  2.07 . Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing as provided in Section  2.02 , except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment.

(g)    All Swap Agreements and agreements governing Banking Services between Borrower and any Lender (or any Affiliate of a Lender) are independent agreements governed by the written provisions of said Swap Agreements and said agreements governing Banking Services, which will remain in full force and effect, unaffected by any repayment, prepayment, acceleration, reduction, increase or change in the terms of the Obligations, except as otherwise expressly provided in said Swap Agreements and said agreements governing Banking Services, and any payoff statement relating to the Obligations shall not apply to said Swap Agreements or agreements governing Banking Services except as otherwise expressly provided in such payoff statement.

SECTION 2.11 Fees .

(a)    The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the date hereof to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the 5th day of each calendar month (commencing on January 5, 2017) and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing such commitment fees, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender for purposes of calculating fees due under this Section 2.11(a) ).

(b)    The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit,

 

36


which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure (provided, however, that in no event shall the per annum fee for any single Letter of Credit be less than $500, payable quarterly in arrears in installments of $125 per quarter) and (ii) at any time or times that there shall be two or more Lenders, to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees shall be payable in arrears on the 5th day of each calendar month (commencing on January 5, 2017); provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.11(b) shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c)    If any payment required hereunder is more than ten (10) days late, Borrower will (subject to the provisions of Section  9.12 hereof) pay a delinquency charge in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 5.00% of the delinquent payment up to the maximum amount of $1,500 or (ii) $25.00.

(d)    The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(e)    All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.12 Interest .

(a)    The Loans shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate plus the Applicable Rate or (ii) the Ceiling Rate.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Event of Default has occurred which is continuing:

 

37


  (i) any overdue amount shall bear interest per annum that is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 5%, not to exceed the Ceiling Rate, or (x) in the case of any other overdue amount, including overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate applicable to Loans plus 5%, not to exceed the Ceiling Rate (in each case, after as well as before judgment); and

 

  (ii) at the election of the Required Lenders, the entire unpaid principal balance of the Loans shall bear interest at the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 5%, not to exceed the Ceiling Rate (in each case, after as well as before judgment).

(c)    Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.12(b) shall be payable on demand, and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of a Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.

(d)    All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.13 [Intentionally Left Blank] .

SECTION 2.14 [Intentionally Left Blank] .

SECTION 2.15 [Intentionally Left Blank] .

SECTION 2.16 Taxes .

(a)    Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

38


(b)    The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c)    As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d)    The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e)    Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.16(e) .

(f)    (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative

 

39


Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 2.16(f)(ii)(A) , (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the relevant Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person:

(A)    any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), an executed IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

(B)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

  (1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, an executed IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

  (2) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming that its extension of credit will generate U.S. effectively connected income, an executed IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

  (3)

in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code,

 

40


  (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) an executed IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN; or

 

  (4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, an executed IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 or Exhibit E-3 , IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if such Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(C)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. Federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D)    if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under

 

41


FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(g)    If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 2.16(g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.16(g) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.16(g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

(h)    Each party’s obligations under this Section shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

(i)    For purposes of this Section, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

SECTION 2.17 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

(a)     The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section  2.16 , or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no

 

42


such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off, deduction or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at Woodforest National Bank-Loan Operations, P.O. Box 7889, The Woodlands, TX 77387-7889, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars.

(b)    If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees and other Obligations then due, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and other Obligations then due, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements and other Obligations then due to such parties.

(c)     If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Advance Loans or participations in LC Disbursements o, resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Advance Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Advance Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Advance Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.17(c) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any other Loan Party or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.17(c) shall apply). Each Lender agrees that it will not exercise

 

43


any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise obtain payment in respect of any Obligation owed to it other than principal of and interest accruing on the Loans and participations in the LC Disbursements, unless all of the outstanding principal of and accrued interest on the Loans and LC Disbursements have been paid in full. The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. If the Borrower has not in fact made such payment when due, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e)    If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to this Agreement, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (and notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender for the benefit of the Administrative Agent to satisfy such Lender’s obligations to it under this Agreement until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under this Agreement, in the case of each of clauses (i)  and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

(f)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Loan Party that is not a Qualified ECP Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.

SECTION 2.18 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a)    If the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section  2.16 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section  2.16 in the

 

44


future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b)    If the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section  2.16 , or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section  9.04 ), all its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section  2.16 ) and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such assignor Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from payments required to be made pursuant to Section  2.16 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 2.19 [Intentionally Left Blank] .

SECTION 2.20 Defaulting Lender . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a)    fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of any Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Agreement;

(b)    the Commitments and Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section  9.02 ); provided, that in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or of each Lender affected thereby, the Defaulting Lender’s consent shall be only be required with respect to (i) a proposed increase or extension of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments and (ii) a proposed reduction or excuse, or a proposed postponement of the scheduled date of payment, of the principal amount of, or interest or fees payable on, any Loans or LC Disbursements as to any such Defaulting Lender;

 

45


(c)    if any LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i)    all or any part of the LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only (x) to the extent that such reallocation does not, as to any non-Defaulting Lender, cause such non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Exposure to exceed its Commitment and (y) if the condition set forth in Section  4.03 are satisfied at that time;

(ii)    if the reallocation described in clause (i)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i)  above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii)    if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) , the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section  2.11 with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(iv)    if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) , then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section  2.11 shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(v)    if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) , then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, all fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments that were utilized by such LC Exposure and any applicable letter of credit fees) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated; and

(d)    so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and each Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.20(c) , and LC Exposure related to any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.20(c)(i) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).

 

46


If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to any Lender Parent shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Issuing Bank shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Issuing Bank to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers . Each of the Borrower and the other applicable Loan Parties is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability . The Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party are within such Loan Party’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower or such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The Transactions (a) do not require any material consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any other applicable Loan Party or any order of any Governmental

 

47


Authority in each case, as are applicable to the Borrower and the Loan Parties, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any material indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any other Loan Party or their assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, except Liens created under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition . The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, equity and cash flows (1) as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 (subject to the delivery of any restatement of the same related to the change in the calculation of depreciation life of relevant silo systems from five (5) years to fifteen (15) years) and (2) as of and for the fiscal quarters and the portions of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016 and September 30, 2016, certified by its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (2)  above. Since December 31, 2015, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.01 , after giving effect to the Transactions, none of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries has, as of the Effective Date, any material contingent liabilities or unrealized losses.

SECTION 3.05 Properties .

(a)    The Borrower and each other Loan Party has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to its business (including the Mortgaged Properties), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b)    The Borrower and each other Loan Party owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and each other Loan Party does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters .

(a)    There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or directly affecting the Borrower or any other Loan Party (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that directly involve any of the Loan Documents or the Transactions.

 

48


(b)    Except with respect to any other matters that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements . The Borrower and each other Loan Party is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower represents and warrants that each Loan Party is in compliance with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering laws and regulations and is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act.

SECTION 3.08 Investment Company Status . Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.09 Taxes . The Borrower and each other Loan Party has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such other Loan Party, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10 ERISA . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the extent applicable, the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans, in each of such cases so as to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11 Disclosure . The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which the Borrower or any other Loan Party is subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that could, in each case, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements,

 

49


certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

SECTION 3.12 Subsidiaries . As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than as set forth on Schedule 3.12 hereto. The Borrower owns all of the Equity Interests in and to each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 3.12 hereto.

SECTION 3.13 Insurance . As of the Effective Date, all premiums due in respect of all insurance maintained by the Borrower and each other Loan Party have been paid.

SECTION 3.14 Labor Matters . As of the Effective Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any other Loan Party pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters. All payments due from the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or such other Loan Party. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any other Loan Party is bound.

SECTION 3.15 Solvency . Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Effective Date and immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, (a) the fair value of the assets of each Loan Party, at a fair valuation, will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of each Loan Party will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Effective Date.

SECTION 3.16 Material Property Subject to Security Documents . The Collateral constitutes all of the real and material personal property owned by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Assets).

 

50


SECTION 3.17 Property of Foreign Subsidiaries . The aggregate value (based on the greater of book or market value) of the total assets owned by Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower as of the Effective Date is no greater than 5% of the aggregate value (based on the greater of book or market value) of the total assets owned by Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.18 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . Each Loan Party has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by each Loan Party and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and each Loan Party and their respective officers and directors and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective employees and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) any Loan Party or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any agent of any Loan Party that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds or Transaction will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01 Effective Date . The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section  9.02 ):

(a)    The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) counterparts of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed counterparts of this Agreement.

(b)    The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from Borrower an original of each Note signed on behalf of Borrower.

(c)    The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from Borrower and from each other party to the Loan Documents (other than the Notes) either (i) counterparts of each applicable Loan Document signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of the applicable Loan Document) that such party has signed counterparts of such Loan Document.

(d)    The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of each Loan Party, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

51


(e)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by an appropriate officer or other responsible party acceptable to Administrative Agent on behalf of Borrower, confirming compliance with the applicable conditions set forth in this Article IV .

(f)    The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out of pocket expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(g)    The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following:

(i)    to the extent applicable, certificates representing all of the outstanding Equity Interests in each Subsidiary of Borrower as of the Effective Date (other than Equity Interests included in the Excluded Assets) and powers of attorney, endorsed in blank, with respect to such certificates;

(ii)    all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the Liens intended to be created under the Security Documents;

(iii)    executed agreements whereby each warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor which is an Affiliate of any Loan Party and which has possession of any property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has subordinated any Lien such warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor may claim therein and agreed to hold all such property for the Administrative Agent’s account subject to the Administrative Agent’s instruction and executed landlord waiver or subordination agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each leased location in respect of which the landlord is an Affiliate of any Loan Party.

(iv)    the results of a search of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent) filings made with respect to the Loan Parties in such jurisdictions as the Administrative Agent may require and copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Liens indicated by such financing statements (or similar documents) are permitted by Section  6.02 or have been released; and

(v)    evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that none of the Mortgaged Property lies in an area requiring special notices of flood hazard issues or the purchase of flood hazard insurance and, to the extent reasonably required by Administrative Agent with respect to Mortgaged Property, a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company, insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein,

 

52


free of any other Liens except as permitted by Section  6.02 , together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and such surveys, abstracts and appraisals as may be required pursuant to such Mortgages or as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. To the extent the Administrative Agent does not require any of the foregoing items as a condition to the initial advance hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time thereafter to request such items upon forty-five (45) days (or such longer period of time as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) written notice to the Borrower and the failure to deliver such items within such time period shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

(h)    The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the insurance required by Section  5.07 and the Security Documents is in effect.

(i)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the last day of the calendar month most recently ended prior to the Effective Date.

(j)    The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the Borrower and each other Loan Party shall have been released from all liabilities and obligations in respect of Indebtedness (other than the Obligations and other than liabilities and obligations expressly permitted under Section  6.01 hereof, or as to which the proceeds of the Advance Loan will be used to pay off such obligations in full).

(k)    The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that the Deferred Capital Call is in full force and effect.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

SECTION 4.02 Advance Loans . The obligation of each Lender to make an Advance Loan is further subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

(a)    Delivery to the Administrative Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the principal amount of the applicable Advance Loan shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the then current net orderly liquidation value of the applicable equipment constructed or acquired, as demonstrated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.

(b)    Delivery to the Administrative Agent of an appraisal, acceptable to the Administrative Agent, of the applicable equipment constructed or acquired.

(c)    Delivery to the Administrative Agent of evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that, for each of the two full preceding fiscal months, EBITDA for the Borrower shall have been (i) equal to or greater than $1.00 and (ii) equal to or greater than the average monthly EBITDA for the twelve month period ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal month.

 

53


SECTION 4.03 Each Credit Event . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

(a)    The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable.

(b)    At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and there shall have occurred no event which would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in this Section.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a)    within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, commentary or exception and without any qualification, commentary or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b)    within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, shareholders’

 

54


equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c)    concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clauses (a)  or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit B hereto, (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section  5.13 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the Effective Date and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(d)    prior to the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flow as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget, together with an analysis of current and projected market share and market conditions information) and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget;

(e)    within 30 days after the end of each calendar month, (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate as of the last day of such calendar month, together with such supporting information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (ii) a listing and aging of the Accounts of each Loan Party which has executed a Security Agreement covering its Accounts as of the end of such calendar month, prepared in reasonable detail and containing such information as Administrative Agent may request, and (iii) to the extent included in (or proposed to be included in) the Borrowing Base, a summary of the Inventory and Equipment of each Loan Party which has executed a Security Agreement covering the applicable Inventory and Equipment as of the end of such calendar month, prepared in reasonable detail and containing such other information as Administrative Agent may request; and

(f)    promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 5.02 Notices of Material Events . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of the following:

(a)    the occurrence of any Default;

 

55


(b)    the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)    any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03 Information Regarding Borrower .

(a)    The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization, corporate name or in any trade name used to identify it in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties, (ii) in the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility), (iii) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. The Borrower agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Administrative Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. The Borrower also agrees promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

(b)    After the Effective Date, Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly upon Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ acquisition or ownership of any estate (fee simple or leasehold) of real property (other than the Mortgaged Property and other than Excluded Assets) or of any personal property (other than Excluded Assets) not already covered by the Security Documents (such acquisition or ownership being herein called an “ Additional Collateral Event ” and the property so acquired or owned being herein called “ Additional Collateral ”). As soon as practicable and in any event within sixty (60) days (or such longer period of time as may be acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after an Additional Collateral Event, Borrower shall (a) execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered Security Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, in favor of Administrative Agent and duly executed by Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary, covering and affecting and granting a first-priority Lien upon the applicable Additional Collateral, and such other documents (including, without limitation, all items required by Administrative Agent in connection with the Security Documents executed prior to the initial Loans being made hereunder, such as surveys, environmental assessments, certificates, legal opinions, all in form

 

56


and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent) as may be requested by Administrative Agent in connection with the execution and delivery of such Security Documents; (b) with respect to any Additional Collateral which is real property, to the extent required by Administrative Agent, cause a title insurance underwriter satisfactory to Administrative Agent to issue to Administrative Agent a mortgage policy of title insurance, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, insuring the first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances) of the applicable Mortgage in such amount as is satisfactory to Administrative Agent, and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered by Subsidiaries of Borrower such other documents or certificates consistent with the terms of this Agreement and relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 5.04 Existence; Conduct of Business . The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section  6.03 .

SECTION 5.05 Payment of Obligations . The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, pay its Indebtedness and other obligations, including liabilities for Taxes, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such other Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (c) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation and (d) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06 Maintenance of Properties . The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

SECTION 5.07 Insurance . The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (a) insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations and (b) all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Security Documents. The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders, upon request of the Administrative Agent, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.

SECTION 5.08 Casualty and Condemnation . The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of the Collateral or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any Collateral or any part thereof or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding.

 

57


SECTION 5.09 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights .

(a)    The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

(b)    The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, permit any representatives designated by Administrative Agent (including any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by Administrative Agent) to conduct evaluations and appraisals of the Borrower’s computation of the Borrowing Base and the assets included in the Collateral, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested. The Borrower shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any representatives retained by Administrative Agent to conduct any such evaluation or appraisal; but the Borrower shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses for more than one such evaluation or appraisal during any calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or otherwise required by regulatory guidelines. The Borrower also agrees to modify or adjust the computation of the Borrowing Base (which may include maintaining additional reserves or modifying the eligibility criteria for the components of the Borrowing Base) to the extent required by Administrative Agent as a result of any such evaluation or appraisal.

SECTION 5.10 Compliance with Laws . The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce, and cause each other Loan Party to maintain in effect and enforce, policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the applicable Loan Party and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

SECTION 5.11 Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit . The proceeds of the Advance Loans will used only for the construction or acquisition of mobile proppant management systems. Letters of Credit and the proceeds of the Revolving Loans will be used only for general working capital purposes, which may include refinancing existing Indebtedness. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

SECTION 5.12 Further Assurances . The Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be

 

58


required under any applicable law, or which the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Borrower also agrees to provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

SECTION 5.13 Financial Covenants . The Borrower will have and maintain:

(a)     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio – a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00 at all times.

(b)     Leverage Ratio – a Leverage Ratio of not greater than 2.00 to 1.00 at all times.

SECTION 5.14 Primary Banking Relationships . Within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, maintain its primary treasury and depository relationships with the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 5.15 Accuracy of Information . The Borrower will ensure that any information, including financial statements or other documents, furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder contains no material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the furnishing of such information shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in this Section.

SECTION 5.16 Deferred Capital Call . The Borrower shall at all times maintain the Deferred Capital Call in full force and effect with the full $6,000,000 available to be called upon; provided that the foregoing requirement shall terminate on the later of (i) the date that the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that the Borrower shall have outperformed the financial covenants set forth in Section  5.13 hereof by at least 0.50x for two consecutive fiscal quarters or (ii) June 30, 2017.

SECTION 5.17 Post Closing Obligations . The Borrower shall use, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to use, its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to the Administrative Agent (within 120 days after the date hereof with respect to existing locations as of the date hereof and concurrently with the establishment of any new locations established after the date hereof) (i) an executed agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, whereby each warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor (other than locations described in Section 4.01(h)(iii) ) which has possession of any Collateral of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with a fair market value in excess of $250,000 has subordinated any Lien such warehouseman, bailee, agent or processor may claim therein and has

 

59


agreed to hold all such Collateral for the Administrative Agent’s account subject to the Administrative Agent’s instruction and (ii) a landlord subordination or waiver agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each leased location (other than locations described in Section 4.01(h)(iii) ) where Collateral which is subject to a Security Agreement having an average quarterly value (measured as of the quarter most recently ended) greater than or equal to $250,000 is maintained.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.01 Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities .

(a)    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(i)    Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

(ii)    Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 ;

(iii)    Indebtedness of any Domestic Subsidiary to Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary and Indebtedness of Borrower to any of its Domestic Subsidiaries;

(iv)    Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under this Section 6.01(a) ;

(v)    Capital Lease Obligations or purchase money Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding, at any one time outstanding, $500,000;

(vi)    exposure resulting from any Swap Agreement permitted under Section  6.07 hereof;

(vii)    other indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $500,000 at any one time outstanding; and

(viii)    extensions, renewals and replacements of any of the foregoing that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof.

(b)    The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, issue any preferred Equity Interests after the Effective Date.

SECTION 6.02 Liens . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including Accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

 

60


(i)    Liens created under the Loan Documents and Liens securing obligations owed to one or more of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof (but not to any Person which is not, at the time such obligations are incurred, a Lender or an Affiliate thereof) under a Swap Agreement or under an agreement governing Banking Services;

(ii)    any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any other Loan Party existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ;

(iii)    Liens created pursuant to Capital Lease Obligations or purchase money Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this Agreement; provided that such Liens are only in respect of the property or assets subject to, and secure only, the respective Capital Lease Obligations or purchase money Indebtedness; and

(iv)    Permitted Encumbrances.

SECTION 6.03 Fundamental Changes .

(a)    The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that (i) any Subsidiary may merge into Borrower in a transaction in which Borrower is the surviving Person, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into any Domestic Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Domestic Subsidiary and any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower may merge into any other Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and if such Subsidiary is a Domestic Subsidiary, its assets are transferred to Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary and (iv) Borrower or any Subsidiary may give effect to a merger or consolidation the purpose of which is to effect an investment, disposition or Acquisition permitted under Article VI so long as Borrower continues in existence and the surviving entity is a Domestic Subsidiary.

(b)    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.

SECTION 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Borrower or that is a Foreign Subsidiary prior to such merger) any Equity Interests in or evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any

 

61


obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:

(a)    investments and loans and advances existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.04 ;

(b)    Permitted Investments;

(c)    loans or advances permitted under Section 6.01(a) ;

(d)    loans or advances by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to their respective employees in the ordinary course of business, not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(e)    loans or advances by the Borrower to its employees to finance the purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower provided that such loans or advances shall at all times be accounted for on basis consistent with the accounting for such loans or advances in the audited financial statements of the Borrower as of December 31, 2015;

(f)    Accounts receivable owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if created in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

(g)    Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section  6.01 ; provided that a Subsidiary of Borrower shall not Guarantee any Subordinated Debt;

(h)    investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent Accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and

(i)    investments by any Domestic Subsidiary in Borrower or any other Domestic Subsidiary, investments by Borrower in any of its Domestic Subsidiaries and investments by any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower in any other Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower.

SECTION 6.05 Asset Sales . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it, nor will the Borrower permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, except:

(a)    sales of inventory, used, obsolete, worthless or surplus equipment and Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;

 

62


(b)    sales, transfers and dispositions to the Borrower or to any of its Subsidiaries; provided that any such sales, transfers or dispositions involving a Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party shall be made in compliance with Section  6.09 ; and

(c)    dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for fair market value provided, that (i) at the time of any such disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or shall result from such disposition and (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all assets so sold by the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall not exceed in any fiscal year $500,000.

provided that all sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted hereby (other than those permitted by clause (b)  above) shall be made for fair value and solely for cash consideration.

SECTION 6.06 Sale and Leaseback Transactions . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred.

SECTION 6.07 Swap Agreements . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into any Swap Agreement, other than Swap Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any other Loan Party is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.

SECTION 6.08 Restricted Payments . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except (i) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its Equity Interests, and (ii) Subsidiaries of Borrower may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, and (iii) the Borrower may pay Permitted Tax Distributions.

SECTION 6.09 Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions in the ordinary course of business that are at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such other Loan Party than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and any Loan Party not involving any other Affiliate and (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section  6.08 .

SECTION 6.10 Restrictive Agreements . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary of Borrower to pay dividends or other

 

63


distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document.

SECTION 6.11 Amendment of Material Documents . The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any other Loan Party to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights under (a) any Subordinated Debt Document, (b) any documentation relating to the Deferred Capital Call, or (c) its organizational documents (in any manner adverse to the Lenders).

SECTION 6.12 Additional Subsidiaries . The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, form or acquire any Subsidiary after the Effective Date except that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may form, create or acquire a wholly-owned Subsidiary so long as (a) immediately thereafter and giving effect thereto, no event will occur and be continuing which constitutes a Default; (b) such Subsidiary (and, where applicable, Borrower) shall execute and deliver a Guaranty (or, at the option of Administrative Agent, a joinder to the Guaranty executed concurrently herewith) and such Security Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement regarding Collateral to be covered by the Security Documents (provided that no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to execute and deliver such a Guaranty or such Security Documents unless the delivery of such documents would not reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax consequences), and (c) Administrative Agent is given prior notice of such formation, creation or acquisition. Borrower shall not permit any Foreign Subsidiary to form, create or acquire a Domestic Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.13 [Intentionally Left Blank] .

SECTION 6.14 [Intentionally Left Blank] .

SECTION 6.15 Property of Foreign Subsidiaries . Borrower will not permit the aggregate value (based on the greater of book or market value) of the total assets owned by Foreign Subsidiaries of Borrower to exceed 5% of the aggregate value (based on the greater of book or market value) of the total assets owned by Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 6.16 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall not permit any other Loan Party or any of its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents to use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities, business or transaction would be prohibited by Sanctions if conducted by a corporation incorporated in the United States, or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

64


SECTION 6.17 Acquisitions . None of the Loan Parties will consummate any Acquisition without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders except Acquisitions that satisfy the following conditions precedent:

(a)    The total cash and noncash consideration (including the fair market value of all Equity Interests issued or transferred to the sellers thereof, all indemnities, earnouts and other contingent payment obligations to, and the aggregate amounts paid or to be paid under non-compete, consulting and other affiliated agreements with, the sellers thereof, all write-downs of property and reserves for liabilities with respect thereto and all assumptions of Indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations in connection therewith) paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any such purchase or other acquisition, when aggregated with the total cash and noncash consideration paid by or on behalf of the Loan Parties for all other purchases and other acquisitions made by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section  6.17 , shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all Acquisitions closed in any fiscal year or $2,500,000 in the aggregate from and after the Effective Date;

(b)    any Acquisition of Equity Interests shall require the acquisition of all (but not less than all) of the Equity Interests in and to the applicable Person;

(c)    immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any Acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(d)    the Administrative Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence that immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Loan Parties shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenants set forth in Section  5.13 , such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial statements most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01(b) as though such Acquisition had been consummated as of the first day of the trailing four fiscal quarter period ending on the date of such financial statement;

(e)    all of the requirements of Sections 5.03(b) and 6.12 shall have been satisfied;

(f)    Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Acquisition;

(g)    Lenders shall have received a copy of the fully executed acquisition agreement and all amendments thereto (each, as amended, an “ Acquisition Agreement ”), relating to the Acquisition;

(h)    Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the material documents evidencing the closing of the transactions contemplated by such Acquisition Agreement;

(i)    Borrower shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Administrative Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all consents and approvals required to be obtained from any Governmental Authority or other Person in connection with the applicable Acquisition shall have been obtained, and all applicable waiting periods and appeal periods shall have expired, in each case without the imposition of any burdensome conditions.

 

65


SECTION 6.18 Inactive Subsidiary . Until such time as the Inactive Subsidiary is either (i) deemed to constitute a Subsidiary of Borrower and has satisfied all of the requirements under this Agreement regarding Subsidiaries of Borrower (including the execution and delivery of a Guaranty and a Security Agreement) or (ii) has dissolved, the Borrower will not permit the Inactive Subsidiary to hold any material assets or to conduct any business of any kind.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

(a)    the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b)    the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a)  of this Article) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days;

(c)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(d)    the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 5.01 , 5.02 , 5.03(b) , 5.07 , 5.11 , 5.13 or 5.16 or in Article VI ;

(e)    any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses (a) , (b) or (d)  of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 20 days after the earlier of (i) the Borrower becoming aware of such failure and (ii) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of the Required Lenders);

(f)    any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity;

 

66


(g)    an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or their debts, or of a substantial part of their assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any other Loan Party or for a substantial part of their assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h)    the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (g)  of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any other Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(i)    the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(j)    one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000 (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance) shall be rendered against the Borrower or any other Loan Party and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any other Loan Party to enforce any such judgment;

(k)    an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l)    any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, and the same shall not be fully cured within 30 days after notice thereof to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent, or any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

67


(m)    a Change in Control shall occur;

then, and in every such event (other than an event described in clauses (g)  or (h) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder (including any Prepayment Premium), shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, (iii) require Borrower to exercise the Deferred Capital Call and apply the equity received therefrom to the unpaid balance of the Obligations, and (iv) require cash collateral for the LC Exposure in accordance with Section 2.04(j) hereof; and in case of any event described in clauses (g)  or (h) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding and cash collateral for the LC Exposure, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations (including any Prepayment Premium) of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except

 

68


discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section  9.02 ), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section  9.02 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, BUT REGARDLESS OF THE PRESENCE OF ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may (and, in the event (i) neither the

 

69


Administrative Agent nor any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, as a Lender, has any Revolving Exposure, outstanding Advance Loan or unused Commitment and (ii) the Required Lenders so request, the Administrative Agent shall) resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in Houston, Texas, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section  9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that the extensions of credit made hereunder are commercial loans and letters of credit and not investments in a business enterprise or securities. Each Lender further represents that it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business and has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement as a Lender, and to make, acquire or hold Loans hereunder. Each Lender shall, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information (which may contain material, non-public information within the meaning of the United States securities laws concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates) as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder and in deciding whether or to the extent to which it will continue as a Lender or assign or otherwise transfer its rights, interests and obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01 Notices .

(a)    Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to Section 9.01(b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

70


(i)    if to the Borrower, to it at 8901 Gaylord Drive, #210, Houston, Texas 77024;

(ii)    if to the Administrative Agent, to Woodforest National Bank-Loan Operations, P.O. Box 7889, The Woodlands, TX 77387-7889;

(iii)    if to the Issuing Bank, to Woodforest National Bank-Loan Operations, P.O. Box 7889, The Woodlands, TX 77387-7889; and

(iv)    if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through Electronic Systems, to the extent provided in paragraph (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b) .

(b)    Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished using Electronic Systems pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) , of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i)  and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

(c)    Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

71


(d)    Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar Electronic System. Any Electronic System used by the Administrative Agent is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of such Electronic Systems and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or any Electronic System. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through an Electronic System. “ Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through an Electronic System.

SECTION 9.02 Waivers; Amendments .

(a)    No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 9.02(b) , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b)    Subject to Section 9.02(c) below, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required

 

72


Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment (including any mandatory prepayment) of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be), (vi) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from liability under the Guaranty or limit the liability of all or substantially all of the Guarantors in respect of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents, without the written consent of each Lender or (vii) change any provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of any Class differently than those holding Loans of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each affected Class; provided further that (A) any change to Section  2.20 shall require the written consent of each of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, (B) no agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect any of the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, (C) no such agreement shall amend or modify the provisions of Section  2.05 or any letter of credit application and any bilateral agreement between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank regarding the respective rights and obligations between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, respectively, and (D) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of the Revolving Lenders (but not the Advance Loan Lenders) or the Advance Loan Lenders (but not the Revolving Lenders) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders.

(c)    If the Administrative Agent and the Borrower acting together identify any ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect in any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend, modify or supplement such provision to cure such ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect, and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.

 

73


SECTION 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a)    The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b)    The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not such claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, or equity holders, affiliates or creditors or any Loan Party or any other third Person and whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, BUT THE PRESENCE OF ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE SHALL NOT AFFECT THE AVAILABILITY OF SUCH INDEMNITY. This Section 9.03(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

74


(c)    To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank under Sections 9.03(a) or 9.03(b) , each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “pro rata share” shall be determined based upon (without duplication) its share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposures, outstanding Advance Loans and unused Commitments at the time.

(d)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any claim against any other party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this clause (d)  shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

(e)    All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than three (3) Business Days after written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.04 Successors and Assigns .

(a)    The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in Section 9.04(c) ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

75


(b)    (i)    Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Persons (other than an Ineligible Institution) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment, participations in Letters of Credit and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A)    the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee, and provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

(B)    the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of (x) any Revolving Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) with a Revolving Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment and (y) all or any portion of an Advance Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and

(C)    the Issuing Bank, provided that no consent of the Issuing Bank shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of an Advance Loan.

(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A)    except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $500,000 in respect of a Revolving Commitment or $1,000,000 in respect of an Advance Loan Commitment and Advance Loans (in the aggregate), and shall not result in the assigning Lender holding a Revolving Commitment of less than $500,000 or $1,000,000 in respect of an Advance Loan Commitment and Advance Loans (in the aggregate), unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B)    each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

 

76


(C)    the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(D)    the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

For the purposes of this Section, the term “ Approved Fund ” and “ Ineligible Institution ” have the following meanings:

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Ineligible Institution ” means (a) a natural person, (b) a Defaulting Lender or its Lender Parent, (c) a company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or relative(s) thereof, or (d) the Borrower or any of its Affiliates; provided that such company, investment vehicle or trust shall not constitute an Ineligible Institution if it (x) has not been established for the primary purpose of acquiring any Loans or Commitments, (y) is managed by a professional advisor, who is not such natural person or a relative thereof, having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, and (z) has assets greater than $25,000,000 and a significant part of its activities consist of making or purchasing commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business; provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Person (other than a Lender) shall be an Ineligible Institution if after giving effect any proposed assignment to such Person, such Person would hold more than 25% of the then outstanding Total Revolving Exposure or Commitments, as the case may be.

(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to Section 9.04(b)(iv) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.16 and 9.03 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 9.04(c) .

 

77


(iv)     The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v)    Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b) and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 9.04(b) , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this Section 9.04(b)(v) .

(c)     Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”), other than an Ineligible Institution, in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section  2.16 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Sections 2.16(f) and (g) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.16(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender and the information and documentation required under Section 2.16(g)

 

78


will be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 9.04(b) ; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section  2.18 as if it were an assignee under Section 9.04(b) ; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section  2.16 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.18(b) with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section  9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 9.05 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or

 

79


any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

SECTION 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution .

(a)    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to (i) fees payable to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the reductions of the Letter of Credit Commitment constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section  4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(b)    Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, emailed pdf. or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of the actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or any similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept electronic signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent.

SECTION 9.07 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

80


SECTION 9.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a)    This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Texas.

(b)    The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of each court of the State of Texas sitting in Montgomery County and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas (Houston Division), and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Texas State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c)    The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in Section 9.09(b) . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section  9.01 . Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

81


SECTION 9.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . BORROWER HEREBY AGREES NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY BORROWER, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. EACH CREDIT PARTY IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS SECTION IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY BORROWER.

SECTION 9.11 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12 Interest Rate Limitation . Borrower and the Lenders intend to strictly comply with all applicable federal and Texas laws, including applicable usury laws (or the usury laws of any jurisdiction whose usury laws are deemed to apply to the Notes or any other Loan Documents despite the intention and desire of the parties to apply the usury laws of the State of Texas). Accordingly, the provisions of this Section shall govern and control over every other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which conflicts or is inconsistent with this Section, even if such provision declares that it controls. As used in this Section, the term “interest” includes the aggregate of all charges, fees, benefits or other compensation which constitute interest under applicable law, provided that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) any non-principal payment shall be characterized as an expense or as compensation for something other than the use, forbearance or detention of money and not as interest, and (b) all interest at any time contracted for, reserved, charged or received shall be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread, using the actuarial method, during the full term of the Notes. In no event shall Borrower or any other Person be obligated to pay, or any Lender have any right or privilege to reserve, receive or retain, (a) any interest in excess of the maximum amount of nonusurious interest permitted under the laws of the State of Texas or the applicable laws (if any) of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, or (b) total interest in excess of the amount which such Lender could lawfully have contracted for, reserved, received, retained or charged had the interest been calculated for the full term of the Notes at the Ceiling Rate. The daily interest rates to be used in calculating interest at the Ceiling Rate shall be determined by dividing the applicable Ceiling Rate per annum by the number of days in the calendar year for which such calculation is being made. None of the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document (including, without limitation, Article VII hereof) which directly or indirectly relate to interest shall ever be construed without reference to this Section, or be construed to create a contract to pay for the use, forbearance or detention of money at any interest rate in excess of the Ceiling Rate. If the term of any Note is shortened by reason of acceleration or maturity as a result of any Default or by any other cause, or by reason

 

82


of any required or permitted prepayment, and if for that (or any other) reason any Lender at any time, including but not limited to, the stated maturity, is owed or receives (and/or has received) interest in excess of interest calculated at the Ceiling Rate, then and in any such event all of any such excess interest shall be canceled automatically as of the date of such acceleration, prepayment or other event which produces the excess, and, if such excess interest has been paid to such Lender, it shall be credited pro tanto against the then-outstanding principal balance of Borrower’s obligations to such Lender, effective as of the date or dates when the event occurs which causes it to be excess interest, until such excess is exhausted or all of such principal has been fully paid and satisfied, whichever occurs first, and any remaining balance of such excess shall be promptly refunded to its payor.

SECTION 9.13 Keepwell . Each Qualified ECP Loan Party hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under any Loan Document in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Loan Party shall only be liable under this Section for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section or otherwise under any applicable Loan Document voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). Each Qualified ECP Loan Party intends that this Section constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

SECTION 9.14 Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

83


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Chris Work

          Chris Work, Chief Financial Officer

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, individually and as Administrative Agent and as Issuing Bank
By:  

/s/ Jack Legendre

Name:  

Jack Legendre

Title:  

Senior Vice President

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between (the “ Assignor ”) and (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor:                                                     
2.    Assignee:                                                     
      [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of                          ]
3.    Borrower(s):    SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
4.    Administrative Agent:    WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5.    Credit Agreement:    The Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2016 among SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Lenders parties thereto, WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders parties thereto

EXHIBIT A


6. Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

  

Aggregate Amount of

Commitment/Loans for

all Lenders

  

Amount of

Commitment/Loans

Assigned

  

Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans 1

Revolving Loan Commitment

   $                                    $                                    %

Advance Loan Commitment

   $                                    $                                    %

Effective Date:             , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ASSIGNEE

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

 

1   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

EXHIBIT A

 

2


Consented to and Accepted:

 

WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as   
Administrative Agent and as Issuing Bank   
By:  

                                                                           

  
Name:  

                                                                           

  
Title:  

                                                                       

  
Consented to:   
SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company   
By:  

 

  
Name:  

 

  
Title:  

 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

3


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1.     Representations and Warranties .

1.1     Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of any Loan Party or their respective Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by any Loan Party or their respective Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2.     Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2.     Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

EXHIBIT A

4


3.     General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Acceptance and adoption of the terms of this Assignment and Assumption by the Assignee and the Assignor by Electronic Signature or delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by any Electronic System shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Texas.

EXHIBIT A

 

5


COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the                          of SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), and that as such he or she is authorized to execute this certificate on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 1, 2016, by and among Borrower, WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent, and the lenders therein named; and that a review has been made under his or her supervision with a view to determining whether the Loan Parties have fulfilled all of their respective obligations under the Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents; and further certifies, represents and warrants that to his or her knowledge (each capitalized term used herein having the same meaning given to it in the Agreement unless otherwise specified):

(a)    The financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent concurrently with this Compliance Certificate have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently followed throughout the period indicated and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the applicable Persons as at the end of, and for, the period indicated (subject, in the case of quarterly financial statements, to normal changes resulting from year-end adjustments and the absence of certain footnotes).

(b)    No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. In this regard, the compliance with the provisions of Sections 5.13 and 6.13 as of the effective date of the financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent concurrently with this Compliance Certificate is as follows:

(i)     Section 5.13(a) – Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

Actual                               Required

                 to 1.00          1.50 to 1.00

(ii)     Section 5.13(b) – Leverage Ratio

Actual                               Required

                 to 1.00          2.00 to 1.00

(c)    There has been no change in GAAP or in the application thereof since the Effective Date which would reasonably be expected to affect the calculation of the financial covenants set forth in the Agreement or, if any such change has occurred, the effects of such change on the financial statements of the respective Loan Parties are specified on an attachment hereto.

(d)    Since the date of the Agreement, no event has occurred which would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

EXHIBIT B


DATED as of                     , 20        .

 

 

[SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER]

EXHIBIT B

 

2


NOTE

(Revolving Loans)

 

$                     

   Houston, Texas                                  , 20        

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with permitted successors, herein collectively called “ Maker ”), promises to pay to    (“ Payee ”), at the office of WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, at Woodforest National Bank-Loan Operations, P.O. Box 7889, The Woodlands, TX 77387-7889, in immediately available funds and in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of                      Dollars ($) (or the unpaid balance of all principal advanced against this note, if that amount is less), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance of this note from time to time outstanding at the rate or rates provided in that certain Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of December 1, 2016 among Maker, certain signatory banks named therein (including the Payee) and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent; provided , that for the full term of this note the interest rate produced by the aggregate of all sums paid or agreed to be paid to the holder of this note for the use, forbearance or detention of the debt evidenced hereby shall not exceed the Ceiling Rate. Any term defined in the Credit Agreement which is used in this note and which is not otherwise defined in this note shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.

1.     Credit Agreement; Advances; Security . This note has been issued pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, and is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement. Advances against this note by Payee or other holder hereof shall be governed by the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement for all purposes. Payee is entitled to the benefits of and security provided for in the Credit Agreement. The unpaid principal balance of this note at any time shall be the total of all amounts lent or advanced against this note less the amount of all payments or permitted prepayments made on this note and by or for the account of Maker. All loans and advances and all payments and permitted prepayments made hereon may be endorsed by the holder of this note on a schedule which may be attached hereto (and thereby made a part hereof for all purposes) or otherwise recorded in the holder’s records; provided , that any failure to make notation of (a) any advance shall not cancel, limit or otherwise affect Maker’s obligations or any holder’s rights with respect to that advance, or (b) any payment or permitted prepayment of principal shall not cancel, limit or otherwise affect Maker’s entitlement to credit for that payment as of the date received by the holder.

2.     Mandatory Payments of Principal and Interest .

(a)    Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this note shall be due and payable as provided in the Credit Agreement.

(b)    On the Revolving Maturity Date, the entire unpaid principal balance of this note and all accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this note shall be finally due and payable.

EXHIBIT C-1


(c)    All payments hereon made pursuant to this Paragraph shall be applied first to accrued interest, the balance to principal.

(d)    If any payment provided for in this note shall become due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the result of such extension of time would be to extend the date for such payment into another calendar month or beyond the Revolving Maturity Date, and in either such event such payment shall be made on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which such payment would otherwise have been due), and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest on this note.

(e)    The Credit Agreement provides for required prepayments of the indebtedness evidenced hereby upon terms and conditions specified therein.

3.     Default . The Credit Agreement provides for the acceleration of the maturity of this note and other rights and remedies upon the occurrence of certain events specified therein.

4.     Waivers by Maker and Others . Except to the extent, if any, that notice of default is expressly required herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, Maker and any and all co-makers, endorsers, guarantors and sureties severally waive notice (including, but not limited to, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, notice of protest and notice of dishonor), demand, presentment for payment, protest, diligence in collecting and the filing of suit for the purpose of fixing liability and consent that the time of payment hereof may be extended and re-extended from time to time without notice to any of them. Each such person agrees that his, her or its liability on or with respect to this note shall not be affected by any release of or change in any guaranty or security at any time existing or by any failure to perfect or to maintain perfection of any lien against or security interest in any such security or the partial or complete unenforceability of any guaranty or other surety obligation, in each case in whole or in part, with or without notice and before or after maturity.

5.     Paragraph Headings . Paragraph headings appearing in this note are for convenient reference only and shall not be used to interpret or limit the meaning of any provision of this note.

6.     Choice of Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT.

7.     Successors and Assigns . This note and all the covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of Maker and Payee.

8.     Records of Payments . The records of Payee shall be prima facie evidence of the amounts owing on this note.

 

EXHIBIT C-1

 

2


9.     Severability . If any provision of this note is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this note shall not be affected thereby, and this note shall be liberally construed so as to carry out the intent of the parties to it.

10.     Revolving Loan . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, Maker may use all or any part of the credit provided to be evidenced by this note at any time before the Revolving Maturity Date. Maker may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder, and except as set forth in the Credit Agreement there is no limitation on the number of advances made hereunder.

11.     Business Loans . Maker warrants and represents to Payee and all other holders of this note that all loans evidenced by this note are and will be for business, commercial, investment or other similar purpose and not primarily for personal, family, household or agricultural use, as such terms are used in the Texas Finance Code.

 

 

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  By:   

                                      

  Name:   

 

  Title:   

 

EXHIBIT C-1

 

3


NOTE

(Advance Loans)

 

$                       Houston, Texas                        , 20        

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with permitted successors, herein collectively called “ Maker ”), promises to pay to    (“ Payee ”), at the office of WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, at Woodforest National Bank-Loan Operations, P.O. Box 7889, The Woodlands, TX 77387-7889, in immediately available funds and in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of                                     Dollars ($                    ) (or the unpaid balance of all principal advanced against this note, if that amount is less), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance of this note from time to time outstanding at the rate or rates provided in that certain Credit Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of December 1, 2016 among Maker, certain signatory banks named therein (including the Payee) and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent; provided , that for the full term of this note the interest rate produced by the aggregate of all sums paid or agreed to be paid to the holder of this note for the use, forbearance or detention of the debt evidenced hereby shall not exceed the Ceiling Rate. Any term defined in the Credit Agreement which is used in this note and which is not otherwise defined in this note shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.

1.     Credit Agreement; Advances; Security . This note has been issued pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, and is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement. Advances against this note by Payee or other holder hereof shall be governed by the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement for all purposes. Payee is entitled to the benefits of and security provided for in the Credit Agreement. The unpaid principal balance of this note at any time shall be the total of all amounts lent or advanced against this note less the amount of all payments or permitted prepayments made on this note and by or for the account of Maker. All loans and advances and all payments and permitted prepayments made hereon may be endorsed by the holder of this note on a schedule which may be attached hereto (and thereby made a part hereof for all purposes) or otherwise recorded in the holder’s records; provided , that any failure to make notation of (a) any advance shall not cancel, limit or otherwise affect Maker’s obligations or any holder’s rights with respect to that advance, or (b) any payment or permitted prepayment of principal shall not cancel, limit or otherwise affect Maker’s entitlement to credit for that payment as of the date received by the holder.

2.     Mandatory Payments of Principal and Interest .

(a)    Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this note shall be due and payable as provided in the Credit Agreement.

(b)     Section 2.09(a) of the Credit Agreement provides for periodic installments of principal which shall be due and payable on this note. On the Advance Loan Maturity Date, the entire unpaid principal balance of this note and all accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid principal balance of this note shall be finally due and payable.

 

EXHIBIT C-2


(c)    All payments hereon made pursuant to this Paragraph shall be applied first to accrued interest, the balance to principal.

(d)    If any payment provided for in this note shall become due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the result of such extension of time would be to extend the date for such payment into another calendar month or beyond the Advance Loan Maturity Date, and in either such event such payment shall be made on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which such payment would otherwise have been due), and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest on this note.

(e)    The Credit Agreement provides for required prepayments of the indebtedness evidenced hereby upon terms and conditions specified therein.

3.     Default . The Credit Agreement provides for the acceleration of the maturity of this note and other rights and remedies upon the occurrence of certain events specified therein.

4.     Waivers by Maker and Others . Except to the extent, if any, that notice of default is expressly required herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, Maker and any and all co-makers, endorsers, guarantors and sureties severally waive notice (including, but not limited to, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, notice of protest and notice of dishonor), demand, presentment for payment, protest, diligence in collecting and the filing of suit for the purpose of fixing liability and consent that the time of payment hereof may be extended and re-extended from time to time without notice to any of them. Each such person agrees that his, her or its liability on or with respect to this note shall not be affected by any release of or change in any guaranty or security at any time existing or by any failure to perfect or to maintain perfection of any lien against or security interest in any such security or the partial or complete unenforceability of any guaranty or other surety obligation, in each case in whole or in part, with or without notice and before or after maturity.

5.     Paragraph Headings . Paragraph headings appearing in this note are for convenient reference only and shall not be used to interpret or limit the meaning of any provision of this note.

6.     Choice of Law . THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT.

7.     Successors and Assigns . This note and all the covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of Maker and Payee.

8.     Records of Payments . The records of Payee shall be prima facie evidence of the amounts owing on this note.

 

EXHIBIT C-2

2


9.     Severability . If any provision of this note is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this note shall not be affected thereby, and this note shall be liberally construed so as to carry out the intent of the parties to it.

10.     Business Loans . Maker warrants and represents to Payee and all other holders of this note that all loans evidenced by this note are and will be for business, commercial, investment or other similar purpose and not primarily for personal, family, household or agricultural use, as such terms are used in the Texas Finance Code.

 

SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

EXHIBIT C-2

 

3


BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the of SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), and that as such he or she is authorized to execute this Borrowing Base Certificate on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement (as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of December 1, 2016, by and among the Borrower, WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders therein named. The undersigned further certifies, represents and warrants that (i) Schedule 1 attached hereto sets forth a detailed calculation of Eligible Accounts, Eligible Inventory and the Borrowing Base, and (ii) to his or her knowledge, after due inquiry, that Schedule 1 has been duly completed and is true and correct in all material respects:

Terms used herein with their initial letters capitalized which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Dated             , 20    .

 

 

 

  [SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER]

 

EXHIBIT D


U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders named therein, and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent and Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Borrower and Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:                     , 201    

EXHIBIT E-1

to Credit Agreement


U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders named therein, and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:             , 201    

EXHIBIT E-2

to Credit Agreement


U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders named therein, and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:             , 201    

EXHIBIT E-3

to Credit Agreement


U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SOLARIS OILFIELD INFRASTRUCTURE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders named therein, and WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK, as Administrative Agent.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section  2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent and Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:             , 201    

EXHIBIT E-4

to Credit Agreement


Schedule 2.01A

Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolving
Commitments
     Advance Loan
Commitments
 

WOODFOREST NATIONAL BANK

   $ 1,000,000      $ 10,000,000  


Schedule 2.01B

Letter of Credit Commitment

$250,000


Schedule 3.12

Subsidiaries

Solaris Oilfield Early Property, LLC, a Texas limited liability company

Solaris Oilfield Site Services Operating, LLC, a Texas limited liability company

Solaris Oilfield Site Services Personnel, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


Schedule 6.01

Existing Indebtedness

 

1. Vehicle financing - $327,719 balance at October 31, 2016

 

2. Capital lease of land and building at Early, Texas manufacturing facility - $242,323 balance at October 31, 2016

 

3. Insurance premium financing - $31,252 balance at October 31, 2016

 

4. Indebtedness related to that certain Guaranty of Lease Agreement dated as of November 3, 2016 made by Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC, as guarantor, in favor of Blex Exchange II LP, as Landlord (the “Landlord”) under that certain Lease Agreement dated November 3, 2016 among the Landlord and Solaris Energy Management, LLC, as tenant.


Schedule 6.02

Existing Liens

Liens related to vehicle financing - $327,719 balance at October 31, 2016

Lien related to capital lease of land and building at Early, Texas manufacturing facility - $242,323 balance at October 31, 2016


Schedule 6.04

Existing Investments

$25,000 Certificate of Deposit with Wells Fargo Account #9905084845

$25,000 Certificate of Deposit with Wells Fargo Account #9593401988

Existing loans and advances by the Borrower to its employees to finance the purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower prior to the date hereof in the aggregate amount of $5,730,905

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

Houston, Texas

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated March 15, 2017, relating to the financial statements of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, LLC which are contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Houston, Texas

May 2, 2017

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc.

Houston, Texas

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated February 9, 2017, relating to the balance sheet as of February 2, 2017 of Solaris Oilfield Infrastructure, Inc. which is contained in that Prospectus.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Houston, Texas

May 2, 2017